2k17enclave2ndPrint

2k17_Buick_Enclave_23216841B.
ai 1 8/12/2016 11:19:42 AM
2017 Enclave
C
CM
MY
CY
CMY
23216841 B
Buick Enclave Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 27
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Instruments and Controls . . . . . . 102
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 154
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 188
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 314
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 330
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 340
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
2 Introduction
Introduction This manual describes features that

may or may not be on the vehicle
Helm, Incorporated
Attention: Customer Service
because of optional equipment that 47911 Halyard Drive
was not purchased on the vehicle, Plymouth, MI 48170
model variants, country USA
specifications, features/applications
that may not be available in your Using this Manual
region, or changes subsequent to
the printing of this owner manual. To quickly locate information about
the vehicle, use the Index in the
The names, logos, emblems, Refer to the purchase back of the manual. It is an
slogans, vehicle model names, and documentation relating to your alphabetical list of what is in the
vehicle body designs appearing in specific vehicle to confirm the manual and the page number where
this manual including, but not limited features. it can be found.
to, GM, the GM logo, BUICK, the
BUICK Emblem, and ENCLAVE are Keep this manual in the vehicle for
trademarks and/or service marks of quick reference. Danger, Warning, and
General Motors LLC, its Caution
subsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors. Canadian Vehicle Owners
Warning messages found on vehicle
For vehicles first sold in Canada, A French language manual can be labels and in this manual describe
substitute the name “General obtained from your dealer, at hazards and what to do to avoid or
Motors of Canada Company” for www.helminc.com, or from: reduce them.
Buick Motor Division wherever it
appears in this manual. Propriétaires Canadiens
On peut obtenir un exemplaire de
ce guide en français auprès du
concessionnaire ou à l'adresse
suivante:
Litho in U.S.A.
©
Part No. 23216841 B Second Printing 2016 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Introduction 3
A circle with a slash through it is a 9 : Airbag Readiness Light

{ Danger safety symbol which means “Do
Not,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not let ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Danger indicates a hazard with a
high level of risk which will result
this happen.” % : Audio®Steering Wheel Controls
or OnStar (if equipped)
in serious injury or death. Symbols $ : Brake System Warning Light
The vehicle has components and " : Charging System
labels that use symbols instead of
{ Warning text. Symbols are shown along with I : Cruise Control
Warning indicates a hazard that
the text describing the operation or ` : Do Not Puncture
information relating to a specific
could result in injury or death. component, control, message, ^ : Do Not Service
gauge, or indicator. B : Engine Coolant Temperature
M : Shown when the owner O : Exterior Lamps
Caution manual has additional instructions _ : Flame/Fire Prohibited
or information.
Caution indicates a hazard that
* : Shown when the service # : Fog Lamps
could result in property or vehicle . : Fuel Gauge
manual has additional instructions
damage. or information. + : Fuses
0 : Shown when there is more 3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam
information on another page — Changer
“see page.”
j : LATCH System Child Restraints
Vehicle Symbol Chart
* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Here are some additional symbols
that may be found on the vehicle : : Oil Pressure
and what they mean. For more g : Outside Power Foldaway
information on the symbol, refer to Mirrors
the Index.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
4 Introduction
} : Power
/ : Remote Vehicle Start
> : Safety Belt Reminders
7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
_ : Tow/Haul Mode
t : Traction Control/StabiliTrak®
a : Under Pressure
M : Windshield Washer Fluid
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
In Brief 5
In Brief Vehicle Features

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Performance and Maintenance
Traction Control/Electronic
Radio(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Instrument Panel Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . . 24
Portable Audio Devices . . . . . . . . 20 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Bluetooth® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Initial Drive Information Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 20 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . 25
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . 8 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Driving for Better Fuel
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Roadside Assistance
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Lane Departure Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Side Blind Zone
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 22
Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
Second Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Third Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Heated and Cooled Front Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Universal Remote System . . . . . 23
Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 13 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Passenger Sensing System . . . 13
Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 14
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 16
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
6 In Brief
Instrument Panel
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
In Brief 7
1. Air Vents 0 186. Lane Departure Warning Instrument Panel Illumination

2. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn (LDW) 0 223 (If Equipped). Control 0 150.
and Lane-Change Tow/Haul Button (If Equipped). 21. Data Link Connector (DLC)
Signals 0 149. See Tow/Haul Mode 0 209. (Out of View). See Malfunction
Windshield Wiper/ Power Liftgate Button (If Indicator Lamp (Check Engine
Washer 0 104. Equipped). See Liftgate 0 34. Light) 0 116.
3. Instrument Cluster 0 110. 11. Power Outlets 0 108. 22. Parking Brake 0 211.
4. Clock 0 107. 12. USB Port. See Auxiliary 23. Hood Release. See
Devices 0 167. Hood 0 239.
5. Instrument Panel Storage 0 97.
13. Shift Lever. See Automatic 24. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 146.
6. Infotainment 0 154.
Transmission 0 207.
7. Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator. See Passenger 14. Dual Automatic Climate Control
Sensing System 0 72. System 0 179.
8. Hazard Warning 15. Driver Information Center (DIC)

Flashers 0 149. Buttons. See Driver Information
Center (DIC) 0 122.
9. Heated and Cooled Front
Seats 0 51 (If Equipped). 16. Steering Wheel Controls 0 104
(If Equipped).
10. Rear Window Wiper/
Washer 0 105. 17. Horn 0 104.
Traction Control System (TCS) 18. Steering Wheel

Disable Button. See Traction Adjustment 0 103.
Control/Electronic Stability 19. Cruise Control 0 214.
Control 0 212. 20. Dome Lamp Override. See
Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Dome Lamps 0 150.
System 0 220 (If Equipped).
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
8 In Brief
Initial Drive Press L again to cancel the panic

alarm.
Information
See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
This section provides a brief System Operation 0 29.
overview about some of the
important features that may or may Remote Vehicle Start
not be on your specific vehicle.
The engine can be started from
For more detailed information, refer
outside of the vehicle.
to each of the features which can be
found later in this owner manual. Starting the Vehicle
Remote Keyless Entry 1. Press and release Q on the

Press K to unlock the driver door. RKE transmitter.
(RKE) System
Press K again within five seconds 2. Immediately, press and hold /
The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) to unlock all remaining doors.
transmitter is used to remotely lock for at least four seconds or until
and unlock the doors from up to Press Q to lock all doors. the lamps flash.
60 m (195 ft) away from the vehicle. Start the vehicle normally after
Lock and unlock feedback can be
personalized. entering.
To open or close the liftgate, press When the vehicle starts, the parking
lamps will turn on.
and hold 8 until the liftgate
begins to move. Remote start can be extended.
Press L and release to locate the Canceling a Remote Start

vehicle. To cancel a remote start, do one of
the following:
Press L and hold for more than
two seconds to sound the panic . Press and hold / until the
alarm. lamps turn off.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
In Brief 9
. Turn on the hazard warning Power Door Locks Power Liftgate
flashers.
If equipped with a power liftgate, the
. Turn the ignition switch on and vehicle must be in P (Park) to
then off. operate it.
See Remote Vehicle Start 0 31. . Press and hold 8 on the
Remote Keyless Entry
Door Locks (RKE) transmitter.
To lock or unlock a door manually:
. From the inside, use the door
lock knob on the window sill.
. From the outside, turn the key
toward the front or rear of the
vehicle, or press Q or K on the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) K : Press to unlock the doors.
transmitter. Q : Press to lock the doors.
See Power Door Locks 0 33.
Liftgate
To open the liftgate the vehicle must . Press O.
be in P (Park) and the battery must
be charged. Press the touch pad
under the liftgate handle and pull
up. To close the liftgate, use the pull
cup as an aid.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
10 In Brief
Windows Seat Adjustment

Power Seats
. Press l on the inside edge of

the liftgate. Uplevel Shown, Base Similar
See Liftgate 0 34. Press the switch to lower the
window. Pull the switch up to 1. Seat Adjustment Control
raise it. 2. Reclining Seatback Control
For more information, see Power 3. Lumbar Adjustment Control
Windows 0 42. To adjust the seat:
. Move the seat forward or
rearward by sliding the
control (1) forward or rearward.
. Raise or lower the front part of
the seat cushion by moving the
front of the control (1) up
or down.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
In Brief 11
. Raise or lower the entire seat by If available, the controls on the Third Row Seats
moving the rear of the control (1) driver door are used to program and
up or down. recall memory settings for the driver The third row seatbacks can be
seat, outside mirrors, and power folded forward, and the seats can
See Power Seat be removed.
Adjustment 0 48. steering column, if available.
See Memory Seats 0 50 and To fold the third row seatback:
. Adjust the seatback by tilting the
top of the control (2) forward or Vehicle Personalization 0 136. 1. If the second row seat is in the
rearward. full rear position, adjust it
Second Row Seats forward to allow the third row
See Reclining Seatbacks 0 49. seat to fold fully flat.
. Increase or decrease lumbar 2. Remove anything on or under
support by pressing the front or the seat.
rear of the control (3).
See Lumbar Adjustment 0 49.
Memory Features
The second row seat can be folded

to access the third row. Pull the
sliding seat lever forward; the seat
cushion folds, and the seat slides
forward.
See Rear Seats 0 53.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
12 In Brief
3. Disconnect the rear safety belt Heated and Cooled Front

mini-latch using a key in the
slot on the mini-buckle, and let
Seats
the belt retract into the
headliner.
5. Pull up on the release lever on

the back of the seat.
6. Push the seatback forward to Heated and Cooled Seat Buttons
lay flat. Shown, Heated Seat Buttons
See Third Row Seats 0 55. Similar
4. Stow the mini-latch in the
holder in the headliner. If equipped, the buttons are on the
center stack. To operate, the engine
must be running.
I : If equipped, press to heat the
seatback only.
H : If equipped, press to cool the
entire seat.
J : Press to heat the seat and
seatback.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
In Brief 13
Press the button once for the Safety Belts Passenger Sensing
highest setting. With each press of
the button, the seat will change to
System
the next lower setting, and then to
the off setting. The lights indicate
three for the highest setting and one
for the lowest.
See Heated and Cooled Front
Seats 0 51.
United States
Head Restraint
Adjustment
Do not drive until the head restraints
for all occupants are installed and
Refer to the following sections for
adjusted properly.
important information on how to use
To achieve a comfortable seating safety belts properly: Canada and Mexico
position, change the seatback . Safety Belts 0 57.
recline angle as little as necessary The passenger sensing system will
while keeping the seat and the head . How to Wear Safety Belts turn off the front outboard
restraint height in the proper Properly 0 58. passenger frontal airbag under
position. . certain conditions. No other airbag
Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 59.
is affected by the passenger
See Head Restraints 0 47 and . Lower Anchors and Tethers for sensing system. See Passenger
Power Seat Adjustment 0 48. Children (LATCH System) 0 85. Sensing System 0 72.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
14 In Brief
The passenger airbag status Folding Mirrors Steering Wheel

indicator will light on the instrument
panel when the vehicle is started.
For vehicles with power folding Adjustment
mirrors:
See Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator 0 114. 1. Press (3) to fold the mirrors out
to the driving position.
Mirror Adjustment 2. Press (4) to fold the mirrors in
to the folded position.
Exterior Mirrors
For vehicles with manual folding
mirrors, push the mirror toward the
vehicle. Pull the mirror out to return
to its original position.
Interior Mirror
Adjustment
1. Pull the lever down.
Adjust the rearview mirror to clearly
view the area behind the vehicle. 2. Move the steering wheel up
or down.
The mirror will automatically reduce
the glare from the headlamps from 3. Pull or push the steering wheel
behind. The dimming feature comes closer or away from you.
on when the vehicle is started. See 4. Push the lever up to lock the
To adjust each mirror: Automatic Dimming Rearview steering wheel in place.
1. Press (1) or (2) to select the Mirror 0 41.
mirror.
2. Press the control pad to adjust
the mirror.
3. Press (1) or (2) again to
deselect the mirror.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
In Brief 15
Power Tilt and Telescoping Interior Lighting light on the button comes on to
Steering Wheel show that the dome lamps are off.
Dome Lamps Press the button again so the dome
The dome lamps are in the lamps come on when a door is
overhead console and above the opened.
rear seat passengers.
The dome lamps come on when a
door is opened, unless the dome
lamp override button is pressed in.
To manually turn them on, turn the
instrument panel brightness control
clockwise to the farthest position.
Dome Lamp Override
If equipped, the control is on the AMBIENT OFF (If Equipped) :

outboard side of the steering Press the button to turn the ambient
column. lights off. Press the button again to
Push the control up or down to tilt turn ambient lights on.
the steering wheel up or down. Reading Lamps
Push the control forward or Press the button near each lamp to
rearward to move the steering wheel turn them on or off.
toward the front or rear of the
vehicle. To set the memory position, For more information, see:
The dome lamp override button is
see Vehicle Personalization 0 136. . Dome Lamps 0 150.
next to the exterior lamps control.
Do not adjust the steering wheel . Instrument Panel Illumination
E DOME OFF : Press the button
while driving. and the dome lamps remain off Control 0 150.
when a door is opened. An indicator
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
16 In Brief
Exterior Lighting chime sounds if the driver door is 6 : Delays wiping cycle. Turn the
opened when the ignition switch is band up for more frequent wipes or
off and the headlamps are on. down for less frequent wipes.
See: LO : Slow wipes.
. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 146 HI : Fast wipes.
. Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)/ Windshield Washer
Automatic Headlamp
System 0 147 J FRONT : Press the button at the
end of the lever to spray washer
Windshield Wiper/Washer fluid on the windshield.
The exterior lamp control is on the The windshield wiper/washer lever Rear Window Wiper/Washer
instrument panel, to the left of the is located on the left side of the The rear wiper and rear wash button
steering wheel. steering column. is on the center stack below the
O : Briefly turn to this position to Turn the band with the wiper symbol climate control system.
turn the automatic light control off or
on again.
to control the windshield wipers. Z : Press to turn the rear wiper on
and off. The wiper speed cannot be
AUTO : Turns the headlamps on changed.
automatically at normal brightness,
together with the other exterior
Y : Press to spray washer fluid on
the rear window. The window wiper
lamps and instrument panel lights.
will also come on.
; : Turns on the parking lamps See Windshield Wiper/Washer
including all lamps, except the
0 104 and Rear Window Wiper/
headlamps.
8 : Use for a single wiping cycle. Washer 0 105.
5 : Turns on the headlamps
together with the parking lamps and OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.
instrument panel lights. A warning
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
In Brief 17
Climate Controls Transmission

Electronic Range Select
(ERS) Mode
ERS mode allows you to choose the
top-gear limit of the transmission
and the vehicle's speed while
driving downhill or towing a trailer.
The vehicle has an electronic shift
position indicator within the
instrument cluster. When using the
ERS mode a number will display
next to the L, indicating the current
gear that has been selected.
1. Driver and Passenger Side 8. Fan Control To use this feature:

Temperature Controls 9. Rear Window Defogger 1. Move the shift lever to L (Low).
2. Air Delivery Mode Controls 10. Defrost 2. Press the + (Plus) or − (Minus)
3. SYNC (Synchronized button on the shift lever, to
See Dual Automatic Climate Control increase or decrease the gear
Temperature) System 0 179. For more information range available.
4. AUTO (Automatic Operation) about the rear climate control, see
Rear Climate Control System 0 184 See Manual Mode 0 208.
5. REAR (Rear Climate Control)
or Rear Climate Control System
6. A/C (Air Conditioning) (with Rear Seat Audio) 0 185.
7. Recirculation
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
18 In Brief
Vehicle Features Radio(s)
Infotainment System
If the vehicle has a base radio it is
included in this manual. See the
separate infotainment manual for
information on the connected radios,
audio players, phone, navigation
system, and voice or speech
recognition. There is also
information on settings and
downloadable applications (if
equipped).
PUSH /O : Press to turn the system PUSH/SEL : Turn to manually find a

on and off. Turn to adjust the station or highlight a menu
volume. selection. Press to select a
highlighted selection.
Z : Press to eject a disc from the
CD player. See CD Player 0 164. D : Press to go to the Home Page.
See “Home Page” in
AUX Port : 3.5 mm (1/8 in) Operation 0 156.
connection for external audio
devices.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
In Brief 19
SRCE : Press to switch between See AM-FM Radio 0 159. . Press and hold to quickly
AM, FM, CD, and if equipped, increase or decrease the date
SiriusXM®, front auxiliary, rear Setting the Digital Clock settings.
auxiliary, and iPod/USB. Press Settings on the Home Page, . Press OK to save the
Press and hold to mute/pause the then press the Set Time or Set Date adjustments.
system. settings screen button to display the
different options for setting the time . Press the Back or Cancel screen
FAV : Press to display the favorite and date. button to cancel the
list or add a favorite. See adjustments.
Operation 0 156. Set Time:
. Press the up or down arrows to Setting the Analog Clock
© SEEK or SEEK ¨ : Seek or scan
stations and tracks. See change the Hours, Minutes, AM, The analog clock is on the
Operation 0 156. PM, or the 24 hour setting on the instrument panel above the radio.
clock. The clock is not connected with any
/ BACK : Press to return to the . Press and hold to quickly other vehicle system and runs by
previous screen in a menu. itself. To adjust the time:
increase or decrease the time
Storing Radio Station Presets settings. 1. Press and hold the button
Up to 30 preset stations can be . Press OK to save the directly above the clock to
stored. AM, FM, and SiriusXM (if adjustments. quickly advance the time.
equipped) can be mixed. . Press the Back or Cancel screen 2. Press and release the button to
1. From the AM, FM, or SiriusXM button to cancel the increase the time by
main page, press and hold any adjustments. one-minute intervals.
1−5 buttons or one of the Set Date:
preset screen buttons at the
bottom of the screen. After a . Press the up or down arrows to
few seconds, a beep is heard increase or decrease the Month,
and the new preset information Day, and Year settings.
displays on that screen button.
2. Repeat for each preset.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
20 In Brief
Satellite Radio Portable Audio Devices The Bluetooth-enabled mobile

®
phone must be paired with the
If equipped, a SiriusXM satellite The vehicle has a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) in-vehicle Bluetooth system before it
radio tuner and a valid SiriusXM auxiliary input jack on the faceplate can be used in the vehicle. Not all
satellite radio subscription can and a USB port in the center stack. phones will support all functions.
receive SiriusXM programming. External devices such as iPods,
laptop computers, MP3 players, CD See Bluetooth 0 170.
SiriusXM Satellite Radio changers, USB storage devices,
Service etc. can be connected to the Steering Wheel Controls
SiriusXM is a satellite radio service auxiliary port using a 3.5 mm (1/8 in)
based in the 48 contiguous United input jack or the USB port
States and 10 Canadian provinces. depending on the audio system.
SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide If equipped, there are two USB
variety of programming and ports on the rear of the center
commercial-free music, coast to console that can be used for
coast, and in digital-quality sound. charging only. They can charge
A fee is required to receive the devices that draw 2.1 amps or less.
SiriusXM service. See the device’s owner manual for
Refer to: the specification.
. www.siriusxm.com or call See Auxiliary Devices 0 167.
1-888-601-6296 (U.S.).
. www.siriusxm.ca or call Bluetooth®
1-877-438-9677 (Canada). The Bluetooth® system allows users w or c/x : Press to change
with a Bluetooth-enabled mobile favorite radio stations, select tracks
See Satellite Radio 0 162. on a CD, or navigate tracks or
phone to make and receive
hands-free calls using the vehicle folders on an iPod or USB device.
audio system and controls. b/g : Press to interact with
Bluetooth and OnStar®, if equipped.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
In Brief 21
c/x : Press to reject an incoming Cruise Control [ : Press to disengage cruise

call, or end a current call. control without erasing the set
SRCE : Press to switch between speed from memory.
AM, FM, CD, and if equipped, See Cruise Control 0 214.
SiriusXM®, front auxiliary, rear
auxiliary, and iPod/USB. Forward Collision Alert
Press and hold to mute/pause the (FCA) System
system.
If equipped, FCA may help avoid or
¨ : Press to seek the next radio reduce the harm caused by
station, track, or chapter while front-end crashes. FCA provides a
sourced to the CD slot, or to select green indicator, V, when a vehicle
tracks and folders on an iPod or is detected ahead. This indicator
USB device. displays amber if you follow a
+ e or − e : Press to increase or to vehicle much too closely. When
decrease the volume.
I : Press to turn cruise control on approaching a vehicle ahead too
or off. The indicator light on the quickly, FCA provides a red flashing
See Steering Wheel Controls 0 104. button comes on when the cruise alert on the windshield and rapidly
control is on. beeps.
+RES : If there is a set speed in See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
memory, press briefly to resume to System 0 220.
that speed or press and hold to
accelerate. If cruise control is
already active, use to increase
vehicle speed.
SET– : Press briefly to set the
speed and activate cruise control.
If cruise control is already active,
use to decrease vehicle speed.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
22 In Brief
Lane Departure Rear Vision Parking Assist

Warning (LDW) Camera (RVC) If equipped, Rear Parking Assist
If equipped, LDW may help avoid If equipped, RVC displays a view of (RPA) uses sensors on the rear
unintentional lane departures at the area behind the vehicle, on the bumper to assist with parking and
speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) or infotainment system display, when avoiding objects while in
greater. LDW uses a camera sensor the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse). It operates at speeds
to detect the lane markings. The R (Reverse). less than 8 km/h (5 mph) and uses
audible beeps to provide distance
LDW light, @, is green if a lane See Rear Vision Camera and system information.
marking is detected. If the vehicle (RVC) 0 216.
departs the lane without using a turn Keep the sensors on the vehicle's
signal in that direction, the light will rear bumper clean to ensure proper
Rear Cross Traffic Alert operation.
change to amber and flash. In
addition, beeps will sound. (RCTA) System
See Parking Assist 0 218.
See Lane Departure Warning If equipped, the RCTA system uses
(LDW) 0 223. a triangle with an arrow displayed Power Outlets
on the infotainment screen to warn
of traffic behind your vehicle that The vehicle has 12-volt accessory
Side Blind Zone may cross your vehicle's path while power outlets, which can be used to
Alert (SBZA) in R (Reverse). In addition, beeps plug in electrical equipment, such as
will sound. a cell phone or MP3 player.
If equipped, SBZA will detect
moving vehicles in the next lane See “Rear Cross Traffic Alert The power outlets are located:
over in the vehicle's side blind zone (RCTA)” under Rear Vision Camera . On the center stack below the
area. When this happens, the SBZA (RVC) 0 216. climate controls.
display will light up in the
corresponding outside side mirror . Inside the center console.
and will flash if the turn signal is on. . At the rear of the center console.
See Side Blind Zone Alert . In the rear cargo area.
(SBZA) 0 221.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
In Brief 23
To use the outlets, remove the Sunroof Express-open/Express-close :

cover. Press and release the rear of the
On vehicles with a sunroof, the switch to express-open the sunroof.
See Power Outlets 0 108. sunroof only operates when the Press and release the front of the
ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ switch to express-close the sunroof.
Universal Remote System ACCESSORY, or when Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) is active. Manual Sunshade
See Retained Accessory Power The sunshades must be opened
(RAP) 0 203. and closed manually. To open the
If equipped, there may be a rear sunshade, press the button on the
sunroof over the second row seats. sunshade handle to release it and
The rear sunroof does not open. guide it back. To close the
sunshade, pull the sunshade
The Universal Home Remote forward until it latches.
System allows for garage door The sunroof has an automatic
openers, security systems, and reversal system.
home automation devices to be
programmed to work with these See Sunroof 0 44.
buttons in the vehicle.
See Universal Remote
System 0 142.
Vent : Press and hold the front of

the switch to vent the sunroof. Press
and hold the rear of the switch to
close the sunroof.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
24 In Brief
Performance and Tire Pressure Monitor The TPMS does not replace normal
monthly tire maintenance. Maintain
Maintenance This vehicle may have a Tire the correct tire pressures.
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
See Tire Pressure Monitor
Traction Control/ System 0 276.
Electronic Stability
Control Fuel
The vehicle has a traction control
system that limits wheel spin, and
the StabiliTrak system that assists
with directional control of the vehicle The low tire pressure warning light
in difficult driving conditions. Both alerts to a significant loss in
systems turn on automatically every pressure of one of the vehicle's
time the vehicle is started. tires. If the warning light comes on,
stop as soon as possible and inflate Regular Fuel
. To turn off traction control and the tires to the recommended Use only unleaded gasoline rated
StabiliTrak, press and release 4 pressure shown on the Tire and 87 octane or higher in your vehicle.
on the center stack, and the Loading Information label. See Do not use gasoline with an octane
appropriate DIC message Vehicle Load Limits 0 195. The rating lower as it may result in
displays. See Ride Control warning light will remain on until the vehicle damage and lower fuel
System Messages 0 132. tire pressure is corrected. economy. See Fuel 0 225.
. Press and release 4 again to The low tire pressure warning light
turn on both systems. may come on in cool weather when
the vehicle is first started, and then
See Traction Control/Electronic turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
Stability Control 0 212. may be an early indicator that the
tire pressures are getting low and
the tires need to be inflated to the
proper pressure.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
In Brief 25
E85 or FlexFuel Resetting the Oil Life System . Avoid idling the engine for long
1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN, periods of time.
with the engine off. . When road and weather
2. Press the vehicle information conditions are appropriate, use
button until OIL LIFE cruise control.
REMAINING displays. . Always follow posted speed
3. Press and hold the set/reset limits or drive more slowly when
button until “100%” is conditions require.
No E85 or FlexFuel
displayed. Three chimes sound . Keep vehicle tires properly
Gasoline-ethanol fuel blends greater and the CHANGE ENGINE OIL inflated.
than E15 (15% ethanol by volume), SOON message goes off.
such as E85, cannot be used in this . Combine several trips into a
vehicle. 4. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF. single trip.
See Engine Oil Life System 0 244. . Replace the vehicle's tires with
Engine Oil Life System the same TPC Spec number
The engine oil life system calculates Driving for Better Fuel molded into the tire's sidewall
engine oil life based on vehicle use Economy near the size.
and displays the CHANGE ENGINE . Follow recommended scheduled
Driving habits can affect fuel
OIL SOON message when it is time maintenance.
mileage. Here are some driving tips
to change the engine oil and filter.
to get the best fuel economy
The oil life system should be reset
possible.
to 100% only following an oil
change. . Avoid fast starts and accelerate
smoothly.
. Brake gradually and avoid
abrupt stops.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
26 In Brief
Roadside Assistance
Program
U.S.: 1-800-252-1112
TTY Users (U.S. Only):
1-888-889-2438
Canada: 1-800-268-6800
New Buick owners are automatically
enrolled in the Roadside Assistance
Program.
See Roadside Assistance
Program 0 334.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Keys, Doors, and Windows 27
Keys, Doors, and Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
40
41
Keys and Locks
Windows Automatic Dimming Mirror . . . . .
Park Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
41
41 Keys
Interior Mirrors { Warning
Keys and Locks Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 41
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Automatic Dimming Rearview
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Leaving children in a vehicle with
Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 the ignition key is dangerous and
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Windows children or others could be
System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 seriously injured or killed. They
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . 31 Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 could operate the power windows
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 or other controls or make the
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 vehicle move. The windows will
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Roof function with the keys in the
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 33 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 ignition, and children or others
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 could be caught in the path of a
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 closing window. Do not leave
Doors children in a vehicle with the
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 ignition key.
Vehicle Security
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 37
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . 38
Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
28 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Warning (Continued)
impacted, and airbags may not
deploy. To reduce the risk of
unintentional rotation of the
ignition key, do not change the
way the ignition key and Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter,
if equipped, are connected to the
provided key rings.
The ignition key, key rings, and RKE Interference from radio-frequency
{ Warning transmitter, if equipped, are identification (RFID) tags may
designed to work together. As a prevent the key from starting the
If the key is unintentionally
system, it reduces the risk of vehicle. Keep RFID tags away from
rotated while the vehicle is unintentionally moving the key out the key when starting the vehicle.
running, the ignition could be of the RUN position. If replacements
moved out of the RUN position. or additions are required, see your The key is used for the ignition and
This could be caused by heavy dealer. Limit added items to a few all door locks.
items hanging from the key ring, essential keys or small, light items The key has a bar-coded key tag
or by large or long items attached no larger than an RKE transmitter. that the dealer or qualified locksmith
to the key ring that could be can use to make new keys. Store
contacted by the driver or this information in a safe place, not
steering wheel. If the ignition in the vehicle.
moves out of the RUN position, If it becomes difficult to turn the key,
the engine will shut off, braking inspect the key blade for debris.
and steering power assist may be
See your dealer if a replacement
(Continued) key or additional key is needed.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
If locked out of the vehicle, call . If the transmitter is still not

Roadside Assistance. See Roadside working correctly, see your
Assistance Program 0 334. dealer or a qualified technician
If equipped with an active OnStar for service.
subscription, an OnStar Advisor
may remotely unlock the vehicle. Remote Keyless Entry
See OnStar for more information. (RKE) System Operation
The RKE transmitter functions work
Remote Keyless Entry up to 60 m (195 ft) away from the
(RKE) System vehicle.
See Radio Frequency Other conditions can affect the
Statement 0 340. performance of the transmitter. See With Remote Start and Power
If there is a decrease in the Remote Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Liftgate Shown, Without Similar
System 0 29.
Keyless Entry (RKE) operating / : If equipped, see Remote
range: Vehicle Start 0 31.
. Check the distance. The Q : Press to lock all the doors.
transmitter may be too far from
the vehicle. If enabled through the Driver
Information Center (DIC), the
. Check the location. Other parking lamps flash once to indicate
vehicles or objects may be locking has occurred. If enabled
blocking the signal. through the DIC, the horn sounds
. Check the transmitter's battery. when Q is pressed again within
See “Battery Replacement” later five seconds. See Vehicle
in this section. Personalization 0 136.
Pressing Q may arm the content
theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle
Alarm System 0 37.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
K : Press once to unlock only the 30 seconds. The alarm turns off
Caution
driver door. If K is pressed again when the ignition is moved to ON/
within five seconds, all remaining RUN or L is pressed again. The When replacing the battery, do
doors unlock. The interior lamps ignition must be in LOCK/OFF for not touch any of the circuitry on
come on and stay on for 20 seconds the panic alarm to work. the transmitter. Static from your
or until the ignition is turned on. Programming Transmitters to body could damage the
If enabled through the DIC, the the Vehicle transmitter.
parking lamps flash twice to indicate
Only RKE transmitters programmed
unlocking has occurred. See Vehicle
to this vehicle will work. If a
Personalization 0 136.
transmitter is lost or stolen, a
Pressing K on the RKE transmitter replacement can be purchased and
disarms the content theft-deterrent programmed through your dealer.
system. See Vehicle Alarm When the replacement transmitter is
System 0 37. programmed to this vehicle, all
remaining transmitters must also be
8 : Press and hold until the reprogrammed. Any lost or stolen
liftgate begins to move to open or transmitters will no longer work
close the liftgate. The taillamps flash once the new transmitter is
and a chime sounds to indicate programmed. Each vehicle can
when the liftgate is opening or have up to eight transmitters
closing. programmed to it. See your dealer
L : Press and release to locate to program transmitters to this 1. Separate the transmitter with a
the vehicle. The parking lamps flash vehicle. flat, thin object, such as a flat
and the horn sounds three times. head screwdriver.
Battery Replacement . Carefully insert the tool into
Press and hold L for more than Replace the battery if the REPLACE the notch located along the
two seconds to activate the panic BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY parting line of the
alarm. The parking lamps flash and message displays in the DIC.
the horn sounds repeatedly for
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
transmitter. Do not insert when doing so. Check local When the vehicle starts, the park
the tool too far. Stop as regulations for any requirements on lamps will turn on and remain on as
soon as resistance is felt. remote starting of vehicles. long as the engine is running. The
. Twist the tool until the Do not use the remote start feature doors will be locked and the climate
transmitter is separated. if the vehicle is low on fuel. The control system will operate
vehicle could run out of fuel. automatically if the vehicle has the
2. Remove the old battery. Do not automatic system, or at the same
use a metal object. If the vehicle has the remote start setting as when the vehicle was last
3. Insert the new battery, positive feature, the RKE transmitter range turned off.
side facing down. Replace with may be less while the vehicle is
running. With an automatic climate control
a CR2032 or equivalent system and if equipped with heated
battery. Other conditions can affect the seats, the heated seats turn on
4. Snap the transmitter back performance of the transmitter. See during colder outside temperatures
together. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) and shut off when the key is turned
System 0 29. to ON/RUN. See Heated and
Remote Vehicle Start Cooled Front Seats 0 51.
Starting the Engine Using
Remote Start The rear window defogger and
This vehicle has a remote starting
heated mirrors, if the vehicle has
feature that starts the engine from To start the vehicle: them, turn on during colder outside
outside of the vehicle.
1. Press and release Q on the temperatures and turn off when the
/ : This button is on the RKE RKE transmitter. key is turned to ON/RUN.
transmitter. After entering the vehicle during a
2. Immediately after completing
Laws in some communities may remote start, insert and turn the key
Step 1, press and hold / until to the ON/RUN position to drive the
restrict the use of remote starters.
For example, some laws may the lamps flash. If the vehicle's vehicle.
require a person using the remote lights cannot be seen, press
and hold / for at least If the vehicle is left running, it
start to have the vehicle in view automatically shuts off after
four seconds.
10 minutes unless a time extension
has been done.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Extending Engine Run Time After the vehicle's engine has been Door Locks
started two times using the remote
To extend the engine run time by
start button or a start with an
10 minutes, repeat Steps 1and 2
extension, the ignition must be { Warning
while the engine is still running. An
turned on and then back off before Unlocked doors can be
extension can be requested
the remote start procedure can be
30 seconds after starting. The dangerous.
used again.
engine run time can only be . Passengers, especially
extended if it is the first remote start Canceling a Remote Start children, can easily open
since the vehicle has been driven. the doors and fall out of a
Remote start can be extended To manually shut off a remote start:
moving vehicle. When a
one time. . Press and hold / until the door is locked, the handle
If the remote start procedure is used lamps turn off. will not open it. The chance
again before the first 10-minute time . Turn on the hazard warning of being thrown out of the
frame has ended, the first flashers. vehicle in a crash is
10 minutes will immediately expire increased if the doors are
and the second 10-minute time . Turn the ignition switch on and not locked. So, all
frame will start. then off. passengers should wear
Conditions in Which the safety belts properly and the
For example, if Q and then / are doors should be locked
pressed again after the vehicle has Remote Start Will Not Work whenever the vehicle is
been running for five minutes, The vehicle cannot be started using driven.
10 minutes are added, allowing the the remote start feature if the key is . Young children who get into
engine to run for a total of in the ignition, the hood is open,
15 minutes. unlocked vehicles may be
or there is an emission control unable to get out. A child
A maximum of two remote starts or system malfunction. can be overcome by
remote start with an extension are The engine turns off during a remote extreme heat and can suffer
allowed between ignition cycles. start if the coolant temperature gets permanent injuries or even
too high or if the oil pressure (Continued)
gets low.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Warning (Continued)
Power Door Locks The doors will lock automatically
five seconds after all doors are
closed. If a door is reopened before
death from heat stroke. that time, the five-second timer will
Always lock the vehicle reset when all doors are closed
whenever leaving it. again.
. Outsiders can easily enter
through an unlocked door Press Q on the door lock switch
when you slow down or stop again or press Q on the RKE
the vehicle. Locking the transmitter to lock doors
doors can help prevent this immediately.
from happening.
This feature can also be
programmed. See Vehicle
To lock or unlock a door manually: Personalization 0 136.
. From the inside use the door
lock knob on the window sill. K : Press to unlock the doors. Automatic Door Locks
. From the outside turn the key Q : Press to lock the doors. The doors will lock automatically
toward the front or rear of the when all doors are closed, the
vehicle, or press the or button on Delayed Locking ignition is on, and the vehicle is
the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) shifted out of P (Park).
This feature delays the locking of
transmitter. the doors until five seconds after all To unlock the doors:
doors are closed. . Press K on the power door lock
When Q is pressed on the power switch.
door lock switch while the door or . Shift the transmission into
liftgate is open, a chime will sound P (Park).
three times indicating delayed
locking is active.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Automatic door locking cannot be The vehicle has rear door safety Doors
disabled. Automatic door unlocking locks to prevent passengers from
can be programmed. See Vehicle opening the rear doors from the
Personalization 0 136. inside. Liftgate
Lockout Protection { Warning

When locking is requested with the Exhaust gases can enter the
driver door open and the key in the vehicle if it is driven with the
ignition, all the doors will lock and liftgate or trunk/hatch open,
then the driver door will unlock. or with any objects that pass
This can be manually overridden by through the seal between the
pressing and holding Q on the body and the trunk/hatch or
power door lock switch. liftgate. Engine exhaust contains
carbon monoxide (CO) which
Safety Locks cannot be seen or smelled. It can
cause unconsciousness and even
Open the rear doors to access the death.
Caution
security locks on the inside edge of If the vehicle must be driven with
Pulling the inside door handle each door. the liftgate or trunk/hatch open:
while the rear door safety locks To set the locks, insert a key into . Close all of the windows.
are engaged could damage your the slot and turn it to the horizontal
vehicle. Do not pull the inside position. The door can only be . Fully open the air outlets on
door handle while the rear door opened from the outside with the or under the instrument
safety locks are engaged. door unlocked. To return the door to panel.
normal operation, turn the slot to the . Adjust the climate control
vertical position. system to a setting that
brings in only outside air
(Continued)
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
. Press O.
Warning (Continued) { Warning
and set the fan speed to the You or others could be injured if
highest setting. See caught in the path of the power
“Climate Control Systems” liftgate. Make sure there is no one
in the Index. in the way of the liftgate as it is
. If the vehicle is equipped opening and closing.
with a power liftgate, disable
the power liftgate function. The power liftgate can be power
See Engine Exhaust 0 206. opened and closed in the
following ways:
. Press and hold 8 on the
Caution RKE transmitter. See Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) System . Press l on the inside edge of
To avoid damage to the liftgate or Operation 0 29. the liftgate.
liftgate glass, make sure the area Pressing any liftgate switch a
above and behind the liftgate is second time while the liftgate is
clear before opening it. moving reverses the direction.
The power liftgate may be
Power Liftgate temporarily disabled under extreme
If equipped with a power liftgate, the temperatures or under low battery
vehicle must be in P (Park) to conditions. If this occurs, the liftgate
operate. The taillamps flash and a can be operated manually.
chime sounds when the power If the vehicle is shifted out of
liftgate moves. P (Park) while the liftgate power
function is in progress, it will
continue to completion. If the
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
vehicle is shifted out of P (Park) and on the Driver Information Manual Operation of Power
accelerated before the power liftgate Center (DIC) to indicate that the Liftgate
latch closes, the liftgate may liftgate is open. See Door Ajar
reverse to the open position. Cargo Messages 0 128. After removing the
could fall out of the vehicle. Always obstacles, manually open the
make sure the power liftgate is liftgate fully or close and latch the
closed and latched before liftgate. The liftgate will resume
driving away. normal power operation.
Falling Liftgate Detection The vehicle also has pinch sensors
along the side edges of the liftgate.
The power liftgate will automatically If the sensors press against an
close if the support strut has lost object while closing, the liftgate will
pressure. See your dealer for reverse direction and open fully. The
service before using the power liftgate will remain open until it is
liftgate. activated again or closed manually.
Obstacle Detection Features Do not force the liftgate open or To change the liftgate to manual
If an obstacle is encountered during closed during a power cycle. operation, press OFF on the power
the power open or close cycle, a liftgate switch. A message displays
warning chime will sound and the on the DIC indicating manual
liftgate will automatically reverse operation mode. See Door Ajar
direction to the full closed or open Messages 0 128.
position. After removing the obstacle With the liftgate in manual mode
the liftgate will resume normal and all of the doors unlocked, the
operation. liftgate can be manually opened and
If more obstacles are encountered closed.
on the same power cycle, the power
function deactivates. The liftgate
must be opened or closed manually
if this occurs. A message displays
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Press the touch pad on the outside Vehicle Security If the delayed locking feature is
of the liftgate pull cup and lift to active, the alarm is not activated
open. Use the pull cup to lower and This vehicle has theft-deterrent until all doors are closed and the
close the liftgate. The liftgate latch features; however, they do not make security light goes off.
will power close. the vehicle impossible to steal.
. Press Q when the driver door is
Always close the liftgate before closed. The security light comes
driving. Vehicle Alarm System
on solid for approximately
On vehicles with an anti-theft alarm 30 seconds and then goes off.
8 on the RKE transmitter or
If
system, to activate the system:
l on the liftgate is pressed while The content theft-deterrent alarm
is not armed until the security
in manual operation mode, the . Press Q on the Remote Keyless
taillamps will flash three times, but light goes off.
Entry (RKE) transmitter or the
the liftgate will not move. power door lock switch when The theft-deterrent system will not
It is not recommended to drive with any door is open. activate if the doors are locked with
the liftgate open. However, if the the vehicle's key or the manual
vehicle must be driven with the door lock.
liftgate open, the liftgate should be If the driver door is opened without
set to manual operation. first unlocking with the RKE
transmitter, the horn will chirp and
the lights will flash to indicate
pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not
The security light flashes. started, or the door is not unlocked
When the door is closed, the by pressing K on the RKE
security light stops flashing and transmitter during the 10-second
stays on solid for approximately pre-alarm, the alarm will be
30 seconds. The content activated.
theft-deterrent alarm is not The alarm will also be activated if a
armed until the security light passenger door, the liftgate, or the
goes off. hood is opened without first
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
disarming the system. When the 3. Get out of the vehicle, close The system is automatically armed
alarm is activated, the turn signals the door, and wait for the when the key is removed from the
flash and the horn sounds for about security light to go out. ignition.
30 seconds. The alarm system will 4. Reach in through the window, The system is automatically
then re-arm to monitor for the next unlock the door with the disarmed when the key is turned to
unauthorized event. manual door lock, and open ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY,
The vehicle can be started with the the door. This should set off the or START from the LOCK/OFF
correct ignition key if the alarm has alarm. position.
been set off. If the alarm does not sound when it You do not have to manually arm or
To avoid setting off the alarm by should, but the headlamps flash, disarm the system.
accident: check to see if the horn works. The The security light comes on if there
. Lock the vehicle with the door horn fuse may be blown. To replace is a problem with arming or
key after the doors are closed. the fuse, see Fuses and Circuit disarming the theft-deterrent
Breakers 0 261. system.
. Unlock the door with the RKE
transmitter. Unlocking a door any If the alarm does not sound or the When the PASS-Key III+ system
other way sets off the alarm if headlamps do not flash, see your senses an incorrect key, the vehicle
the system has been armed. dealer for service. does not start. Anyone using a
trial-and-error method to start the
Press K or place the key in the Immobilizer vehicle will be discouraged because
ignition and turn it to START to turn of the high number of electrical key
See Radio Frequency
off the alarm. codes.
Statement 0 340.
Testing the Alarm If the engine does not start and the
To test the alarm:
Immobilizer Operation security light on the instrument
This vehicle has PASS-Key® III+ panel comes on when trying to start
1. From inside the vehicle, lower the vehicle, there may be a problem
the driver side window, and (Personalized Automotive Security
System) theft-deterrent system. with the theft-deterrent system. Turn
open the driver door. the ignition off and try again.
PASS-Key III+ is a passive
2. Press Q. theft-deterrent system.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
If the engine still does not start, and See your dealer or a locksmith who If the PASS-Key III+ key is lost or
the key appears to be undamaged, can service PASS-Key III+ to get a damaged, see your dealer or a
try another ignition key and check new key blank that is cut exactly as locksmith to have a new key made.
the fuses. See Fuses and Circuit the ignition key that operates the The SERVICE THEFT
Breakers 0 261 for additional system. DETERRENT SYSTEM message
information. If the engine still does To program the new additional key: displays on the Driver Information
not start with the other key, the Center (DIC) when there is a
vehicle needs service. If the vehicle 1. Verify that the new key has a
1 stamped on it. problem with the theft-deterrent
does start, the first key may be system. See Security Messages
faulty. See your dealer who can 2. Insert the already programmed 0 133 for additional information.
service the PASS-Key III+ to have a key in the ignition and start the
new key made. In an emergency, engine. If the engine does not Do not leave the key or device that
contact Roadside Assistance. See start, see your dealer for disarms or deactivates the
Roadside Assistance service. theft-deterrent system in the vehicle.
Program 0 334.
3. After the engine has started,
It is possible for the PASS-Key III+ turn the key to LOCK/OFF, and
decoder to learn the transponder remove the key.
value of a new or replacement key.
Up to eight keys may be 4. Insert the key to be
programmed to the vehicle. The programmed and turn it to the
following procedure is for ON/RUN position within
programming additional keys only. five seconds of the original key
If all currently programmed keys are being turned to the LOCK/OFF
lost or do not operate, you must see position.
your dealer or a locksmith who can The security light turns off once
service PASS-Key III+ to have keys the key has been programmed.
made and programmed to the
system. 5. Repeat Steps 1–4 if additional
keys are to be programmed.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Exterior Mirrors Power Mirrors Folding Mirrors

For vehicles with manual folding
Convex Mirrors mirrors, push the mirror toward the
vehicle. Pull the mirror out to return
{ Warning to its original position.
For vehicles with outside power
A convex mirror can make things, folding mirrors:
like other vehicles, look farther
away than they really are. If you
cut too sharply into the right lane,
you could hit a vehicle on the
right. Check the inside mirror or
glance over your shoulder before
changing lanes.
To adjust each mirror:
The passenger side mirror is convex 1. Press (1) or (2) to select the
shaped. A convex mirror's surface is mirror.
curved so more can be seen from 2. Press on the control pad to
the driver seat. adjust the mirror.
3. Press (1) or (2) again to 1. Press (1) to fold the mirrors out
deselect the mirror. to the driving position.
Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) 2. Press (2) to fold the mirrors in
If the vehicle has the Side Blind to the folded position.
Zone Alert (SBZA) system, see Side
Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) 0 221.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Resetting the Power Folding Automatic Dimming Interior Mirrors

Mirrors Mirror
Reset the power folding mirrors if: The driver outside mirror Interior Rearview Mirrors
. The mirrors are accidentally automatically adjusts for the glare of Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear
obstructed while folding. headlamps from behind. view of the area behind your
. They are accidentally manually vehicle.
folded/unfolded. Park Tilt Mirrors If equipped with OnStar, the vehicle
. The mirrors vibrate at normal If equipped with memory seats, the may have three control buttons at
driving speeds. passenger and/or driver mirror tilts the bottom of the mirror. See your
to a preselected position when the dealer for more information about
Fold and unfold the mirrors one time vehicle is in R (Reverse). This OnStar and how to subscribe to it.
using the mirror controls to reset allows the curb to be seen when See “OnStar,” if equipped.
them to their normal position. parallel parking.
A popping noise may be heard Do not spray glass cleaner directly
during the resetting of the power The mirror(s) return to the original on the mirror. Use a soft towel
folding mirrors. This sound is normal position when: dampened with water.
after a manual folding operation. . The vehicle is shifted out of
R (Reverse). Automatic Dimming
Heated Mirrors . The ignition is turned off. Rearview Mirror
For vehicles with heated mirrors: To turn this feature on or off, see If equipped, automatic dimming
1 : Press to heat the mirrors. Vehicle Personalization 0 136. reduces the glare of the headlamps
from behind. This feature comes on
See “Rear Window Defogger” under when the vehicle is started.
Dual Automatic Climate Control
System 0 179.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Windows pulsing sound when either rear

window is down and the front
windows are up. To reduce the
{ Warning sound, open either a front window
or the sunroof, if equipped.
Never leave a child, a helpless
adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,
especially with the windows
Power Windows
closed in warm or hot weather.
They can be overcome by the { Warning
extreme heat and suffer
Children could be seriously
permanent injuries or even death
injured or killed if caught in the
from heat stroke. Uplevel Shown, Base Similar
path of a closing window. Never
leave keys in a vehicle with The driver door has switches that
children. When there are children control the passenger and rear
in the rear seat, use the window windows. The power windows work
lockout button to prevent with the ignition in ACC/
operation of the windows. See ACCESSORY or ON/RUN or with
Keys 0 27. Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
active. See Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) 0 203.
Press the switch to lower the
window. Pull up on the front edge of
the switch to raise the window.
The vehicle aerodynamics are

designed to improve fuel economy
performance. This may result in a
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Express-Up/Express-Down 3. Pull up and hold the window Rear Window Lockout

Windows switch to close the window.
Continue to hold it briefly after
A window with the express-up/down the window is fully closed.
feature allows it to be raised or
lowered without holding the switch. 4. Repeat for each window that
Press or pull the window switch fully has the express-up feature.
and release it to activate the Anti-Pinch Feature
express feature. The express mode
can be canceled by pressing or The anti-pinch feature is on
pulling the switch. windows with the express-up
feature. If an object is in the way of
Programming the Power the window as it is express-closing,
Windows or in certain weather conditions like
If the vehicle battery has been severe icing, the window will stop
recharged, disconnected, and open to a factory preset The rear window lockout feature
or replaced, windows with the position. The window functions prevents the rear passenger
express-up feature may need to be normally once the obstruction is windows from operating, except
reprogrammed for this feature to removed. from the driver position.
work. To program the window:
Press v to activate the rear
1. Close all doors with the ignition window lockout switch. The
in the ACC/ACCESSORY or indicator light comes on when
ON/RUN position, or with activated.
Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) active. See Press v again to deactivate the
Retained Accessory Power lockout switch.
(RAP) 0 203.
2. Press and continue to hold the
window switch until the window
is fully open.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Sun Visors Roof Vent : Press and hold the front of

the switch to vent the sunroof. Press
and hold the rear of the switch to
Sunroof close the sunroof.
On vehicles with a sunroof, the Express-open/Express-close :
sunroof only operates when the Press and release the rear of the
ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ switch to express-open the sunroof.
ACCESSORY, or when Retained Press and release the front of the
Accessory Power (RAP) is active. switch to express-close the sunroof.
See Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) 0 203. Automatic Reversal System
Pull the sun visor down to block If equipped, there may be a rear The sunroof is equipped with an
glare. Detach the sun visor from the sunroof over the second row seats. automatic reversal system that is
center mount to pivot to the side The rear sunroof does not open. only active when the sunroof is
window or, if equipped, extend being operated in express mode.
along the rod. If an object is in the path of the
sunroof while it is express-closing,
the reversal system will detect the
object and stop. In the event of
closing difficulties like frost or other
conditions, it is possible to override
the reversal system. To override the
reversal system, close in manual
mode. To stop the movement,
release the switch.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Manual Sunshade
The sunshades must be opened
and closed manually. To open the
sunshade, press the button on the
sunshade handle to release it and
guide it back. To close the
sunshade, pull the sunshade
forward until it latches.
Dirt and debris may collect on the

sunroof seal or in the track. This
could cause an issue with sunroof
operation or noise. It could also plug
the water drainage system.
Periodically open the sunroof and
remove any obstacles or loose
debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and
roof sealing area using a clean
cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not
remove grease from the sunroof.
If water is seen dripping into the
water drainage system, this is
normal.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
46 Seats and Restraints
Seats and Replacing Safety Belt System

Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Replacing LATCH System Parts
After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Restraints Airbag System
Securing Child Restraints (With
the Safety Belt in the
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 67 Securing Child Restraints (With
Head Restraints When Should an Airbag
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 the Safety Belt in the
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Front Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Front Seats What Makes an Airbag
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 48 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 How Does an Airbag
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 What Will You See after an
Heated and Cooled Front Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Passenger Sensing System . . . 72
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Rear Seats Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Adding Equipment to the
Third Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 76
Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 77
Safety Belts Replacing Airbag System Parts
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Child Restraints
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Safety Belt Use During Infants and Young Children . . . . 80
Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . 82
Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 84
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 64 Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Children (LATCH System) . . . . 85
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Seats and Restraints 47
Head Restraints
Front Seats
{ Warning
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/
spinal injury in a crash. Do not
drive until the head restraints for
all occupants are installed and Adjust the head restraint so that the To raise or lower the head restraint,
adjusted properly. top of the restraint is at the same press the button located on the side
height as the top of the occupant's of the head restraint, and pull up or
head. This position reduces the push the head restraint down, and
The vehicle's front seats have
chance of a neck injury in a crash. release the button. Pull and push on
adjustable head restraints in the
the head restraint after the button is
outboard seating positions.
released to make sure that it is
locked in place.
To adjust the head restraint forward,
grasp the head restraint and pull
forward until the desired locking
position is reached.
To adjust the head restraint
rearward, press the button located
on the side of the head restraint,
and push the head restraint
rearward until the desired locking
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
position is reached. Try to move the Front Seats To adjust the seat:
head restraint after the button is . Move the seat forward or
released to make sure that it is
locked in place. Power Seat Adjustment rearward by sliding the
control (1) forward or rearward.
The front seat outboard head
restraints are not removable. { Warning . Raise or lower the front part of
the seat cushion by moving the
Rear Seats You can lose control of the front of the control (1) up
vehicle if you try to adjust a driver or down.
The vehicle's second row seats seat while the vehicle is moving.
have head restraints in the outboard . Raise or lower the entire seat by
Adjust the driver seat only when moving the rear of the control (1)
seating positions that cannot be
the vehicle is not moving. up or down.
adjusted.
The vehicle's third row seats have . Adjust the seatback by tilting the
headrests in the outboard seating top of the control (2) forward or
positions that cannot be adjusted. rearward.
The second row head restraints and See Reclining Seatbacks 0 49.
third row headrests are not . Increase or decrease lumbar
removable. support by pressing the front or
rear of the control (3).
See Lumbar Adjustment 0 49.
1. Seat Adjustment Control

2. Reclining Seatback Control
3. Lumbar Adjustment Control
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Lumbar Adjustment Power Lumbar Reclining Seatbacks

Manual Lumbar Power Reclining Seatbacks
If equipped, press and hold the front

or rear of control to increase or
If equipped, move the handle decrease lumbar support. Release To adjust the seatback:
forward or rearward to increase or the control when the seatback . Tilt the top of the control
decrease lumbar support. reaches the desired level of lumbar rearward to recline.
support.
. Tilt the top of the control forward
to raise.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
If available, the controls on the

{ Warning driver door are used to program and
recall memory settings for the driver
Sitting in a reclined position when seat, outside mirrors, and power
the vehicle is in motion can be steering column (if equipped).
dangerous. Even when buckled
up, the safety belts cannot do Storing Memory Positions
their job. To save into memory:
The shoulder belt will not be 1. Adjust the driver seat and
against your body. Instead, it will seatback recliner, both outside
be in front of you. In a crash, you mirrors, and the power steering
could go into it, receiving neck or column (if equipped).
other injuries. Do not have a seatback reclined if Not all vehicles will have the
The lap belt could go up over the vehicle is moving. ability to save and recall the
your abdomen. The belt forces mirror positions.
would be there, not at your pelvic Memory Seats 2. Press and hold 1 until
bones. This could cause serious two beeps sound.
internal injuries.
3. Repeat for a second driver
For proper protection when the position using 2.
vehicle is in motion, have the To recall, press and release 1 or 2.
seatback upright. Then sit well The vehicle must be in P (Park).
back in the seat and wear the A single beep will sound. The seat,
safety belt properly. outside mirrors, and power steering
column (if equipped) will move to
the positions previously stored for
the identified driver.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Memory Remote Recall memory item that is not recalling for If something has blocked the driver
The memory feature can recall the two seconds. Try recalling the seat while recalling the exit position,
driver seat, outside mirrors, and memory position again by pressing the recall may stop. Remove the
power steering column (if equipped) the appropriate memory button. obstruction; then press and hold the
to stored positions when entering If the memory position is still not power seat control rearward for
the vehicle. recalling, see your dealer for two seconds. Try recalling the exit
service. position again. If the exit position is
To activate, unlock the driver door still not recalling, see your dealer for
with the Remote Keyless Easy Exit Positions service.
Entry (RKE) transmitter. The driver The easy exit feature can move the
seat, outside mirrors, and power See Vehicle Personalization 0 136.
driver seat rearward and the power
steering column will move to the steering column (if equipped) up
memory positions associated with and forward to allow extra room to Heated and Cooled Front
the transmitter used to unlock the exit the vehicle. Seats
vehicle.
S (Easy Exit Positions) : Press to
This feature is turned on or off using activate the recall. The vehicle must { Warning
the vehicle personalization menu. be in P (Park).
See Vehicle Personalization 0 136. If you cannot feel temperature
If this feature is programmed on in change or pain to the skin, the
To stop recall movement, press one the vehicle personalization menu, seat heater may cause burns. To
of the power seat controls, memory automatic driver seat and power reduce the risk of burns, people
buttons, power mirror buttons, or the steering column movement occur
power steering column control (if with such a condition should use
when the ignition key is removed.
equipped). care when using the seat heater,
A single beep sounds. The driver especially for long periods of
If something has blocked the driver seat moves back approximately time. Do not place anything on
seat and/or steering column while 8 cm (3 in) and the power steering the seat that insulates against
recalling a memory position, the column (if equipped) moves up and heat, such as a blanket, cushion,
recall may stop. Remove the forward. To move the seat back cover, or similar item. This may
obstruction; then press and hold the farther, press S again until the seat
appropriate manual control for the (Continued)
is all the way back.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
If equipped, the buttons are on the Remote Start Heated Seats

Warning (Continued) center stack. To operate, the engine When it is cold outside, the heated
must be running. seats may turn on automatically
cause the seat heater to
overheat. An overheated seat I : If equipped, press to heat the during a remote vehicle start. The
heater may cause a burn or may seatback only. heated seats will be canceled when
damage the seat. H : If equipped, press to cool the the ignition is turned on. Press the
entire seat. desired heated seat button to use
the heated seats after the vehicle is
J : Press to heat the seat and started.
seatback.
The heated seat button lights will
Press the button once for the not turn on during a remote start.
highest setting. With each press of
the button, the seat will change to The temperature of an unoccupied
the next lower setting, and then to seat may be reduced.
the off setting. The lights indicate See Remote Vehicle Start 0 31.
three for the highest setting and one
for the lowest.
The passenger heated seat may
take longer to heat up.
Heated and Cooled Seat Buttons The heated and/or cooled seats are
Shown, Heated Seat Buttons canceled after the ignition is
Similar turned off.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Rear Seats Warning (Continued)

stop or crash. Be sure to return
the seat to the passenger seating
position. Push and pull on the
seat to make sure it is locked into
place.
Caution
Folding a rear seat with the safety To access the third row:
belts still fastened may cause
1. Remove objects on the floor in
damage to the seat or the safety
1. Seat Adjustment Handle front of or on the second row
belts. Always unbuckle the safety
2. Reclining Seatback Strap seat, or in the seat tracks on
belts and return them to their the floor.
3. Sliding Seat Lever normal stowed position before
folding a rear seat. 2. Move the front center console
Entering and Exiting the armrest completely forward.
Third Row See Center Console
Storage 0 98.
{ Warning 3. Place the folding armrests in
Using the third row seating the upright position.
position while the second row is 4. Make sure that the safety belt
folded, or folded and tumbled, is unfastened and in the
could cause injury in a sudden stowed position.
(Continued)
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
5. Pull the sliding seat lever (3) 5. Push and pull on the seatback 3. Pull forward on the reclining
forward. The seatback will tilt and seat cushion to make sure seatback strap (2).
forward, and the seat will begin they are locked in place. The head restraint will fold
sliding forward. Continue to 6. Check that the safety belt is down automatically.
push forward on the seatback not under the seat cushion.
until the entire seat moves all To return the seatback to the
the way forward and the seat Reclining the Seatbacks seating position, lift the seatback
cushion is folded. and push it rearward until it locks
To recline the seatback: into place. Push and pull on the
Returning the Seat to the 1. Leaning rearward in the seat, seatback to make sure it is locked.
Seating Position pull the reclining seatback Pull up on the head restraint to
To return the second row seat to its strap (2). return it to the upright, locked
normal seating position: position.
2. Move the seatback to the
1. Remove objects on the floor desired position, and then Adjusting the Seats
behind the second row seat or release the strap (2) to lock the
seatback in place. To adjust the second row seats, pull
in the seat tracks on the floor. outward on the seat adjustment
2. Slide the seat rearward by 3. Push and pull on the seatback handle (1). Slide the seat forward or
pushing on the seatback until to make sure it is locked. rearward to the desired position.
the seat is locked into place. Release the handle (1), and push
Folding the Seatback
and pull on the seat to make sure it
3. Continue pushing the seatback To fold the second row seatbacks: is locked.
rearward until the seatback is
locked into place. 1. Remove anything on or under
the seat.
4. Push down on the rear of the
seat cushion until it is locked in 2. Place the armrest in the upright
place. position, and unfasten the
safety belt.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Third Row Seats To fold the third row seatback:

1. If the second row seat is in the
{ Warning full rear position, adjust it
forward to allow the third row
Using the third row seating seat to fold fully flat.
position while the second row is 2. Remove anything on or under
folded, or pushed forward in the the seat.
entry position, could cause injury
in a sudden stop or crash. Be
sure to return the seat to the
passenger seating position. Push
and pull on the seat to make sure
4. Stow the mini-latch in the
it is locked into place.
holder in the headliner.
Folding the Seatback
Caution
Folding a rear seat with the safety
belts still fastened may cause
damage to the seat or the safety 3. Disconnect the rear safety belt
mini-latch, using a key in the
belts. Always unbuckle the safety
slot on the mini-buckle, and let
belts and return them to their
the belt retract into the
normal stowed position before headliner.
folding a rear seat.
5. Pull up on the release lever on

the back of the seat.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
6. Push the seatback forward to

lay flat. { Warning Caution
Returning the Seat to the A safety belt that is improperly Folding a rear seat with the safety
Seating Position routed, not properly attached, belts still fastened may cause
or twisted will not provide the damage to the seat or the safety
To return the seatback to the
seating position: protection needed in a crash. The belts. Always unbuckle the safety
person wearing the belt could be belts and return them to their
1. From the rear of the vehicle, seriously injured. After raising the normal stowed position before
raise the seatback to the rear seatback, always check to be folding a rear seat.
upright position using the pull sure that the safety belts are
strap on the back of the third properly routed and attached, and
row seat, or lift the seatback 3. Fold the seatback down. See
are not twisted. “Folding the Seatback” earlier
and push it into place from
inside the vehicle. in this section.
3. Reconnect the center safety 4. Remove the rear bolts on the
{ Warning belt mini-latch to the
mini-buckle. Do not let it twist.
floor on each side of the seat.
5. Remove the seat by tilting it
If either seatback is not locked, it 4. Pull on the safety belt to be slightly upward, and then
could move forward in a sudden sure the mini-latch is secure. pulling it out of the rear of the
stop or crash. That could cause vehicle in one motion.
injury to the person sitting there. Removing the Third Row Seats
Always push and pull on the To remove a third row seat: 6. Replace the bolts in the floor
seatbacks to be sure they are holes for storage.
1. Remove the cargo
locked.
management system, if it is
installed. See Cargo
2. Push and pull on the seatback Management System 0 99.
to make sure it is locked in 2. Remove anything on or under
place. the seat.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Installing the Third Row Seats 2. Place the seat on the vehicle Safety Belts
floor so that the front seat
To reinstall a third row seat: This section describes how to use
hooks are on the vehicle bars.
1. Before installing the seat, the safety belts properly, and some
3. Reinstall the bolts, and torque
seatback must be folded things not to do.
to 55 Y (41 lb ft). Pull up on
forward. See “Folding the
the seat to make sure it is
Seatback” earlier in this
section.
locked in place. { Warning
4. Raise the seatback to its Do not let anyone ride where a
The seats must be placed in
upright position. Push and pull safety belt cannot be worn
the proper locations to attach
on the seatback to make sure it properly. In a crash, if you or your
correctly. The wider seat must
is locked into place. passenger(s) are not wearing
be installed on the driver side
and the narrower seat on the 5. Reconnect the center safety safety belts, injuries can be much
passenger side. Remove the belt mini-latch to the worse than if you are wearing
bolts from the holes in the floor mini-buckle. Do not let it twist. safety belts. You can be seriously
before installing the seats. injured or killed by hitting things
inside the vehicle harder or by
being ejected from the vehicle. In
addition, anyone who is not
buckled up can strike other
passengers in the vehicle.
It is extremely dangerous to ride
in a cargo area, inside or outside
of a vehicle. In a collision,
passengers riding in these areas
are more likely to be seriously
injured or killed. Do not allow
(Continued)
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
When riding in a vehicle, you travel Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why

Warning (Continued) as fast as the vehicle does. If the should I have to wear safety
vehicle stops suddenly, you keep belts?
passengers to ride in any area of going until something stops you.
the vehicle that is not equipped A: Airbags are supplemental
It could be the windshield, the systems only. They work with
with seats and safety belts. instrument panel, or the safety belts! safety belts — not instead of
Always wear a safety belt, and When you wear a safety belt, you them. Whether or not an airbag
check that all passenger(s) are and the vehicle slow down together. is provided, all occupants still
restrained properly too. There is more time to stop because have to buckle up to get the
you stop over a longer distance and, most protection.
This vehicle has indicators as a when worn properly, your strongest Also, in nearly all states and in
reminder to buckle the safety belts. bones take the forces from the all Canadian provinces, the law
See Safety Belt Reminders 0 113. safety belts. That is why wearing requires wearing safety belts.
safety belts makes such good
Why Safety Belts Work sense. How to Wear Safety Belts
Questions and Answers About Properly
Safety Belts
This section is only for people of
Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle adult size.
after a crash if I am wearing a
There are special things to know
safety belt?
about safety belts and children, and
A: You could be — whether you are there are different rules for smaller
wearing a safety belt or not. children and infants. If a child will be
Your chance of being conscious riding in the vehicle, see Older
during and after a crash, so you Children 0 78 or Infants and Young
can unbuckle and get out, is Children 0 80. Follow those rules for
much greater if you are belted. everyone's protection.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
It is very important for all occupants pelvic bones and you would be Lap-Shoulder Belt
to buckle up. Statistics show that less likely to slide under the lap
unbelted people are hurt more often belt. If you slid under it, the belt All seating positions in the vehicle
in crashes than those who are would apply force on your have a lap-shoulder belt.
wearing safety belts. abdomen. This could cause If you are using a rear seating
There are important things to know serious or even fatal injuries. position with a detachable safety
about wearing a safety belt properly. . Wear the shoulder belt over the belt and the safety belt is not
shoulder and across the chest. attached, see “Returning the Seat to
These parts of the body are best the Seating Position” under Third
able to take belt restraining Row Seats 0 55 for instruction on
forces. The shoulder belt locks if reconnecting the safety belt to the
there is a sudden stop or crash. mini-buckle.
The following instructions explain
{ Warning how to wear a lap-shoulder belt
properly.
You can be seriously injured,
1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is
or even killed, by not wearing adjustable, so you can sit up
your safety belt properly. straight. To see how, see
. Never allow the lap or “Seats” in the Index.
shoulder belt to become
. Sit up straight and always keep loose or twisted.
your feet on the floor in front
of you. . Never wear the shoulder
belt under both arms or
. Always use the correct buckle behind your back.
for your seating position.
. Never route the lap or
. Wear the lap part of the belt low shoulder belt over an
and snug on the hips, just armrest.
touching the thighs. In a crash,
this applies force to the strong
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
2. Pick up the latch plate and pull 3. Push the latch plate into the 5. To make the lap part tight, pull
the belt across you. Do not let buckle until it clicks. up on the shoulder belt.
it get twisted. Pull up on the latch plate to It may be necessary to pull the
The lap-shoulder belt may lock make sure it is secure. If the stitching on the safety belt
if you pull the belt across you belt is not long enough, see through the latch plate to fully
very quickly. If this happens, let Safety Belt Extender 0 64. tighten the lap belt on smaller
the belt go back slightly to Position the release button on occupants.
unlock it. Then pull the belt the buckle so that the safety
across you more slowly. belt could be quickly unbuckled
If the shoulder portion of a if necessary.
passenger belt is pulled out all 4. If equipped with a shoulder belt
the way, the child restraint height adjuster, move it to the
locking feature may be height that is right for you. See
engaged. If this happens, let “Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster”
the belt go back all the way later in this section for
and start again. instructions on use and
important safety information.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Before a door is closed, be sure the

safety belt is out of the way. If a
door is slammed against a safety
belt, damage can occur to both the
safety belt and the vehicle.
Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster
The vehicle has a shoulder belt
height adjuster for the driver and
front outboard passenger seating
positions.
Adjust the height so the shoulder
To unlatch the belt, push the button portion of the belt is on the shoulder Push down on the release button
on the buckle. The belt should and not falling off of it. The belt and move the height adjuster to the
return to its stowed position. Slide should be close to but not desired position. The adjuster can
the latch plate up the safety belt contacting the neck. Improper be moved up by pushing the slider/
webbing when the safety belt is not shoulder belt height adjustment trim up.
in use. The latch plate should rest could reduce the effectiveness of
After the adjuster is set to the
on the stitching on the safety belt, the safety belt in a crash. See How
desired position, try to move it down
near the guide loop on the side wall. to Wear Safety Belts Properly 0 58.
without pushing the release button
Always stow the safety belt slowly. to make sure it has locked into
If the safety belt webbing returns position.
quickly to the stowed position, the
retractor may lock and cannot be Safety Belt Pretensioners
pulled out. If this happens, pull the This vehicle has safety belt
safety belt straight out firmly to pretensioners for the front outboard
unlock the webbing, and then occupants. Although the safety belt
release it. If the webbing is still pretensioners cannot be seen, they
locked in the retractor, see your are part of the safety belt assembly.
dealer.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
They can help tighten the safety Rear Safety Belt Comfort Second Row Outboard Seating
belts during the early stages of a Guides Positions
moderate to severe frontal, near The vehicle has comfort guides for
frontal, or rear crash if the threshold
conditions for pretensioner
{ Warning the second row outboard seating
positions. The comfort guides are
activation are met. Safety belt A safety belt that is not properly stored on a clip on the interior trim
pretensioners can also help tighten worn may not provide the next to the outboard seatback.
the safety belts in a side crash or a protection needed in a crash. The
rollover event. To install:
person wearing the belt could be
Pretensioners work only once. If the seriously injured. The shoulder
pretensioners activate in a crash, belt should go over the shoulder
the pretensioners and probably and across the chest. These parts
other parts of the vehicle’s safety of the body are best able to take
belt system will need to be replaced. belt restraining forces.
See Replacing Safety Belt System
Parts after a Crash 0 65.
Rear safety belt comfort guides may
Do not sit on the outboard safety provide added safety belt comfort
belt while entering or exiting the for older children who have
vehicle or at any time while sitting in outgrown booster seats and for
the seat. Sitting on the safety belt some adults. When installed on a
can damage the webbing and shoulder belt, the comfort guide
hardware. positions the shoulder belt away 1. Remove the guide from its
from the neck and head. storage clip on the interior trim
next to the outboard seatback.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
3. Be sure that the belt is not Third Row Seating Positions

twisted and it lies flat. The Comfort guides are available
elastic cord must be behind the through your dealer for the third row
belt with the plastic guide on seating positions. Instructions are
the front. included with the guide.
Safety Belt Use During

Pregnancy
Safety belts work for everyone,
including pregnant women. Like all
occupants, they are more likely to
2. Place the guide over the belt, be seriously injured if they do not
and insert the two edges of the wear safety belts.
belt into the slots of the guide.
4. Buckle, position, and release

the safety belt as described
previously in this section. Make
sure that the shoulder belt
crosses the shoulder. The belt
should be close to, but not
contacting, the neck.
To remove and store the comfort
guide, squeeze the belt edges
together so that the safety belt can
be removed from the guide. Slide
the guide back onto its storage clip.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
A pregnant woman should wear a safety belt. For more information,

lap-shoulder belt, and the lap see the instruction sheet that comes { Warning
portion should be worn as low as with the extender.
possible, below the rounding, Do not bleach or dye safety belt
webbing. It may severely weaken
throughout the pregnancy. Safety System Check the webbing. In a crash, they
The best way to protect the fetus is Check that the safety belt reminder, might not be able to provide
to protect the mother. When a safety safety belts, buckles, latch plates, adequate protection. Clean and
belt is worn properly, it is more likely and retractors, are all working rinse safety belt webbing only
that the fetus will not be hurt in a properly. Look for any other loose or with mild soap and lukewarm
crash. For pregnant women, as for damaged safety belt system parts water. Allow the webbing to dry.
anyone, the key to making safety that might keep a safety belt system
belts effective is wearing them from performing properly. See your
properly. dealer to have it repaired. Torn or Safety belts should be properly
frayed safety belts may not protect cared for and maintained.
Safety Belt Extender you in a crash. They can rip apart Safety belt hardware should be kept
If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten under impact forces. If a belt is torn dry and free of dust or debris. As
around you, you should use it. or frayed, have it replaced necessary exterior hard surfaces
immediately. and safety belt webbing may be
But if a safety belt is not long lightly cleaned with mild soap and
enough, your dealer will order you Make sure the safety belt reminder
light is working. See Safety Belt water. Ensure there is not excessive
an extender. When you go in to dust or debris in the mechanism.
order it, take the heaviest coat you Reminders 0 113.
If dust or debris exists in the system
will wear, so the extender will be Keep safety belts clean and dry. please see the dealer. Parts may
long enough for you. To help avoid See Safety Belt Care 0 64. need to be replaced to ensure
personal injury, do not let someone proper functionality of the system.
else use it, and use it only for the Safety Belt Care
seat it is made to fit. The extender
has been designed for adults. Never Keep belts clean and dry.
use it for securing child restraints.
To wear it, attach it to the regular
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Replacing Safety Belt After a minor crash, replacement of Airbag System

safety belts may not be necessary.
System Parts after a But the safety belt assemblies that The vehicle has the following
Crash were used during any crash may airbags:
have been stressed or damaged. . A frontal airbag for the driver.
{ Warning See your dealer to have the safety
belt assemblies inspected or . A frontal airbag for the front
A crash can damage the safety replaced. outboard passenger.
belt system in the vehicle. New parts and repairs may be . A front center airbag for the
A damaged safety belt system necessary even if the safety belt driver and front outboard
may not properly protect the system was not being used at the passenger.
person using it, resulting in time of the crash. . A seat-mounted side impact
serious injury or even death in a airbag for the driver.
Have the safety belt pretensioners
crash. To help make sure the
checked if the vehicle has been in a . A seat-mounted side impact
safety belt systems are working
crash, or if the airbag readiness light airbag for the front outboard
properly after a crash, have them stays on after you start the vehicle
inspected and any necessary passenger.
or while you are driving. See Airbag
replacements made as soon as Readiness Light 0 114. . A roof-rail airbag for the driver
possible. and for the second and third row
passengers seated directly
behind the driver.
. A roof-rail airbag for the front
outboard passenger and the
second and third row
passengers seated directly
behind the front outboard
passenger.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
All vehicle airbags have the word Here are the most important things
AIRBAG on the trim or on a label to know about the airbag system: { Warning
near the deployment opening.
Because airbags inflate with great
For frontal airbags, the word { Warning force and faster than the blink of
AIRBAG is on the center of the an eye, anyone who is up
steering wheel for the driver and on You can be severely injured or
killed in a crash if you are not against, or very close to any
the instrument panel for the front airbag when it inflates can be
outboard passenger. wearing your safety belt, even
with airbags. Airbags are seriously injured or killed. Do not
For the front center airbag, the word designed to work with safety sit unnecessarily close to any
AIRBAG is on the inboard side of airbag, as you would be if sitting
belts, not replace them. Also,
the driver seatback. on the edge of the seat or leaning
airbags are not designed to inflate
For seat-mounted side impact in every crash. In some crashes forward. Safety belts help keep
airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the safety belts are the only restraint. you in position before and during
side of the seatback closest to See When Should an Airbag a crash. Always wear a safety
the door. Inflate? 0 69. belt, even with airbags. The driver
should sit as far back as possible
For roof-rail airbags, the word Wearing your safety belt during a
AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim. while still maintaining control of
crash helps reduce your chance the vehicle. The safety belts and
Airbags are designed to supplement of hitting things inside the vehicle the front outboard passenger
the protection provided by safety or being ejected from it. Airbags airbags are most effective when
belts. Even though today's airbags are “supplemental restraints” to you are sitting well back and
are also designed to help reduce the safety belts. Everyone in the upright in the seat with both feet
the risk of injury from the force of an vehicle should wear a safety belt on the floor.
inflating bag, all airbags must inflate properly, whether or not there is
very quickly to do their job. an airbag for that person. Occupants should not lean on or
sleep against the front center
armrest or console in vehicles
with a front center airbag.
(Continued)
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
There is an airbag readiness light

Warning (Continued) on the instrument cluster, which
shows the airbag symbol.
Occupants should not lean on or
sleep against the door or side The system checks the airbag
windows in seating positions with electrical system for malfunctions.
seat-mounted side impact airbags The light tells you if there is an
and/or roof-rail airbags. electrical problem. See Airbag
Readiness Light 0 114.
Where Are the Airbags?

{ Warning
Children who are up against, The front outboard passenger
or very close to, any airbag when frontal airbag is in the passenger
it inflates can be seriously injured side instrument panel.
or killed. Always secure children
properly in the vehicle. To read
how, see Older Children 0 78 or
Infants and Young Children 0 80.
The driver frontal airbag is in the

center of the steering wheel.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
The front center airbag is in the

inboard side of the driver seatback. Warning (Continued)
inflating airbag must be kept
clear. Do not put anything
between an occupant and an
airbag, and do not attach or put
anything on the steering wheel
hub or on or near any other
airbag covering.
Do not use seat or console
accessories that block the
Driver Side Shown, Passenger inflation path of a seat-mounted
Side Similar side impact airbag or the front
Driver Side Shown, Passenger The roof-rail airbags for the driver, center airbag.
Side Similar front outboard passenger, and Never secure anything to the roof
The driver and front outboard second and third row outboard of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags
passenger seat-mounted side passengers are in the ceiling above by routing a rope or tie-down
impact airbags are in the side of the the side windows. through any door or window
seatbacks closest to the door. opening. If you do, the path of an
{ Warning inflating roof-rail airbag will be
blocked.
If something is between an
occupant and an airbag, the
airbag might not inflate properly
or it might force the object into
that person causing severe injury
or even death. The path of an
(Continued)
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
When Should an Airbag It depends on what is hit, the designed to inflate in frontal
direction of the impact, and how impacts, near frontal impacts,
Inflate? quickly the vehicle slows down. or rear impacts.
This vehicle is equipped with Frontal airbags may inflate at Seat-mounted side impact airbags
airbags. See Airbag System 0 65. different crash speeds depending on are designed to inflate in moderate
Airbags are designed to inflate if the whether the vehicle hits an object to severe side crashes depending
impact exceeds the specific airbag straight on or at an angle, and on the location of the impact.
system's deployment threshold. whether the object is fixed or Seat-mounted side impact airbags
Deployment thresholds are used to moving, rigid or deformable, narrow are not designed to inflate in frontal
predict how severe a crash is likely or wide. impacts, near frontal impacts,
to be in time for the airbags to rollovers, or rear impacts.
inflate and help restrain the Frontal airbags are not intended to
inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear A seat-mounted side impact airbag
occupants. The vehicle has is designed to inflate on the side of
electronic sensors that help the impacts, or many side impacts.
the vehicle that is struck.
airbag system determine the In addition, the vehicle has
severity of the impact. Deployment advanced technology frontal Roof-rail airbags are designed to
thresholds can vary with specific airbags. Advanced technology inflate in moderate to severe side
vehicle design. frontal airbags adjust the restraint crashes depending on the location
according to crash severity. of the impact. In addition, these
Frontal airbags are designed to roof-rail airbags are designed to
inflate in moderate to severe frontal The front center airbag is designed inflate during a rollover or in a
or near frontal crashes to help to inflate in moderate to severe side severe frontal impact. Roof-rail
reduce the potential for severe crashes depending upon the airbags are not designed to inflate in
injuries, mainly to the driver's or location of the impact, when either rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags
front outboard passenger's head side of the vehicle is struck. In will inflate when either side of the
and chest. addition, the front center airbag is vehicle is struck, if the sensing
Whether the frontal airbags will or designed to inflate when the system predicts that the vehicle is
should inflate is not based primarily sensing system predicts that the about to roll over on its side, or in a
on how fast the vehicle is traveling. vehicle is about to roll over on its severe frontal impact.
side. The front center airbag is not
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
In any particular crash, no one can Airbags supplement the protection What Will You See after
say whether an airbag should have provided by safety belts by
inflated simply because of the distributing the force of the impact
an Airbag Inflates?
vehicle damage or the repair costs. more evenly over the After frontal airbags and
occupant's body. seat-mounted side impact airbags
What Makes an Airbag Rollover capable roof-rail airbags inflate, they quickly deflate, so
Inflate? are designed to help contain the quickly that some people may not
head and chest of occupants in the even realize an airbag inflated. The
In a deployment event, the sensing front center airbag and roof-rail
outboard seating positions in the
system sends an electrical signal airbags may still be at least partially
first, second, and third rows. The
triggering a release of gas from the inflated for some time after they
rollover capable roof-rail airbags are
inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the inflate. Some components of the
designed to help reduce the risk of
airbag causing the bag to break out airbag module may be hot for
full or partial ejection in rollover
of the cover. The inflator, the airbag, several minutes. For location of the
events, although no system can
and related hardware are all part of airbags, see Where Are the
prevent all such ejections.
the airbag module. Airbags? 0 67.
But airbags would not help in many
For airbag locations, see Where Are The parts of the airbag that come
types of collisions, primarily
the Airbags? 0 67. into contact with you may be warm,
because the occupant's motion is
not toward those airbags. See When but not too hot to touch. There may
How Does an Airbag Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 69. be some smoke and dust coming
Restrain? from the vents in the deflated
Airbags should never be regarded airbags. Airbag inflation does not
In moderate to severe frontal or as anything more than a supplement prevent the driver from seeing out of
near frontal collisions, even belted to safety belts. the windshield or being able to steer
occupants can contact the steering the vehicle, nor does it prevent
wheel or the instrument panel. In people from leaving the vehicle.
moderate to severe side collisions,
even belted occupants can contact
the inside of the vehicle.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
off the hazard warning flashers by . Airbags are designed to inflate

{ Warning using the controls for those only once. After an airbag
features. inflates, you will need some new
When an airbag inflates, there parts for the airbag system.
may be dust in the air. This dust
could cause breathing problems { Warning If you do not get them, the
airbag system will not be there
for people with a history of A crash severe enough to inflate to help protect you in another
asthma or other breathing trouble. the airbags may have also crash. A new system will include
To avoid this, everyone in the damaged important functions in airbag modules and possibly
vehicle should get out as soon as the vehicle, such as the fuel other parts. The service manual
it is safe to do so. If you have system, brake and steering for the vehicle covers the need
breathing problems but cannot systems, etc. Even if the vehicle to replace other parts.
get out of the vehicle after an appears to be drivable after a . The vehicle has a crash sensing
airbag inflates, then get fresh air moderate crash, there may be and diagnostic module which
by opening a window or a door. concealed damage that could records information after a
If you experience breathing make it difficult to safely operate crash. See Vehicle Data
problems following an airbag the vehicle. Recording and Privacy 0 341
deployment, you should seek and Event Data
medical attention. Use caution if you should attempt Recorders 0 342.
to restart the engine after a crash
has occurred. . Let only qualified technicians
The vehicle has a feature that may work on the airbag systems.
automatically unlock the doors, turn Improper service can mean that
on the interior lamps and hazard In many crashes severe enough to an airbag system will not work
warning flashers, and shut off the inflate the airbag, windshields are properly. See your dealer for
fuel system after the airbags inflate. broken by vehicle deformation. service.
The feature may also activate, Additional windshield breakage may
without airbag inflation, after an also occur from the front outboard
event that exceeds a predetermined passenger airbag.
threshold. You can lock the doors,
turn off the interior lamps, and turn
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Passenger Sensing on or off, will be visible. See Never put a rear-facing child seat in
Passenger Airbag Status the front. This is because the risk to
System Indicator 0 114. the rear-facing child is so great,
The vehicle has a passenger The passenger sensing system if the airbag inflates.
sensing system for the front turns off the front outboard
outboard passenger position. The
passenger airbag status indicator
passenger frontal airbag under { Warning
certain conditions. No other airbag
will light on the instrument panel is affected by the passenger A child in a rear-facing child
when the vehicle is started. sensing system. restraint can be seriously injured
or killed if the passenger frontal
The passenger sensing system airbag inflates. This is because
works with sensors that are part of the back of the rear-facing child
the front outboard passenger seat.
restraint would be very close to
The sensors are designed to detect
the inflating airbag. A child in a
the presence of a properly-seated
occupant and determine if the front forward-facing child restraint can
United States outboard passenger frontal airbag be seriously injured or killed if the
should be allowed to inflate or not. passenger frontal airbag inflates
and the passenger seat is in a
According to accident statistics, forward position.
children are safer when properly
secured in a rear seat in the correct Even if the passenger sensing
child restraint for their weight system has turned off the
and size. passenger frontal airbag, no
Canada and Mexico Whenever possible, children age system is fail-safe. No one can
12 and under should be secured in guarantee that an airbag will not
The words ON and OFF, or the deploy under some unusual
symbol for on and off, will be visible a rear seating position.
circumstance, even though the
during the system check. When the airbag is turned off.
system check is complete, either the
word ON or OFF, or the symbol for (Continued)
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16

. There is a critical problem with build. Everyone in the vehicle who
Warning (Continued) the airbag system or the has outgrown child restraints should
passenger sensing system. wear a safety belt properly —
Never put a rear-facing child whether or not there is an airbag for
restraint in the front seat, even if When the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front that person.
the airbag is off. If securing a
forward-facing child restraint in outboard passenger frontal airbag,
the front outboard passenger the off indicator will light and stay lit { Warning
seat, always move the seat as far as a reminder that the airbag is off.
See Passenger Airbag Status If the airbag readiness light ever
back as it will go. It is better to comes on and stays on, it means
Indicator 0 114.
secure child restraints in the rear that something may be wrong
seat. Consider using another The passenger sensing system is with the airbag system. To help
vehicle to transport the child designed to turn on the front avoid injury to yourself or others,
when a rear seat is not available. outboard passenger frontal airbag
have the vehicle serviced right
anytime the system senses that a
away. See Airbag Readiness
person of adult size is sitting
The passenger sensing system is properly in the front outboard Light 0 114 for more information,
designed to turn off the front passenger seat. including important safety
outboard passenger frontal airbag if: information.
When the passenger sensing
. The front outboard passenger system has allowed the airbag to be
seat is unoccupied. enabled, the on indicator will light If the On Indicator Is Lit for a
. The system determines that an and stay lit as a reminder that the Child Restraint
infant is present in a child airbag is active. The passenger sensing system is
restraint. For some children, including designed to turn off the front
. A front outboard passenger children in child restraints, and for outboard passenger frontal airbag if
takes his/her weight off of the very small adults, the passenger the system determines that an infant
seat for a period of time. sensing system may or may not turn is present in a child restraint. If a
off the front outboard passenger child restraint has been installed
frontal airbag, depending upon the and the on indicator is lit:
person’s seating posture and body
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
1. Turn the vehicle off. Also make sure the child If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an
2. Remove the child restraint from restraint is not trapped under Adult-Sized Occupant
the vehicle. the vehicle head restraint.
If this happens, adjust the head
3. Remove any additional items restraint. See Head
from the seat such as blankets, Restraints 0 47.
cushions, seat covers, seat
heaters, or seat massagers. 6. Restart the vehicle.
4. Reinstall the child restraint The passenger sensing system

following the directions may or may not turn off the
provided by the child restraint airbag for a child in a child
manufacturer and refer to restraint depending upon the
Securing Child Restraints (With child’s size. It is better to
the Safety Belt in the Rear secure the child restraint in a
Seat) 0 92 or Securing Child rear seat. Never put a
Restraints (With the Safety Belt rear-facing child restraint in the
front seat, even if the on If a person of adult size is sitting in
in the Front Seat) 0 94.
indicator is not lit. the front outboard passenger seat,
5. If, after reinstalling the child but the off indicator is lit, it could be
restraint and restarting the because that person is not sitting
vehicle, the on indicator is still properly in the seat. Use the
lit, turn the vehicle off. Then following steps to allow the system
slightly recline the vehicle to detect that person and enable the
seatback and adjust the seat front outboard passenger frontal
cushion, if adjustable, to make airbag:
sure that the vehicle seatback
1. Turn the vehicle off.
is not pushing the child
restraint into the seat cushion. 2. Remove any additional material
from the seat, such as
blankets, cushions, seat
covers, seat heaters, or seat
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
massagers. Also remove Additional Factors Affecting A wet seat can affect the
laptops, or other electronic System Operation performance of the passenger
devices. sensing system. Here is how:
Safety belts help keep the
3. Place the seatback in the fully passenger in position on the seat . The passenger sensing system
upright position. during vehicle maneuvers and may turn off the passenger
4. Have the person sit upright in braking, which helps the passenger airbag when liquid is soaked into
the seat, centered on the seat sensing system maintain the the seat. If this happens, the off
cushion, with legs comfortably passenger airbag status. See indicator will be lit, and the
extended. “Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints” airbag readiness light on the
in the Index for additional instrument panel will also be lit.
5. Restart the vehicle and have information about the importance of . Liquid pooled on the seat that
the person remain in this proper restraint use.
position for two to has not soaked in may make it
three minutes after the on A thick layer of additional material, more likely that the passenger
indicator is lit. such as a blanket or cushion, sensing system will turn on the
or aftermarket equipment such as passenger airbag while a child
seat covers, seat heaters, and seat restraint or child occupant is on
{ Warning massagers can affect how well the the seat. If the passenger airbag
passenger sensing system is turned on, the on indicator will
If the front outboard passenger
operates. We recommend that you be lit.
airbag is turned off for an
adult-sized occupant, the airbag not use seat covers or other If the passenger seat gets wet, dry
aftermarket equipment except when the seat immediately. If the airbag
will not be able to inflate and help
approved by GM for your specific readiness light is lit, do not install a
protect that person in a crash,
vehicle. See Adding Equipment to child restraint or allow anyone to
resulting in an increased risk of the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 76
serious injury or even death. An occupy the seat. See Airbag
for more information about Readiness Light 0 114 for important
adult-sized occupant should not modifications that can affect how safety information.
ride in the front outboard the system operates.
passenger seat, if the passenger The on indicator may be lit if an
airbag off indicator is lit. object, such as a briefcase,
handbag, grocery bag, laptop or
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
other electronic device, is put on an panel, any of the airbag modules,

unoccupied seat. If this is not { Warning ceiling or pillar garnish trim,
desired remove the object from overhead console, front sensors,
the seat. For up to 10 seconds after the side impact sensors, airbag wiring,
vehicle is turned off and the or front center console.
battery is disconnected, an airbag
{ Warning can still inflate during improper Your dealer and the service manual
service. You can be injured if you have information about the location
Stowing of articles under the of the airbag sensors, sensing and
passenger seat or between the are close to an airbag when it
diagnostic module, and airbag
passenger seat cushion and inflates. Avoid yellow connectors.
wiring.
seatback may interfere with the They are probably part of the
proper operation of the passenger airbag system. Be sure to follow In addition, the vehicle has a
proper service procedures, and passenger sensing system for the
sensing system.
make sure the person performing front outboard passenger position,
work for you is qualified to do so. which includes sensors that are part
Servicing the of the passenger's seat. The
passenger sensing system may not
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle Adding Equipment to the operate properly if the original seat
Airbags affect how the vehicle Airbag-Equipped Vehicle trim is replaced with non-GM
should be serviced. There are parts covers, upholstery, or trim, or with
of the airbag system in several Adding accessories that change the GM covers, upholstery, or trim
places around the vehicle. Your vehicle's frame, bumper system, designed for a different vehicle. Any
dealer and the service manual have height, front end, or side sheet object, such as an aftermarket seat
information about servicing the metal may keep the airbag system heater or a comfort enhancing pad
vehicle and the airbag system. To from working properly. or device, installed under or on top
purchase a service manual, see The operation of the airbag system of the seat fabric, could also
Service Publications Ordering can also be affected by changing interfere with the operation of the
Information 0 339. any parts of the front seats, safety passenger sensing system. This
belts, airbag sensing and diagnostic could either prevent proper
module, steering wheel, instrument deployment of the passenger
airbag(s) or prevent the passenger
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
sensing system from properly

turning off the passenger airbag(s). Caution Warning (Continued)
See Passenger Sensing
System 0 72. If an airbag covering is damaged, help make sure the airbag
opened, or broken, the airbag systems are working properly
If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail may not work properly. Do not after a crash, have them
airbags, see Different Size Tires open or break the airbag inspected and any necessary
and Wheels 0 283 for additional coverings. If there are any replacements made as soon as
important information. opened or broken airbag possible.
If you have to modify your vehicle coverings, have the airbag
because you have a disability and covering and/or airbag module If an airbag inflates, you will need to
you have questions about whether replaced. For the location of the replace airbag system parts. See
the modifications will affect the airbags, see Where Are the your dealer for service.
vehicle's airbag system, or if you Airbags? 0 67. See your dealer
have questions about whether the for service. If the airbag readiness light stays on
airbag system will be affected if the after the vehicle is started or comes
vehicle is modified for any other on when you are driving, the airbag
reason, call Customer Assistance. Replacing Airbag System system may not work properly. Have
See Customer Assistance Parts after a Crash the vehicle serviced right away. See
Offices 0 332. Airbag Readiness Light 0 114.
Airbag System Check { Warning

The airbag system does not need A crash can damage the airbag
regularly scheduled maintenance or systems in the vehicle.
replacement. Make sure the airbag A damaged airbag system may
readiness light is working. See not properly protect you and your
Airbag Readiness Light 0 114. passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
in serious injury or even death. To
(Continued)
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16

. Can proper safety belt fit be
Child Restraints The manufacturer instructions that
come with the booster seat state the maintained for the length of the
weight and height limitations for that trip? If yes, continue. If no,
Older Children booster. Use a booster seat with a return to the booster seat.
lap-shoulder belt until the child Q: What is the proper way to
passes the fit test below: wear safety belts?
. Sit all the way back on the seat.
A: An older child should wear a
Do the knees bend at the seat lap-shoulder belt and get the
edge? If yes, continue. If no, additional restraint a shoulder
return to the booster seat. belt can provide. The shoulder
. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. belt should not cross the face or
Does the shoulder belt rest on neck. The lap belt should fit
the shoulder? If yes, continue. snugly below the hips, just
If no, try using the rear safety touching the top of the thighs.
belt comfort guide, if available. This applies belt force to the
See “Rear Safety Belt Comfort child's pelvic bones in a crash.
Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt It should never be worn over the
Older children who have outgrown
0 59. If a comfort guide is not abdomen, which could cause
booster seats should wear the
available, or if the shoulder belt severe or even fatal internal
vehicle’s safety belts.
still does not rest on the injuries in a crash.
shoulder, then return to the Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort
booster seat. Guides” under Lap-Shoulder
. Does the lap belt fit low and Belt 0 59.
snug on the hips, touching the According to accident statistics,
thighs? If yes, continue. If no, children are safer when properly
return to the booster seat. restrained in a rear seating position.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
In a crash, children who are not

buckled up can strike other people Warning (Continued)
who are buckled up, or can be
thrown out of the vehicle. Older That could cause serious or fatal
children need to use safety belts injuries. The shoulder belt should
properly. go over the shoulder and across
the chest.
{ Warning
Never allow more than one child
to wear the same safety belt. The
safety belt cannot properly spread
the impact forces. In a crash, they
can be crushed together and { Warning
seriously injured. A safety belt
must be used by only one person Never allow a child to wear the
at a time. safety belt with the shoulder belt
behind their back. A child can be
seriously injured by not wearing
the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a
crash, the child would not be
restrained by the shoulder belt.
The child could move too far
forward increasing the chance of
head and neck injury. The child
might also slide under the lap
belt. The belt force would then be
applied right on the abdomen.
(Continued)
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Infants and Young

Children
Warning (Continued) { Warning
Everyone in a vehicle needs wrapped around a child’s neck. Never hold an infant or a child
protection! This includes infants and If the shoulder belt is locked and while riding in a vehicle. Due to
all other children. Neither the tightened around a child’s neck, crash forces, an infant or a child
distance traveled nor the age and the only way to loosen the belt is will become so heavy it is not
size of the traveler changes the to cut it. possible to hold it during a crash.
need, for everyone, to use safety Never leave children unattended For example, in a crash at only
restraints. In fact, the law in every in a vehicle and never allow 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)
state in the United States and in children to play with the safety infant will suddenly become a
every Canadian province says belts. 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's
children up to some age must be arms. An infant or child should be
restrained while in a vehicle. secured in an appropriate
Every time infants and young restraint.
{ Warning children ride in vehicles, they should
have the protection provided by
Children can be seriously injured appropriate child restraints. Neither
or strangled if a shoulder belt is the vehicle’s safety belt system nor
wrapped around their neck. The its airbag system is designed
shoulder belt can tighten but for them.
cannot be loosened if it is locked. Children who are not restrained
The shoulder belt locks when it is properly can strike other people,
pulled all the way out of the or can be thrown out of the vehicle.
retractor. It unlocks when the
shoulder belt is allowed to go all
the way back into the retractor,
but it cannot do this if it is
(Continued)
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
For each type of child restraint,

{ Warning there are many different models
available. When purchasing a child
Children who are up against, restraint, be sure it is designed to be
or very close to, any airbag when used in a motor vehicle. If it is, the
it inflates can be seriously injured restraint will have a label saying that
or killed. Never put a rear-facing it meets federal motor vehicle safety
child restraint in the front standards. The restraint
passenger seat. Secure a manufacturer's instructions that
rear-facing child restraint in a come with the restraint state the
rear seat. weight and height limitations for a
It is also better to secure a particular child restraint. In addition,
there are many kinds of restraints
forward-facing child restraint in a Child restraints are devices used to available for children with special
rear seat. If a forward-facing child restrain, seat, or position children in needs.
restraint must be secured in the the vehicle and are sometimes
front passenger seat, always called child seats or car seats.
move the front passenger seat as { Warning
There are three basic types of
far back as it will go. child restraints: To reduce the risk of neck and
If a child restraint is installed in . Forward-facing child restraints head injury in a crash, infants and
the second row center seat, move toddlers should be secured in a
the second row seat to the . Rearward-facing child restraints rear-facing child restraint until age
rearward position, whenever . Belt-positioning booster seats two, or until they reach the
possible, to minimize contact with maximum height and weight limits
The proper child restraint for your
the front center airbag. of their child restraint.
child depends on their size, weight,
and age, and also on whether the
child restraint is compatible with the
vehicle in which it will be used.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Child Restraint Systems

{ Warning
A young child's hip bones are still
so small that the vehicle's regular
safety belt may not remain low on
the hip bones, as it should.
Instead, it may settle up around
the child's abdomen. In a crash,
the belt would apply force on a
body area that is unprotected by
any bony structure. This alone
could cause serious or fatal Forward-Facing Child Seat
injuries. To reduce the risk of
serious or fatal injuries during a Rear-Facing Infant Seat A forward-facing child restraint
crash, young children should provides restraint for the child's
A rear-facing child restraint provides body with the harness.
always be secured in appropriate restraint with the seating surface
child restraints. against the back of the infant.
The harness system holds the infant
in place and, in a crash, acts to
keep the infant positioned in the
restraint.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Securing an Add-On Child When securing an add-on child

Restraint in the Vehicle restraint, refer to the instructions
that come with the restraint which
may be on the restraint itself or in a
{ Warning booklet, or both, and to this manual.
A child can be seriously injured or The child restraint instructions are
killed in a crash if the child important, so if they are not
restraint is not properly secured in available, obtain a replacement
copy from the manufacturer.
the vehicle. Secure the child
restraint properly in the vehicle Keep in mind that an unsecured
using the vehicle’s safety belt or child restraint can move around in a
LATCH system, following the collision or sudden stop and injure
Booster Seats instructions that came with that people in the vehicle. Be sure to
A belt-positioning booster seat is child restraint and the instructions properly secure any child restraint in
used for children who have in this manual. the vehicle — even when no child is
outgrown their forward-facing child in it.
restraint. Boosters are designed to To help reduce the chance of injury, In some areas of the United States
improve the fit of the vehicle's safety the child restraint must be secured and Canada, Certified Child
belt system until the child is large in the vehicle. Child restraint Passenger Safety Technicians
enough for the vehicle safety belts systems must be secured in vehicle (CPSTs) are available to inspect
to fit properly without a booster seat. seats by lap belts or the lap belt and demonstrate how to correctly
See the safety belt fit test in Older portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by use and install child restraints. In
Children 0 78. the LATCH system. See Lower the U.S., refer to the National
Anchors and Tethers for Children Highway Traffic Safety
(LATCH System) 0 85 for more Administration (NHTSA) website to
information. Children can be locate the nearest child safety seat
endangered in a crash if the child inspection station. For CPST
restraint is not properly secured in availability in Canada, check with
the vehicle. Transport Canada or the Provincial
Ministry of Transportation office.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Securing the Child Within the Never put a rear-facing child

Child Restraint restraint in the front. This is because Warning (Continued)
the risk to the rear-facing child is so
great if the airbag deploys. child restraints in a rear seat,
{ Warning even if the front passenger frontal
airbag is off.
A child can be seriously injured or { Warning
killed in a crash if the child is not It is also better to secure a
properly secured in the child A child in a rear-facing child forward-facing child restraint in a
restraint. Secure the child restraint can be seriously injured rear seat. If a forward-facing child
properly following the instructions or killed if the front passenger restraint must be secured in the
that came with that child restraint. airbag inflates. This is because front passenger seat, always
the back of the rear-facing child move the front passenger seat as
restraint would be very close to far back as it will go.
Where to Put the the inflating airbag. A child in a
See Passenger Sensing System
Restraint forward-facing child restraint can
0 72 for additional information.
be seriously injured or killed if the
According to accident statistics, front passenger airbag inflates If a child restraint is installed in a
children and infants are safer when second row center seat, move the
and the passenger seat is in a
properly restrained in an appropriate
forward position. second row seat to the rearward
child restraint secured in a rear
position, whenever possible, to
seating position. Even if the passenger sensing
minimize contact with the front
Whenever possible, children aged system has turned off the front
center airbag.
12 and under should be secured in passenger frontal airbag, no
a rear seating position. system is fail-safe. No one can
guarantee that an airbag will not When securing a child restraint in a
The vehicle is equipped with a front deploy under some unusual rear seating position, study the
center airbag in the inboard side of instructions that came with the child
circumstance, even though it is
the driver seat. Even with a front restraint to make sure it is
turned off. Secure rear-facing
center airbag, a child restraint can compatible with this vehicle.
be installed in any second row (Continued)
seating position.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Child restraints and booster seats Lower Anchors and this can be done as long as the
vary considerably in size, and some booster seat can be positioned
may fit in certain seating positions
Tethers for Children properly and there is no interference
better than others. (LATCH System) with the proper positioning of the
Depending on where you place the The LATCH system secures a child lap-shoulder belt on the child.
child restraint and the size of the restraint during driving or in a crash. Make sure to follow the instructions
child restraint, you may not be able LATCH attachments on the child that came with the child restraint,
to access adjacent safety belts or restraint are used to attach the child and also the instructions in this
LATCH anchors for additional restraint to the anchors in the manual.
passengers or child restraints. vehicle. The LATCH system is
When installing a child restraint with
Adjacent seating positions should designed to make installation of a
a top tether, you must also use
not be used if the child restraint child restraint easier.
either the lower anchors or the
prevents access to or interferes with In order to use the LATCH system in safety belts to properly secure the
the routing of the safety belt. your vehicle, you need a child child restraint. A child restraint must
Wherever a child restraint is restraint that has LATCH never be attached using only the top
installed, be sure to follow the attachments. LATCH-compatible tether.
instructions that came with the child rear-facing and forward-facing child
The LATCH anchorage system can
restraint system and secure the seats can be properly installed
be used until the combined weight
child restraint system properly. using either the LATCH anchors or
of the child plus the child restraint is
the vehicle’s safety belts. Do not
Keep in mind that an unsecured 29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the safety belt
use both the safety belts and the
child restraint can move around in a alone instead of the LATCH
LATCH anchorage system to secure
collision or sudden stop and injure anchorage system once the
a rear-facing or forward-facing
people in the vehicle. Be sure to combined weight is more than
child seat.
properly secure any child restraint in 29.5 kg (65 lbs).
the vehicle — even when no child is Booster seats use the vehicle’s
See Securing Child Restraints (With
in it. safety belts to secure the child in
the Safety Belt in the Rear Seat)
the booster seat. If the manufacturer
0 92 or Securing Child Restraints
recommends that the booster seat
(With the Safety Belt in the Front
be secured with the LATCH system,
Seat) 0 94.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Child restraints built after March Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor
2014 will be labeled with the
specific child weight up to which the
LATCH system can be used to
install the restraint.
The following explains how to attach
a child restraint with these
attachments in the vehicle.
Not all vehicle seating positions or
child restraints have lower anchors
and attachments or top tether
anchors and attachments. In this
case, the safety belt must be used
(with top tether where available) to
secure the child restraint. See Lower anchors (1) are metal bars A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top of
Securing Child Restraints (With the built into the vehicle. There are two the child restraint to the vehicle.
Safety Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 92 or lower anchors for each LATCH A top tether anchor is built into the
Securing Child Restraints (With the seating position that will vehicle. The top tether
Safety Belt in the Front Seat) 0 94. accommodate a child restraint with attachment (2) on the child restraint
lower attachments (2). connects to the top tether anchor in
the vehicle in order to reduce the
forward movement and rotation of
the child restraint during driving or in
a crash.
The child restraint may have a
single tether (3) or a dual tether (4).
Either will have a single
attachment (2) to secure the top
tether to the anchor.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Some child restraints with top H : Seating positions with two

tethers are designed for use with or lower anchors.
without the top tether being
attached. Others require the top
tether always to be attached. In
Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached. Be sure to read and follow
the instructions for your child
restraint.
Lower Anchor and Top Tether
Anchor Locations Third Row
I : Seating positions with top
Second Row — 60/40 Bench tether anchors.
tether anchors.
H : Seating positions with two
lower anchors.
To assist in locating the lower

anchors, each second row anchor
position has a label, near the crease
Second Row — Bucket between the seatback and the seat
cushion.
tether anchors.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Be sure to use an anchor on the the instructions that come with the
same side of the vehicle as the child restraint say that the top tether
seating position where the child must be attached.
restraint will be placed. According to accident statistics,
children and infants are safer when
properly restrained in a child
To assist in locating the top tether restraint system or infant restraint
anchors, the top tether anchor system secured in a rear seating
symbol is near the anchor. position. See Where to Put the
Restraint 0 84 for additional
information.
Securing a Child Restraint
Designed for the LATCH
System
Third Row { Warning

The third row has one top tether If a LATCH-type child restraint is
anchor at the bottom rear of the not attached to anchors, the child
center seatback. This anchor should restraint will not be able to protect
be used for the center seating the child correctly. In a crash, the
Second Row — Bucket Shown, position only. Never install two top child could be seriously injured or
Bench Similar tethers using the same top tether
killed. Install a LATCH-type child
The top tether anchors are at the anchor.
restraint properly using the
bottom rear of the seatback for each Do not secure a child restraint in a anchors, or use the vehicle's
seating position in the second row. position without a top tether anchor safety belts to secure the
if a national or local law requires restraint, following the instructions
that the top tether be attached, or if
(Continued)
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) Caution

that came with the child restraint shoulder belt can tighten but Do not let the LATCH
and the instructions in this cannot be loosened if it is locked. attachments rub against the
manual. The shoulder belt locks when it is vehicle’s safety belts. This may
pulled all the way out of the damage these parts. If necessary,
retractor. It unlocks when the move buckled safety belts to
shoulder belt is allowed to go all avoid rubbing the LATCH
{ Warning the way back into the retractor, attachments.
To reduce the risk of serious or but it cannot do this if it is Do not fold the rear seatback
fatal injuries during a crash, do wrapped around a child’s neck. when the seat is occupied. Do not
not attach more than one child If the shoulder belt is locked and fold the empty rear seat with a
restraint to a single anchor. tightened around a child’s neck, safety belt buckled. This could
Attaching more than one child the only way to loosen the belt is damage the safety belt or the
restraint to a single anchor could to cut it. seat. Unbuckle and return the
cause the anchor or attachment Buckle any unused safety belts safety belt to its stowed position,
to come loose or even break behind the child restraint so before folding the seat.
during a crash. A child or others children cannot reach them. Pull
could be injured. the shoulder belt all the way out The vehicle is equipped with a front
of the retractor to set the lock, center airbag in the inboard side of
and tighten the belt behind the the driver seat. Even with a front
child restraint after the child
{ Warning restraint has been installed.
center airbag, a child restraint can
be installed in any second row
Children can be seriously injured seating position. If a child restraint is
or strangled if a shoulder belt is installed in a second row center
wrapped around their neck. The seat, move the second row seat to
(Continued)
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
the rearward position, whenever 1.1. Find the lower anchors attach and tighten the top
possible, to minimize contact with for the desired seating tether to the top tether anchor,
the front center airbag. position. if the vehicle has one. Refer to
If you need to secure more than one 1.2. To access the lower the child restraint instructions
child restraint in the rear seat, see anchors in the second and the following steps:
Where to Put the Restraint 0 84. row, it may help to recline 2.1. Find the top tether
This system is designed to make the seatback. anchor.
installation of child restraints easier. Third row seatbacks must 2.2. Route, attach, and tighten
When using lower anchors, do not be upright before placing the top tether according
use the vehicle's safety belts. the child restraint on to your child restraint
Instead, use the vehicle's anchors the seat. instructions and the
and child restraint attachments to 1.3. Put the child restraint on following instructions:
secure the restraints. Some the seat.
restraints also use another vehicle
anchor to secure a top tether. 1.4. Attach and tighten the
lower attachments on the
1. Attach and tighten the lower child restraint to the lower
attachments to the lower anchors.
anchors. If the child restraint
does not have lower If necessary, adjust the
attachments or the desired angle of the second row
seating position does not have seatback to achieve a
lower anchors, secure the child tight installation. Make
restraint with the top tether and sure the second row If the position you are
the safety belts. Refer to your bench seatbacks are using does not have a
child restraint manufacturer aligned at the same headrest or head restraint
instructions and the angle. and you are using a
instructions in this manual. single tether, route the
2. If the child restraint
tether over the seatback.
manufacturer recommends that
the top tether be attached,
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
tether, route the tether Replacing LATCH System

around the headrest or
head restraint.
Parts After a Crash
{ Warning
A crash can damage the LATCH
system in the vehicle. A damaged
LATCH system may not properly
If the position you are secure the child restraint,
using does not have a resulting in serious injury or even
headrest or head restraint death in a crash. To help make
and you are using a dual sure the LATCH system is
tether, route the tether If the position you are working properly after a crash,
over the seatback. using has a fixed see your dealer to have the
headrest or head restraint system inspected and any
and you are using a necessary replacements made as
single tether, route the soon as possible.
tether over the headrest
or head restraint.
If the vehicle has the LATCH system
3. Before placing a child in the and it was being used during a
child restraint, make sure it is crash, new LATCH system parts
securely held in place. To may be needed.
check, grasp the child restraint
at the LATCH path and attempt New parts and repairs may be
If the position you are to move it side to side and necessary even if the LATCH
using has a fixed back and forth. There should system was not being used at the
headrest or head restraint be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of time of the crash.
and you are using a dual movement, for proper
installation.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Securing Child Restraints see Lower Anchors and Tethers for 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run
Children (LATCH System) 0 85 for the lap and shoulder portions
(With the Safety Belt in top tether anchor locations. of the vehicle's safety belt
the Rear Seat) Do not secure a child seat in a through or around the restraint.
The vehicle is equipped with a front position without a top tether anchor The child restraint instructions
center airbag in the inboard side of if a national or local law requires will show you how.
the driver seat. Even with a front that the top tether be anchored, or if
center airbag, a child restraint can the instructions that come with the
be installed in any second row child restraint say that the top strap
seating position. If you install a child must be anchored.
restraint in a second row center
In Canada, the law requires that
seat, move the second row seat to
forward-facing child restraints have
the rearward position, whenever
a top tether, and that the tether be
possible, to minimize contact with
attached.
the front center airbag.
If the child restraint or vehicle seat
When securing a child restraint in a
position does not have the LATCH
rear seating position, study the
system, you will be using the safety
instructions that came with the child
belt to secure the child restraint. Be
restraint to make sure it is
sure to follow the instructions that 3. Push the latch plate into the
compatible with this vehicle.
came with the child restraint. buckle until it clicks.
If the child restraint has the LATCH
If more than one child restraint Position the release button on
system, see Lower Anchors and
needs to be installed in the rear the buckle, away from the child
Tethers for Children (LATCH
seat, be sure to read Where to Put restraint system, so that the
System) 0 85 for how and where to
the Restraint 0 84. safety belt could be quickly
install the child restraint using
LATCH. If a child restraint is 1. Put the child restraint on unbuckled if necessary.
secured in the vehicle using a the seat.
safety belt and it uses a top tether,
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
6. If the child restraint has a top

tether, follow the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions
regarding the use of the top
tether. See Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 85.
7. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
at the safety belt path and
4. Pull the shoulder belt all the 5. To tighten the belt, push down attempt to move it side to side
way out of the retractor to set on the child restraint, pull the and back and forth. When the
the lock. When the retractor shoulder portion of the belt to child restraint is properly
lock is set, the shoulder belt tighten the lap portion of the installed, there should be no
can be tightened but not pulled belt, and feed the shoulder belt more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
out of the retractor. back into the retractor. When movement.
installing a forward-facing child To remove the child restraint,
restraint, it may be helpful to unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
use your knee to push down on let it return to the stowed position.
the child restraint as you If the top tether is attached to a top
tighten the belt. tether anchor, disconnect it.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 4 and 5.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Securing Child Restraints

(With the Safety Belt in
{ Warning Warning (Continued)
the Front Seat) A child in a rear-facing child forward-facing child restraint in

restraint can be seriously injured the front outboard passenger
The vehicle has airbags. A rear seat or killed if the front outboard seat, always move the seat as far
is a safer place to secure a passenger frontal airbag inflates. back as it will go. It is better to
forward-facing child restraint. See This is because the back of the secure the child restraint in a
Where to Put the Restraint 0 84.
rear-facing child restraint would rear seat.
In addition, the vehicle has a be very close to the inflating See Passenger Sensing System
passenger sensing system which is airbag. A child in a forward-facing
designed to turn off the front 0 72 for additional information.
child restraint can be seriously
outboard passenger frontal airbag injured or killed if the front
under certain conditions. See outboard passenger frontal airbag If the child restraint uses a top
Passenger Sensing System 0 72 inflates and the passenger seat is tether, see Lower Anchors and
and Passenger Airbag Status in a forward position. Tethers for Children (LATCH
Indicator 0 114 for more information, System) 0 85 for top tether anchor
including important safety Even if the passenger sensing locations.
information. system has turned off the front
Do not secure a child seat in a
Never put a rear-facing child seat in outboard passenger frontal
position without a top tether anchor
the front. This is because the risk to airbag, no system is fail-safe. No
if a national or local law requires
the rear-facing child is so great, one can guarantee that an airbag that the top tether be anchored, or if
if the airbag deploys. will not deploy under some the instructions that come with the
unusual circumstance, even child restraint say that the top strap
though it is turned off. must be anchored.
Secure rear-facing child restraints In Canada, the law requires that
in a rear seat, even if the airbag forward-facing child restraints have
is off. If you secure a a top tether, and that the tether be
(Continued) attached.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
When using the lap-shoulder belt to through or around the restraint.

secure the child restraint in this The child restraint instructions
position, follow the instructions that will show you how.
came with the child restraint and the
following instructions:
1. Move the seat as far back as it
will go before securing the
forward-facing child restraint.
Move the seat upward or the
seatback to an upright position,
if needed, to get a tight
installation of the child
restraint. 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the
When the passenger sensing way out of the retractor to set
system has turned off the front the lock. When the retractor
outboard passenger frontal lock is set, the belt can be
airbag, the off indicator on the 4. Push the latch plate into the tightened but not pulled out of
passenger airbag status buckle until it clicks. the retractor.
indicator should light and stay Position the release button on
lit when you start the vehicle. the buckle, away from the child
See Passenger Airbag Status restraint system, so that the
Indicator 0 114. safety belt could be quickly
2. Put the child restraint on unbuckled if necessary.
the seat.
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder portions
of the vehicle's safety belt
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
7. Before placing a child in the

child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
at the safety belt path and
attempt to move it side to side
and back and forth. When the
child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement.
If the airbag is off, the off indicator in
6. To tighten the belt, push down the passenger airbag status
on the child restraint, pull the indicator will come on and stay on
shoulder portion of the belt to when the vehicle is started.
tighten the lap portion of the If a child restraint has been installed
belt, and feed the shoulder belt and the on indicator is lit, see “If the
back into the retractor. When On Indicator Is Lit for a Child
installing a forward-facing child Restraint” under Passenger Sensing
restraint, it may be helpful to System 0 72.
use your knee to push down on
the child restraint as you To remove the child restraint,
tighten the belt. unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked repeat
Steps 5 and 6.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Storage 97
Storage Storage The vehicle has an auxiliary input

jack on the upper right side of the
Compartments faceplate and a USB port in the
instrument panel storage. See
Storage Compartments
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . 97 { Warning Auxiliary Devices 0 167.
Instrument Panel Storage . . . . . . 97
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Do not store heavy or sharp Glove Box
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 objects in storage compartments. Lift the glove box handle to open it.
Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 In a crash, these objects may Use the key to lock and unlock the
Center Console Storage . . . . . . . 98 cause the cover to open and glove box.
could result in injury.
Additional Storage Features
Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Cupholders
Cargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Instrument Panel Storage There are two cupholders, with
Cargo Management System . . . 99 removable liners, in front of the
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 center console. There may be
Roof Rack System cupholders in the second row seat
armrest. To access, pull the armrest
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . 100
down. There are additional
cupholders on each side of the third
row seat and in each door.
This vehicle has an instrument

panel storage area. To open, press
the button on the cover.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
98 Storage
Armrest Storage Center Console Storage
There is additional storage under

the armrest. Move the armrest all
If equipped, the rear seat armrest Pull up the lever on the front of the the way to the rear position, then
may have two cupholders. Pull the center console armrest to slide it slide the storage cover back to
armrest down to access the forward and backward. To open the access.
cupholders. armrest storage area, press the There is a removable tray in the
button on the front of the armrest. storage area. Pull up on the tray to
remove and access the lower
storage area and power outlet. See
Power Outlets 0 108.
There may be two charging USB
ports on the rear of the console.
See Auxiliary Devices 0 167.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Storage 99
Additional Storage { Warning

Features An improperly latched and closed
cargo cover, or cargo cover left in
Cargo Cover the open position, could be
For vehicles with a cargo cover, it thrown about the vehicle during a
can be used to cover items in the crash or sudden maneuver.
rear of the vehicle. To install the Someone could be injured. Be
cover, place the loops on each sure to return the cover to the
corner of the cover on the four closed position and latch before
hooks in the rear of the vehicle. The driving. If the cover is removed,
cover should be stored securely always store it outside of the
when not in use. To remove the cargo management
vehicle. When it is replaced,
cover:
always be sure that it is securely
Cargo Tie-Downs 1. Open the cover. It remains reattached.
Four cargo tie‐downs are located in open when lifted.
the rear compartment of the vehicle. 2. Pull the cover up making sure
The tie-downs can be used to to unhook the hinges at the
secure small loads. rear of the cover.
3. Store the cover outside the
Cargo Management vehicle or reattach before
System driving.
This vehicle has a cargo
management system located in
the rear.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
100 Storage
Convenience Net For vehicles with a convenience Roof Rack System

net (4), attach it to the vehicle using
only the cargo tie-downs (3) on
each side. The net is used to store { Warning
small loads and should not be used
for heavy loads. If something is carried on top of
the vehicle that is longer or wider
The cargo cover hooks (2) are used than the roof rack — like paneling,
to attach the cargo cover (1) to the plywood, or a mattress — the
vehicle only. Do not use the hooks wind can catch it while the vehicle
to secure loads or other items to the is being driven. The item being
vehicle as the hooks could be
carried could be violently torn off,
damaged.
and this could cause a collision
and damage the vehicle. Never
carry something longer or wider
1. Cargo Cover than the roof rack on top of the
2. Cargo Cover Hooks vehicle unless using a GM
3. Cargo Tie-Downs certified accessory carrier.
4. Convenience Net
For vehicles with a roof rack, the
rack can be used to load items. For
roof racks that do not have
crossrails included, GM Certified
crossrails can be purchased as an
accessory. See your dealer for
additional information.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Storage 101
Caution
Loading cargo on the roof rack
that weighs more than 91 kg
(200 lb) or hangs over the rear or
sides of the vehicle may damage
the vehicle. Load cargo so that it
rests evenly between the
crossrails and fasten cargo
securely.
To prevent damage or loss of cargo

when driving, check to make sure
crossrails and cargo are securely
fastened. Loading cargo on the roof
rack will make the vehicle’s center
of gravity higher. Avoid high speeds,
sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden
braking, or abrupt maneuvers;
otherwise it may result in loss of
control. If driving for a long distance,
on rough roads, or at high speeds,
occasionally stop the vehicle to
make sure the cargo remains in its
place. Do not exceed the maximum
vehicle capacity when loading the
vehicle.
See Vehicle Load Limits 0 195.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
102 Instruments and Controls
Instruments and Passenger Airbag Status

Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Cruise Control Messages . . . . . 128
Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . 128
Controls Charging System Light . . . . . . . 115
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Engine Cooling System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
(Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . 116 Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . 129
Controls Brake System Warning Engine Power Messages . . . . . 130
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 103 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Fuel System Messages . . . . . . . 130
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 104 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 130
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 104 Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . 119 Object Detection System
Rear Window Wiper/ Lane Departure Warning Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 (LDW) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Ride Control System
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . 119 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 StabiliTrak® Indicator Light . . . 119 Airbag System Messages . . . . 133
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Engine Coolant Temperature Security Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Service Vehicle Messages . . . . 133
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Indicators Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 120 Transmission Messages . . . . . . 134
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Vehicle Reminder
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 121 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . 122 Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . 135
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Washer Fluid Messages . . . . . . 135
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Information Displays
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Driver Information Vehicle Personalization
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 136
Engine Coolant Temperature Vehicle Messages
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Battery Voltage and Charging
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 113 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . 114 Brake System Messages . . . . . 127
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Instruments and Controls 103
Universal Remote System Controls Power Tilt and Telescoping

Universal Remote System . . . . 142 Steering Wheel
Universal Remote System
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Steering Wheel
Universal Remote System Adjustment
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
If equipped, the control is on the

outboard side of the steering
column.
1. Pull the lever down.
Push the control up or down to tilt
2. Move the steering wheel up the steering wheel up or down.
or down.
Push the control forward or
3. Pull or push the steering wheel rearward to move the steering wheel
closer or away from you. toward the front or rear of the
4. Push the lever up to lock the vehicle. To set the memory position,
steering wheel in place. see Vehicle Personalization 0 136.
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Steering Wheel Controls . Press and hold w or c /x Press ¨ to go to the next track or
while listening to a song listed in chapter while sourced to the
the main audio page to quickly CD slot.
move forward or in reverse
through the tracks. Press ¨ to select a track or a folder
when navigating folders on an iPod
. Track information is displayed on or USB device.
the screen. Release w or c
+ e or − e : Press to increase or to
/x when the desired track is
decrease the volume.
reached.
b/g : Press to interact with Horn
Bluetooth and OnStar®, if equipped.
See Bluetooth 0 170 and “OnStar,” if Press a on the steering wheel pad
equipped. to sound the horn.
Vehicles with audio steering wheel c/x : Press to reject an incoming
controls could differ depending on call or end a current call. Windshield Wiper/Washer
the vehicle's options. Some audio The windshield wiper/washer lever
controls can be adjusted at the SRCE : Press to switch between
AM, FM, CD, and if equipped, is located on the left side of the
steering wheel. steering column.
SiriusXM®, front auxiliary, rear
w or c/x : Press to select auxiliary, and iPod/USB. Turn the band with the wiper symbol
preset or favorite radio stations, to control the windshield wipers.
select tracks on a CD, or select Press and hold to mute/pause the
tracks and navigate folders on an system.
iPod® or USB device. ¨ : Press to go to the next radio
To select tracks on an iPod or USB station while in AM, FM,
device: or SiriusXM®, if equipped.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
8 : Use for a single wiping cycle. wiper will run a few more cycles
{ Warning after it is released. If the rear wiper
OFF : Use to turn the wipers off. function was already on prior to
In freezing weather, do not use
6 : Delays wiping cycle. Turn the the washer until the windshield is
pressing the wash button, it stays
band up for more frequent wipes or on until the wiper button is pressed
down for less frequent wipes. warmed. Otherwise the washer again.
fluid can form ice on the
LO : Slow wipes. windshield, blocking your vision. The rear window washer uses the
same fluid that is in the windshield
HI : Fast wipes.
washer reservoir. See Washer
Clear ice and snow from the wiper WASHER FLUID LOW ADD FLUID Fluid 0 253.
blades before using them. If frozen is displayed on the Driver
to the windshield, carefully loosen or Information Center (DIC) when the Compass
thaw them. Damaged wiper blades washer fluid is low. See Washer
should be replaced. See Wiper Fluid Messages 0 135. Your vehicle may have a compass
Blade Replacement 0 257. in the Driver Information Center
Rear Window Wiper/ (DIC). See Driver Information
Heavy snow or ice can overload the Center (DIC) 0 122 for more
wipers. A circuit breaker stops them Washer information about the DIC.
until the motor cools.
The rear window wiper/washer Compass Zone
Windshield Washer button is on the center stack below
the climate control system. The zone is set to zone eight upon
J FRONT : Press the button at the leaving the factory. Your dealer will
end of the lever to spray washer Z : Press to turn the rear wiper on set the correct zone for your
fluid on the windshield. The wipers and off. The wiper speed cannot be location.
clear the windshield and either stop changed.
or return to the preset speed. The Under certain circumstances, such
Y : Press to spray washer fluid on as during a long distance
ignition key must be in ACC/ the rear window. The window wiper
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN for this to cross-country trip or moving to a
will also come on. Release the new state or province, it will be
work. See Washer Fluid 0 253. button when enough fluid has been necessary to compensate for
sprayed on the window. The rear
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
compass variance by resetting the Compass Calibration

zone through the DIC if the zone is The compass can be manually
not set correctly. calibrated. Only calibrate the
Compass variance is the difference compass in a magnetically clean
between the earth's magnetic north and safe location, such as an open
and true geographic north. If the parking lot, where driving the
compass is not set to the zone vehicle in circles is not a danger.
where you live, the compass may It is suggested to calibrate away
give false readings. The compass from tall buildings, utility wires,
must be set to the variance zone in manhole covers, or other industrial
which the vehicle is traveling. structures, if possible.
To adjust for compass variance, use If CAL should ever appear in the
the following procedure: 2. Find the vehicle's current DIC display, the compass should be
location and variance zone calibrated.
Compass Variance (Zone) number on the map.
Procedure If the DIC display does not show a
Zones 1 through 15 are heading, for example, N for North,
1. Do not set the compass zone available. or the heading does not change
when the vehicle is moving.
3. Press the set/reset button to after making turns, there may be a
Only set it when the vehicle is strong magnetic field interfering with
in P (Park). scroll through and select the
appropriate variance zone. the compass. Such interference
Press the vehicle information may be caused by a magnetic CB or
4. Press the trip/fuel button until
button until PRESS V TO the vehicle heading, for
cell phone antenna mount, a
CHANGE COMPASS ZONE magnetic emergency light, magnetic
example, N for North, is note pad holder, or any other
displays. displayed in the DIC. magnetic item. Turn off the vehicle,
5. If calibration is necessary, move the magnetic item, then turn
calibrate the compass. See on the vehicle and calibrate the
“Compass Calibration compass.
Procedure” following.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
To calibrate the compass, use the a few seconds when the Set Date:
following procedure: calibration is complete. The . Press the up or down arrows to
DIC display will then return to increase or decrease the Month,
Compass Calibration Procedure the previous menu. Day, and Year settings.
1. Before calibrating the compass,
make sure the compass zone Clock . Press and hold to quickly
is set to the variance zone in increase or decrease the date
which the vehicle is located. Setting the Digital Clock settings.
See “Compass Variance (Zone) Press Settings on the Home Page, . Press OK to save the
Procedure” earlier in this then press the Set Time or Set Date adjustments.
section. settings screen button to display the . Press the Back or Cancel screen
Do not operate any switches different options for setting the time button to cancel the
such as window, sunroof, and date. adjustments.
climate controls, seats, etc. Set Time:
during the calibration Setting the Analog Clock
procedure. . Press the up or down arrows to
change the Hours, Minutes, AM, The analog clock is on the
2. Press the vehicle information PM, or the 24 hour setting on the instrument panel above the radio.
button until PRESS V TO clock. The clock is not connected with any
CALIBRATE COMPASS other vehicle system and runs by
. Press and hold to quickly itself. To adjust the time:
displays. increase or decrease the time
3. Press the set/reset button to settings. 1. Press and hold the button
start the compass calibration. directly above the clock to
. Press OK to save the quickly advance the time.
4. The DIC will display adjustments.
CALIBRATING: DRIVE IN 2. Press and release the button to
. Press the Back or Cancel screen increase the time by
CIRCLES. Drive the vehicle in
button to cancel the one-minute intervals.
tight circles at less than 8 km/h
adjustments.
(5 mph) to complete the
calibration. The DIC will display
CALIBRATION COMPLETE for
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Power Outlets Caution Caution

The vehicle has 12-volt outlets that
can be used to plug in electrical Leaving electrical equipment Hanging heavy equipment from
equipment, such as a cell phone or plugged in for an extended period the power outlet can cause
MP3 player. of time while the vehicle is off will damage not covered by the
The power outlets are located: drain the battery. Always unplug vehicle warranty. The power
electrical equipment when not in outlets are designed for
. On the center stack below the use and do not plug in equipment accessory power plugs only, such
climate controls. that exceeds the maximum as cell phone charge cords.
. Inside the center console. 20 amp rating.
. At the rear of the center console. Power Outlet 110V/120V
. In the rear cargo area. Certain accessory plugs may not be Alternating Current
compatible with the accessory
Lift the cover to access the outlet power outlet and could overload If equipped with this power outlet it
and replace when not in use. vehicle and adapter fuses. If a can be used to plug in electrical
problem is experienced, see your equipment that uses a maximum
limit of 150 watts.
{ Warning dealer.
When adding electrical equipment,
Power is always supplied to the
be sure to follow the proper
outlets. Do not leave electrical installation instructions included with
equipment plugged in when the the equipment. See Add-On
vehicle is not in use because the Electrical Equipment 0 235.
vehicle could catch fire and cause
injury or death.
The power outlet is on the rear of

the center console.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
An indicator light on the outlet turns The power outlet is not designed for Warning Lights,
on to show it is in use. The light and may not work properly, if the
comes on when the ignition is in following are plugged in: Gauges, and
ON/RUN, equipment requiring less
than 150 watts is plugged into the
. Equipment with high initial peak Indicators
wattage such as:
outlet, and no system fault is compressor-driven refrigerators Warning lights and gauges can
detected. and electric power tools. signal that something is wrong
The indicator light does not come on before it becomes serious enough
. Other equipment requiring an to cause an expensive repair or
when the ignition is in LOCK/OFF or extremely stable power supply
if the equipment is not fully seated replacement. Paying attention to the
such as: warning lights and gauges could
into the outlet. microcomputer-controlled prevent injury.
If equipment is connected using electric blankets, touch sensor
more than 150 watts or a system lamps, etc. Some warning lights come on briefly
fault is detected, a protection circuit when the engine is started to
. Medical equipment. indicate they are working. When
shuts off the power supply and the
indicator light turns off. To reset the See High Voltage Devices and one of the warning lights comes on
circuit, unplug the item and plug it Wiring 0 260. and stays on while driving, or when
back in or turn the Retained one of the gauges shows there may
Accessory Power (RAP) off and be a problem, check the section that
then back on. See Retained explains what to do. Waiting to do
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 203. The repairs can be costly and even
power restarts when equipment dangerous.
using 150 watts or less is plugged
into the outlet and a system fault is
not detected.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Instrument Cluster
English Shown, Metric Similar

9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Speedometer Fuel Gauge

The speedometer shows the vehicle
speed in kilometers per hour (km/h)
and miles per hour (mph).
Odometer
The odometer shows how far the
vehicle has been driven, in either
kilometers or miles.
Tachometer
English
The tachometer displays the engine
speed in revolutions per Metric When the ignition is on, the fuel
minute (rpm). gauge shows about how much fuel
the vehicle has left in the fuel tank.
An arrow on the fuel gauge
indicates the side of the vehicle the
fuel door is on.
The gauge will first indicate empty
before the vehicle is out of fuel, but
the vehicle's fuel tank should be
filled soon.
When the fuel tank is low on fuel,
the FUEL LEVEL LOW message
appears on the Driver Information
Center (DIC). For more information
see Fuel System Messages 0 130.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Here are some situations that can Engine Coolant

occur with the fuel gauge. None of
these indicate a problem with the
Temperature Gauge
fuel gauge.
. At the gas station, the fuel pump
shuts off before the gauge
reads full.
. It takes a little more or less fuel
to fill up than the fuel gauge
indicated. For example, the
gauge may have indicated the
tank was half full, but it actually
English
took a little more or less than
half the tank's capacity to fill This gauge shows the engine
the tank. coolant temperature. Under normal
Metric
. The gauge moves a little while driving conditions the gauge will
read 100°C (210°F) or less. If the
turning a corner or speeding up.
gauge pointer is near 125°C
. The gauge goes back to empty (260°F), the engine is too hot.
when the ignition is turned off.
It means that the engine coolant has
overheated. If the vehicle has been
operating under normal driving
conditions, pull off the road, stop the
vehicle, and turn off the engine as
soon as possible.
See Engine Overheating 0 250 for
more information.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Voltmeter Gauge Readings in the low warning zone

may occur when a large number of
electrical accessories are operating
in the vehicle and the engine is left
idling for an extended period.
If there is a problem with the battery
charging system, a SERVICE When the vehicle is started, this
BATTERY CHARGING SYSTEM light flashes and a chime may come
message appears in the Driver on to remind the driver to fasten
Information Center (DIC) and/or the their safety belt. Then the light stays
charging system light comes on. on solid until the belt is buckled.
See Battery Voltage and Charging This cycle may continue several
Messages 0 127 for more times if the driver remains or
information. becomes unbuckled while the
vehicle is moving.
When the engine is not running, but However, readings in either warning
the ignition is on, this gauge shows zone can indicate a possible If the driver safety belt is buckled,
the battery's state of charge in problem in the electrical system. neither the light nor the chime
DC volts. Have the vehicle serviced as soon comes on.
as possible.
When the engine is running, this Passenger Safety Belt
gauge shows the condition of the Reminder Light
charging system. The vehicle's Safety Belt Reminders
charging system regulates voltage There is a passenger safety belt
Driver Safety Belt Reminder reminder light near the passenger
based on the state of charge of the
Light airbag status indicator. See
battery. The voltmeter may fluctuate.
This is normal. Readings between There is a driver safety belt Passenger Sensing System 0 72.
the low and high warning zones reminder light on the instrument
indicate the normal operating range. cluster.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Airbag Readiness Light

{ Warning
This light shows if there is an
electrical problem with the airbag If the airbag readiness light stays
system. The system check includes on after the vehicle is started or
the airbag sensor(s), the passenger comes on while driving, it means
sensing system, the pretensioners, the airbag system might not be
When the vehicle is started, this the airbag modules, the wiring, and working properly. The airbags in
light flashes and a chime may come the crash sensing and diagnostic the vehicle might not inflate in a
on to remind passengers to fasten module. For more information on the
their safety belt. Then the light stays crash, or they could even inflate
airbag system, see Airbag without a crash. To help avoid
on solid until the belt is buckled. System 0 65.
This cycle continues several times if injury, have the vehicle serviced
the passenger remains or becomes right away.
unbuckled while the vehicle is
moving. If there is a problem with the airbag
If the passenger safety belt is system, a Driver Information Center
buckled, neither the chime nor the (DIC) message may also come on.
light comes on. See Airbag System
Messages 0 133.
The front passenger safety belt The airbag readiness light comes on
reminder light and chime may turn for several seconds when the
on if an object is put on the seat vehicle is started. If the light does Passenger Airbag Status
such as a briefcase, handbag, not come on then, have it fixed Indicator
grocery bag, laptop, or other immediately. The vehicle has a passenger
electronic device. To turn off the sensing system. See Passenger
reminder light and/or chime, remove Sensing System 0 72 for important
the object from the seat or buckle safety information. The instrument
the safety belt. panel has a passenger airbag status
indicator.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
If the word ON or the on symbol is

lit on the passenger airbag status Warning (Continued)
indicator, it means that the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag is Light 0 114 for more information,
allowed to inflate. including important safety
information.
If the word OFF or the off symbol is
United States lit on the passenger airbag status
indicator, it means that the Charging System Light
passenger sensing system has
turned off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag.
If, after several seconds, both status
indicator lights remain on, or if there
Canada and Mexico are no lights at all, there may be a
problem with the lights or the
When the vehicle is started, the passenger sensing system. See The charging system light comes on
passenger airbag status indicator your dealer for service. briefly when the ignition is turned
will light ON and OFF, or the symbol on, but the engine is not running, as
for on and off, for several seconds
as a system check. Then, after
{ Warning a check to show the light is working.
It should go out when the engine is
several more seconds, the status If the airbag readiness light ever started.
indicator will light either ON or OFF, comes on and stays on, it means
or either the on or off symbol to let If the light stays on, or comes on
that something may be wrong while driving, there may be a
you know the status of the front with the airbag system. To help
outboard passenger frontal airbag. problem with the electrical charging
avoid injury to yourself or others, system. Have it checked by your
have the vehicle serviced right dealer. Driving while this light is on
away. See Airbag Readiness could drain the battery.
(Continued)
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
When this light comes on, the Driver

Information Center (DIC) also Caution
displays the SERVICE BATTERY
CHARGING SYSTEM message. Modifications to the engine,
transmission, exhaust, intake,
See Vehicle Messages 0 127 for or fuel system, or the use of
more information. replacement tires that do not
Malfunctions are often indicated by
If a short distance must be driven meet the original tire
the system before any problem is
with the light on, be sure to turn off specifications, can cause this light
noticeable. Being aware of the light
all accessories, such as the radio to come on. This could lead to
and seeking service promptly when
and air conditioner. costly repairs not covered by the
it comes on may prevent damage.
vehicle warranty. This could also
Malfunction Indicator affect the vehicle’s ability to pass
Caution
Lamp (Check Engine an Emissions Inspection/
Maintenance test. See
Light) If the vehicle is driven continually
Accessories and
with this light on, the emission
This light is part of the vehicle’s control system may not work as Modifications 0 237.
emission control on-board well, the fuel economy may be
diagnostic system. If this light is on
lower, and the vehicle may not If the light is flashing : A
while the engine is running, a
run smoothly. This could lead to malfunction has been detected that
malfunction has been detected and
the vehicle may require service. The costly repairs that might not be could damage the emission control
light should come on to show that it covered by the vehicle warranty. system and increase vehicle
is working when the ignition is in emissions. Diagnosis and service
ON/RUN and the engine is not may be required.
running. See Ignition To help prevent damage, reduce
Positions 0 199. vehicle speed and avoid hard
accelerations and uphill grades.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
If towing a trailer, reduce the least one full tank of the proper The vehicle may not pass
amount of cargo being hauled as fuel to turn the light off. See inspection if:
soon as possible. Fuel 0 225. . The light is on when the engine
If the light continues to flash, find a If the light remains on, see your is running.
safe place to park. Turn the vehicle dealer. . The light does not come on
off and wait at least 10 seconds when the ignition is in ON/RUN
before restarting the engine. If the Emissions Inspection and
Maintenance Programs while the engine is off.
light is still flashing, follow the
previous guidelines and see your If the vehicle requires an Emissions . Critical emission control systems
dealer for service as soon as Inspection/Maintenance test, the have not been completely
possible. test equipment will likely connect to diagnosed. If this happens, the
the vehicle's Data Link vehicle would not be ready for
If the light is on steady : A inspection and might require
malfunction has been detected. Connector (DLC).
several days of routine driving
Diagnosis and service may be before the system is ready for
required. inspection. This can happen if
Check the following: the 12-volt battery has recently
. A loose or missing fuel cap may been replaced or run down, or if
cause the light to come on. See the vehicle has been recently
Filling the Tank 0 226. A few serviced.
driving trips with the cap See your dealer if the vehicle will
properly installed may turn the The DLC is under the instrument not pass or cannot be made ready
light off. panel to the left of the steering for the test.
wheel. Connecting devices that are
. Poor fuel quality can cause not used to perform an Emissions
inefficient engine operation and Inspection/Maintenance test or to
poor driveability, which may go service the vehicle may affect
away once the engine is warmed vehicle operation. See Add-On
up. If this occurs, change the Electrical Equipment 0 235. See
fuel brand. It may require at your dealer if assistance is needed.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Brake System Warning When the ignition is on, the brake

Warning (Continued)
system warning light will also come
Light on when the parking brake is set.
The vehicle brake system consists The light will stay on if the parking the road and carefully stopped,
of two hydraulic circuits. If one brake does not release fully. If it have the vehicle towed for
circuit is not working, the remaining stays on after the parking brake is service.
circuit can still work to stop the fully released, it means there is a
vehicle. For normal braking brake problem. The brake message remains on until
performance, both circuits need to If the light comes on while driving, any DIC button is pressed. The
be working. pull off the road and stop carefully. brake light remains on until the
If the warning light comes on, there Make sure the parking brake is fully problem is fixed. See Brake System
is a brake problem. Have the brake released. The pedal may be harder Messages 0 127.
system inspected right away. to push or, the pedal may go closer
to the floor. It may take longer to Antilock Brake System
stop. If the light is still on, have the (ABS) Warning Light
vehicle towed for service. See
Towing the Vehicle 0 300.
Metric English
{ Warning
The brake system might not be
This light should come on briefly working properly if the brake
when the engine is started. If it does system warning light is on.
not come on then, have it fixed so it The ABS warning light comes on
Driving with the brake system briefly when the ignition key is
will be ready to warn you if there is warning light on can lead to a
a problem. turned to ON/RUN. This is normal.
crash. If the light is still on after If the light does not come on then,
This light may also come on due to the vehicle has been pulled off have it fixed so it will be ready to
low brake fluid. See Brake (Continued) warn you if there is a problem.
Fluid 0 254.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
If the light stays on, turn the ignition Lane Departure Warning Vehicle Ahead Indicator
to LOCK/OFF. If the light comes on
while driving, stop as soon as
(LDW) Light
possible and turn the ignition off.
Then start the engine again to reset
the system. If the light still stays on,
or comes on again while driving, the
vehicle needs service. If the regular
brake system warning light is not
on, there are still brakes, but no If equipped, this indicator will
antilock brakes. If the regular brake If equipped, this light comes on display green when a vehicle is
system warning light is also on, briefly while starting the vehicle. If it detected ahead and amber when
there are no antilock brakes and does not come on, have the vehicle you are following a vehicle ahead
there is a problem with the regular serviced. much too closely.
brakes. See Brake System Warning This light is green if LDW is on and See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
Light 0 118. ready to operate. System 0 220.
Tow/Haul Mode Light This light changes to amber and StabiliTrak® Indicator
flashes to indicate that the lane
marking has been crossed without Light
using a turn signal in that direction.
See Lane Departure Warning
(LDW) 0 223.
This light comes on when the Tow/

Haul Mode has been activated. The StabiliTrak light comes on
For more information, see Tow/Haul briefly as the engine is started. If it
Mode 0 209. does not come on, have the vehicle
serviced by your dealer.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
This light flashes while the Stop and turn off the vehicle to inflate the tires to the pressure value
StabiliTrak system or the Traction avoid damage to the engine. shown on the Tire and Loading
Control System (TCS) is working. A warning chime sounds when this Information label. See Tire
The light comes on when there is a light is on. Pressure 0 275.
problem with the StabiliTrak system. See Engine Overheating 0 250 for
See Traction Control/Electronic When the Light Flashes First and
more information. Then Is On Steady
Stability Control 0 212.
If the light flashes for about a minute
Engine Coolant Tire Pressure Light and then stays on, there may be a
problem with the TPMS. If the
Temperature Warning problem is not corrected, the light
Light will come on at every ignition cycle.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation 0 277.
Engine Oil Pressure Light

For vehicles with the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS), this light Oil pressure can vary with engine
comes on briefly when the engine is speed, outside temperature, and oil
started. It provides information viscosity.
The engine coolant temperature
warning light comes on briefly when about tire pressures and the TPMS. On some models, the oil pump will
the vehicle is started. vary engine oil pressure according
When the Light Is On Steady
to engine needs. Oil pressure may
If it does not, have the vehicle This indicates that one or more of change quickly as the engine speed
serviced by your dealer. If the the tires are significantly or load varies. This is normal. If the
system is working normally, the underinflated. oil pressure warning light or Driver
indicator light then goes off. Information Center (DIC) message
A Driver Information Center (DIC)
If the light comes on and stays on tire pressure message may also indicates oil pressure outside the
while driving, the vehicle may have display. See Tire Messages 0 133. normal operating range, check the
a problem with the cooling system. Stop as soon as possible, and vehicle's oil as soon as possible.
See Engine Oil Messages 0 129.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
If the light comes on and stays on, it system is arming and one or more
Caution means that oil is not flowing through of the monitored entry points is not
the engine properly. The vehicle closed. The light will stay on if the
Lack of proper engine oil could be low on oil and might have alarm is arming and all entry points
maintenance can damage the some other system problem. See are closed.
engine. Driving with the engine oil your dealer.
low can also damage the engine. For information regarding this light
The repairs would not be covered and the vehicle's security system,
Security Light see Vehicle Alarm System 0 37.
by the vehicle warranty. Check
the oil level as soon as possible.
Add oil if required, but if the oil High-Beam On Light
level is within the operating range
and the oil pressure is still low,
have the vehicle serviced. Always
follow the maintenance schedule
for changing engine oil. The security light should come on
briefly as the engine is started. If the
system is working normally, the This light comes on when the
indicator light turns off. If it does not high-beam headlamps are in use.
come on, have the vehicle serviced
by your dealer. See Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer 0 147 for more information.
If the light stays on and the engine
does not start, there could be a
problem with the theft-deterrent
This light should come on briefly as system.
the engine is started. If it does not
come on, have the vehicle serviced This light is also used to indicate the
by your dealer. status of the anti-theft alarm system
when the ignition is turned off. The
light will flash rapidly if the alarm
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Cruise Control Light Information Displays the system that controls the
temperature display, the numbers
will be replaced with dashes. If this
Driver Information occurs, have the vehicle serviced.
Center (DIC) The compass will be shown in the
bottom right corner of the DIC
The DIC displays information about
display. See Compass 0 105.
your vehicle. It also displays
warning messages if a system The DIC has different displays,
This light comes on when the cruise problem is detected. which can be accessed by pressing
control is set. the DIC buttons on the center stack.
All messages will appear in the DIC
This light goes out when the cruise display at the top of the instrument The DIC also allows some features
control is canceled. See Cruise cluster. to be customized. See Vehicle
Control 0 214. Personalization 0 136.
The DIC comes on when the ignition
is on. After a short delay, the DIC DIC Buttons
will display the information that was
last displayed before the engine
was turned off.
The DIC also displays a shift lever
position indicator on the bottom line
of the display. See Automatic
Transmission 0 207.
The outside air temperature and The buttons are the set/reset,
compass, if equipped, also display customization, vehicle information,
on the DIC when viewing the trip and trip/fuel buttons. The button
and fuel information. The outside air functions are detailed in the
temperature automatically appears following pages.
in the top right corner of the DIC
display. If there is a problem with
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
V : Press this button to set or reset REMAINING on the display, that SIDE BLIND ZONE ALERT
certain functions and to turn off or means 99% of the current oil life If the vehicle has the Side Blind
acknowledge messages on the DIC. remains. The engine oil life system Zone Alert (SBZA) system, this
will alert you to change the oil on a display allows the system to be
U : Press this button to customize schedule consistent with your
the feature settings on your vehicle. turned on or off. Once in this
driving conditions. display, press the set/reset button to
See Vehicle Personalization 0 136.
When the remaining oil life is low, select between ON or OFF. If you
T : Press this button to display the the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON choose ON, the system will be
oil life, park assist on vehicles with message will appear on the display. turned on. If you choose OFF, the
this feature, units, tire pressure See Engine Oil Messages 0 129. system will be turned off. When the
readings on vehicles with this Change the oil as soon as possible. SBZA system is turned off, the DIC
feature, and compass calibration See Engine Oil 0 241. In addition to will display the SIDE BLIND ZONE
and zone setting on vehicles with the engine oil life system monitoring ALERT SYSTEM OFF message as
this feature. the oil life, additional maintenance is a reminder that the system has
3 : Press this button to display recommended in the Maintenance been turned off. See Object
the odometer, trip odometers, fuel Schedule. See Maintenance Detection System Messages 0 131
range, average economy, timer, fuel Schedule 0 315. and Side Blind Zone Alert
used, and average speed. Remember, you must reset the OIL (SBZA) 0 221.
Vehicle Information Menu LIFE display yourself after each oil PARK ASSIST
Items change. It will not reset itself. Also,
be careful not to reset the OIL LIFE If your vehicle has the Rear Parking
T : Press this button to scroll display accidentally at any time Assist (RPA) system, press the
through the following menu items: other than when the oil has just vehicle information button until
been changed. It cannot be reset PARK ASSIST displays. This
OIL LIFE display allows the system to be
accurately until the next oil change.
Press the vehicle information button To reset the engine oil life system, turned on or off. Once in this
until OIL LIFE REMAINING see Engine Oil Life System 0 244. display, press the set/reset button to
displays. This display shows an select between ON or OFF. If you
estimate of the oil's remaining useful choose ON, the system will be
life. If you see 99% OIL LIFE turned on. If you choose OFF, the
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
system will be turned off. The RPA UNITS add air to a specific tire will appear
system automatically turns back on Press the vehicle information button in the display. See Tire Pressure
after each vehicle start. When the until UNITS displays. This display 0 275 and Tire Messages 0 133.
RPA system is turned off and the allows you to select between metric If the tire pressure display shows
vehicle is shifted out of P (Park), the or English units of measurement. dashes instead of a value, there
DIC will display the PARK ASSIST Once in this display, press the set/ may be a problem with your vehicle.
OFF message as a reminder that reset button to select between If this consistently occurs, see your
the system has been turned off. See METRIC or ENGLISH units. All of dealer for service.
Object Detection System Messages the vehicle information will then be
0 131 and Parking Assist 0 218. displayed in the unit of COMPASS ZONE SETTING
REAR CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT measurement selected. This display will be available if the
vehicle has a compass. See
If the vehicle has the Rear Cross FRONT TIRES or REAR TIRES Compass 0 105.
Traffic Alert (RCTA) system, this On vehicles with the Tire Pressure
display allows the system to be Monitor System (TPMS), the COMPASS RECALIBRATION
turned on or off. Once in this pressure for each tire can be viewed This display will be available if the
display, press the set/reset button to in the DIC. The tire pressure will be vehicle has a compass. See
select between ON or OFF. If you shown in either kilopascals (kPa) or Compass 0 105.
choose ON, the system will be pounds per square inch (psi). Press
turned on. If you choose OFF, the Blank Display
the vehicle information button until
system will be turned off. When the the DIC displays FRONT This display shows no information.
RCTA system is turned off, the DIC TIRES kPa (PSI) LEFT ##
will display the REAR CROSS RIGHT ##. Press the vehicle Trip/Fuel Menu Items
TRAFFIC ALERT SYSTEM OFF
message as a reminder that the
information button again until the 3 : Press this button to scroll
DIC displays REAR TIRES kPa through the following menu items:
system has been turned off. See (PSI) LEFT ## RIGHT ##.
Object Detection System Messages
0 131 and Rear Vision Camera If a low tire pressure condition is
(RVC) 0 216. detected by the system while
driving, a message advising you to
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
ODOMETER The trip odometer has a feature display will show the number of
Press the trip/fuel button until called retroactive reset. This can be kilometers (km) or miles (mi) driven
ODOMETER displays. This display used to set the trip odometer to the during the last ignition cycle.
shows the distance the vehicle has number of kilometers (miles) driven
since the ignition was last turned on. RANGE
been driven in either kilometers (km)
or miles (mi). Pressing the trip This can be used if the trip Press the trip/fuel button until
odometer reset stem will also odometer is not reset at the RANGE displays. This display
display the odometer. beginning of the trip. shows the approximate number of
To use the retroactive reset feature, remaining kilometers (km) or
To switch between English and miles (mi) the vehicle can be driven
metric measurements, see “UNITS” press and hold the set/reset button
for at least four seconds. The trip without refueling. The display will
earlier in this section. show LOW if the fuel level is low.
odometer will display the number of
TRIP A and TRIP B kilometers (km) or miles (mi) driven The fuel range estimate is based on
Press the trip/fuel button until since the ignition was last turned on an average of the vehicle's fuel
TRIP A or TRIP B displays. This and the vehicle was moving. Once economy over recent driving history
display shows the current distance the vehicle begins moving, the trip and the amount of fuel remaining in
traveled in either kilometers (km) or odometer will accumulate mileage. the fuel tank. This estimate will
miles (mi) since the last reset for For example, if the vehicle was change if driving conditions change.
each trip odometer. Both trip driven 8 km (5 mi) before it is started For example, if driving in traffic and
odometers can be used at the same again, and then the retroactive reset making frequent stops, this display
time. Pressing the trip odometer feature is activated, the display will may read one number, but if the
reset stem will also display the trip show 8 km (5 mi). As the vehicle vehicle is driven on a freeway, the
odometers. begins moving, the display will then number may change even though
increase to 8.2 km (5.1 mi), 8.4 km the same amount of fuel is in the
Each trip odometer can be reset to (5.2 mi), etc. fuel tank. This is because different
zero separately by pressing the set/ driving conditions produce different
reset button or the trip odometer If the retroactive reset feature is
activated after the vehicle is started, fuel economies. Generally, freeway
reset stem while the desired trip driving produces better fuel
odometer is displayed. but before it begins moving, the
economy than city driving. Fuel
range cannot be reset.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
AVG (Average) ECONOMY the DIC. The timer will record up to AVG (Average) SPEED
Press the trip/fuel button until AVG 99 hours, 59 minutes and Press the trip/fuel button until AVG
ECONOMY displays. This display 59 seconds (99:59:59) after which SPEED displays. This display
shows the approximate average the display will return to zero. shows the average speed of the
liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) To stop the timer, press the set/reset vehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h)
or miles per gallon (mpg). This button briefly while TIMER is or miles per hour (mph). This
number reflects only the displayed. average is calculated based on the
approximate average fuel economy To reset the timer to zero, press and various vehicle speeds recorded
that the vehicle has right now, and hold the set/reset button while since the last reset of this value. To
will change as driving conditions TIMER is displayed. reset the value to zero, press and
change. This number is calculated hold the set/reset button.
based on the number of L/100 km FUEL USED
(mpg) recorded since the last time Blank Display
Press the trip/fuel button until FUEL
this menu item was reset. To reset USED displays. This display shows This display shows no information.
AVG ECONOMY, press and hold the the number of liters (L) or
set/reset button. gallons (gal) of fuel used since the
TIMER last reset of this menu item. To reset
the fuel used information, press and
Press the trip/fuel button until hold the set/reset button while FUEL
TIMER displays. This display can be USED is displayed.
used as a timer.
To start the timer, press the set/
reset button while TIMER is
displayed. The display will show the
amount of time that has passed
since the timer was last reset, not
including time the ignition is off.
Time will continue to be counted as
long as the ignition is on, even if
another display is being shown on
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Vehicle Messages Battery Voltage and SERVICE BATTERY

Charging Messages CHARGING SYSTEM
Messages are displayed on the DIC
to notify the driver that the status of On some vehicles, this message
BATTERY LOW START displays if there is a problem with
the vehicle has changed and that VEHICLE
some action may be needed by the the battery charging system. Under
driver to correct the condition. This message displays when the certain conditions, the charging
Multiple messages may appear one system detects that the battery system light may also turn on in the
after another. voltage has dropped to a critical instrument cluster. See Charging
level and the engine must be started System Light 0 115. Driving with this
Some messages may not require problem could drain the battery.
to avoid a dead battery situation.
immediate action, but you can press Turn off all unnecessary
any of the DIC buttons on the BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE accessories. Have the electrical
instrument panel to acknowledge system checked as soon as
that you received the messages and This message displays when the
system detects that the battery possible. See your dealer.
to clear them from the display.
voltage is dropping below expected
Some messages cannot be cleared levels. The battery saver system Brake System Messages
from the DIC display because they starts reducing certain features of
are more urgent. These messages the vehicle that you may be able to SERVICE BRAKE SYSTEM
require action before they can be notice. At the point that the features This message displays along with
cleared. You should take any are disabled, this message is the brake system warning light if
messages that appear on the displayed. It means that the vehicle there is a problem with the brake
display seriously and remember that is trying to save the charge in the system. See Brake System Warning
clearing the messages will only battery. Light 0 118. If this message
make the messages disappear, not appears, stop as soon as possible
correct the problem. Turn off all unnecessary
accessories to allow the battery to and turn off the vehicle. Restart the
The following are the possible recharge. vehicle and check for the message
messages that can be displayed on the DIC display. If the message
and some information about them. The normal battery voltage range is is still displayed or appears again
11.5 to 15.5 volts.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
when you begin driving, the brake HOOD OPEN PASSENGER DOOR OPEN
system needs service as soon as
On some models, this message This message displays and a chime
possible. See your dealer.
displays and a chime sounds if the sounds if the passenger door is not
hood is not fully closed. Stop and fully closed and the vehicle is
Cruise Control Messages turn off the vehicle, check the hood shifted out of P (Park). Stop and turn
CRUISE SET TO XXX for obstructions, and close the hood off the vehicle, check the door for
again. Check to see if the message obstructions, and close the door
This message displays whenever still appears on the DIC. again. Check to see if the message
the cruise control is set. See Cruise still appears on the DIC.
Control 0 214 for more information. LEFT REAR DOOR OPEN
This message displays and a chime POWER LIFTGATE OFF
Door Ajar Messages sounds if the driver side rear door is This message displays when the
not fully closed and the vehicle is power liftgate has been turned off
DRIVER DOOR OPEN shifted out of P (Park). Stop and turn by pressing the power liftgate button
This message displays and a chime off the vehicle, check the door for on the center stack.
sounds if the driver door is not fully obstructions, and close the door
closed and the vehicle is shifted out again. Check to see if the message RIGHT REAR DOOR OPEN
of P (Park). Stop and turn off the still appears on the DIC. This message displays and a chime
vehicle, check the door for sounds if the passenger side rear
obstructions, and close the door LIFTGATE OPEN door is not fully closed and the
again. Check to see if the message This message displays and a chime vehicle is shifted out of P (Park).
still appears on the DIC. sounds if the liftgate is open while Stop and turn off the vehicle, check
the ignition is in ON/RUN. Turn off the door for obstructions, and close
the vehicle and check the liftgate. the door again. Check to see if the
Restart the vehicle and check for message still appears on the DIC.
the message on the DIC display.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Engine Cooling System See Overheated Engine Protection See “Oil Life” under Driver
Operating Mode 0 251 for Information Center (DIC) 0 122 and
Messages information on driving to a safe Engine Oil Life System 0 244.
ENGINE HOT A/C (Air place in an emergency.
ENGINE OIL LOW — ADD OIL
Conditioning) OFF ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP On some vehicles, this message
This message displays when the ENGINE displays when the engine oil level
engine coolant becomes hotter than This message displays and a may be too low. Check the oil level
the normal operating temperature. continuous chime sounds if the before filling to the recommended
See Engine Coolant Temperature engine cooling system reaches level. If the oil is not low and this
Gauge 0 112. To avoid added strain unsafe temperatures for operation. message remains on, take the
on a hot engine, the air conditioning Stop and turn off the vehicle as vehicle to your dealer for service.
compressor automatically turns off. soon as it is safe to do so to avoid See Engine Oil 0 241.
When the coolant temperature severe damage. This message
returns to normal, the air clears when the engine has cooled
OIL PRESSURE LOW STOP
conditioning compressor turns back to a safe operating temperature. ENGINE
on. You can continue to drive your
This message displays when the
vehicle.
Engine Oil Messages vehicle's engine oil pressure is low.
If this message continues to appear, The oil pressure light also appears
have the system repaired by your CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON on the instrument cluster. See
dealer as soon as possible to avoid This message displays when Engine Oil Pressure Light 0 120.
damage to the engine. service is required for the vehicle. Stop the vehicle immediately, as
ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE See your dealer. See Engine Oil engine damage can result from
0 241 and Maintenance driving a vehicle with low oil
ENGINE
Schedule 0 315. pressure. Have the vehicle serviced
This message displays when the by your dealer as soon as possible
Acknowledging the CHANGE
engine coolant temperature is too when this message is displayed.
ENGINE OIL SOON message will
hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to
not reset the OIL LIFE REMAINING.
idle until it cools down. See Engine
Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 112.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Engine Power Messages Fuel System Messages Key and Lock Messages
ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED FUEL LEVEL LOW REPLACE BATTERY IN
This message displays and a chime This message displays and a chime REMOTE KEY
sounds when the cooling system sounds if the fuel level is low. Refuel This message displays if a Remote
temperature gets too hot and the as soon as possible. See Fuel Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter
engine further enters the engine Gauge 0 111 and Fuel 0 225 for battery is low. The battery needs to
coolant protection mode. See more information. be replaced in the transmitter. See
Engine Overheating 0 250 for “Battery Replacement” under
further information. TIGHTEN GAS CAP Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
This message also displays when This message may display along System Operation 0 29.
the vehicle's engine power is with the check engine light on the
reduced. Reduced engine power instrument cluster if the vehicle's Lamp Messages
can affect the vehicle's ability to fuel cap is not tightened properly.
accelerate. If this message is on, See Malfunction Indicator Lamp AUTOMATIC LIGHT
but there is no reduction in (Check Engine Light) 0 116. CONTROL OFF
performance, proceed to your Reinstall the fuel cap fully. See This message displays when the
destination. The performance may Filling the Tank 0 226. The automatic headlamps are turned off.
be reduced the next time the vehicle diagnostic system can determine if This message clears itself after
is driven. The vehicle may be driven the fuel cap has been left off or 10 seconds.
at a reduced speed while this improperly installed. A loose or
message is on, but acceleration and missing fuel cap allows fuel to AUTOMATIC LIGHT
speed may be reduced. Anytime evaporate into the atmosphere. CONTROL ON
this message stays on, the vehicle A few driving trips with the cap
properly installed should turn this This message displays when the
should be taken to your dealer for automatic headlamps are turned on.
service as soon as possible. light and message off.
This message clears itself after
10 seconds.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
TURN SIGNAL ON system will not operate. Forward been turned off. To turn the RPA
Collision Alert (FCA) may not work system back on, see Parking
This message displays and a chime
or may not work as well. Assist 0 218.
sounds if a turn signal is left on for
1.2 km (0.75 mi). Move the turn LANE DEPARTURE SYS REAR CROSS TRAFFIC
signal lever to the off position. UNAVAILABLE ALERT SYSTEM OFF
This message displays when If the vehicle has the Rear Cross
Object Detection System attempting to activate the Lane Traffic Alert (RCTA) system, this
Messages Departure Warning (LDW) system message displays when the RCTA
when it is temporarily unavailable. system has been turned off. See
FORWARD COLLISION ALERT The LDW system does not need Rear Vision Camera (RVC) 0 216
UNAVAILABLE service. and Driver Information Center
This message displays when This message could be due to the (DIC) 0 122.
attempting to activate the Forward camera being blocked. Cleaning the
Collision Alert (FCA) system when it SERVICE FRONT CAMERA
outside of the windshield behind the
is temporarily unavailable. The FCA rearview mirror may correct the If this message remains on after
system does not need service. issue. continued driving, the vehicle needs
This message could be due to the service. Do not use the Lane
camera being blocked. Cleaning the PARK ASST BLOCKED SEE Departure Warning (LDW) and
outside of the windshield behind the OWNERS MANUAL Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
rearview mirror may correct the features. Take the vehicle to your
This message displays if there is
issue. dealer.
something interfering with the Rear
Parking Assist (RPA) system. See SERVICE PARK ASSIST
FRT CAMERA BLOCKED Parking Assist 0 218.
CLEAN WINDSHIELD This message displays if there is a
This message displays when the PARK ASSIST OFF problem with the Rear Parking
Assist (RPA) system. Do not use
camera is blocked. Cleaning the After the vehicle has been started,
this system to help you park. See
outside of the windshield behind the this message displays to remind the
Parking Assist 0 218. See your
rearview mirror may correct the driver that the RPA system has
dealer for service.
issue. The Lane Departure Warning
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
SERVICE SIDE DETECTION blocked by mud, dirt, snow, ice, SERVICE TRACTION
SYSTEM or slush. This message may also CONTROL
display during heavy rain or due to
If your vehicle has the Side Blind road spray. It may also come on This message displays when there
Zone Alert (SBZA) system and this when driving in isolated areas with is a problem with the Traction
message displays, both SBZA no guardrails, trees, or road signs Control System (TCS). When this
displays will remain on indicating and light traffic. Your vehicle does message is displayed, the system
there is a problem with the SBZA not need service. For cleaning will not limit wheel spin. Adjust your
system. If these displays remain on instructions, see “Washing the driving accordingly. See your dealer
after continued driving, the system Vehicle” in Exterior Care 0 304. See for service. See Traction Control/
needs service. See your dealer. See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) 0 221. Electronic Stability Control 0 212 for
Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) 0 221. more information.
SIDE BLIND ZONE ALERT Ride Control System TRACTION CONTROL OFF
SYSTEM OFF Messages This message displays when the
If your vehicle has the Side Blind Traction Control System (TCS) is
SERVICE STABILITRAK
Zone Alert (SBZA) system, this turned off. Adjust your driving
message displays when the SBZA This message displays if there is a accordingly. See Traction Control/
system has been turned off. See problem with the StabiliTrak® Electronic Stability Control 0 212.
Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) 0 221 system. If this message appears, try
and Driver Information Center to reset the system. Stop; turn off TRACTION CONTROL ON
(DIC) 0 122. the engine for at least 15 seconds; This message displays when the
then start the engine again. If this Traction Control System (TCS) is
SIDE DETECTION SYS message still comes on, it means turned on. See Traction Control/
TEMPORARILY OFF there is a problem. See your dealer Electronic Stability Control 0 212.
If your vehicle has the Side Blind for service. The vehicle is safe to This message clears itself after
Zone Alert (SBZA) system, this drive, however, you do not have the 10 seconds.
message displays when the SBZA benefit of StabiliTrak, so reduce
system is disabled because the your speed and drive accordingly.
sensor cannot detect vehicles in
your blind zone. The sensor may be
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Airbag System Messages Service Vehicle Messages STARTING DISABLED

SERVICE THROTTLE
SERVICE AIR BAG SERVICE A/C (Air
Conditioning) SYSTEM This message displays when your
This message displays if there is a vehicle's throttle system is not
problem with the airbag system. This message displays when the functioning properly. Have your
Have your dealer inspect the electronic sensors that control the vehicle serviced by your dealer.
system for problems. See Airbag air conditioning and heating
Readiness Light 0 114 and Airbag systems are no longer working. Tire Messages
System 0 65 for more information. Have the climate control system
serviced by your dealer if you notice TIRE LOW ADD AIR TO TIRE
Security Messages a drop in heating and air On vehicles with the Tire Pressure
conditioning efficiency. Monitor System (TPMS), this
SERVICE THEFT DETERRENT
SYSTEM SERVICE POWER STEERING message displays when the
pressure in one or more of the
This message displays when there This message displays and a chime vehicle's tires is low.
is a problem with the theft-deterrent may sound when there may be a
system. The vehicle may or may not problem with the power steering This message also displays LEFT
restart so you may want to take the system. If this message displays FRT (left front), RIGHT FRT (right
vehicle to your dealer before turning and a reduction in steering front), LEFT RR (left rear),
off the engine. See Immobilizer performance or loss of power or RIGHT RR (right rear) to indicate
Operation 0 38 for more information. steering assistance is noticed, see the location of the low tire.
your dealer. The low tire pressure warning light
THEFT ATTEMPTED will also come on. See Tire
SERVICE VEHICLE SOON
This message displays if the content Pressure Light 0 120.
theft-deterrent system has detected This message displays when a
If a tire pressure message appears
a break-in attempt while you were non-emissions related malfunction
on the DIC, stop as soon as you
away from your vehicle. See Vehicle occurs. Have the vehicle serviced
can. Inflate the tires by adding air
Alarm System 0 37 for more by your dealer as soon as possible.
until the tire pressure is equal to the
information. values shown on the Tire and
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Loading Information label. See Tires rotating the tires or after replacing a ignition off and then back on again
0 267, Vehicle Load Limits 0 195, tire or sensor. See Tire Rotation after 30 seconds. If the message
and Tire Pressure 0 275. 0 280, Tire Pressure Monitor stays on, see your dealer. See
The DIC also shows the tire System 0 276, and Tire Pressure All-Wheel Drive 0 210.
pressure values. See Driver 0 275 for more information.
SERVICE ALL WHEEL DRIVE
Information Center (DIC) 0 122.
Transmission Messages This message displays if a problem
SERVICE TIRE MONITOR occurs with the All-Wheel Drive
SYSTEM ALL WHEEL DRIVE OFF (AWD) system. The vehicle will run
If your vehicle has the All-Wheel in 2WD. This could be caused by:
On vehicles with the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS), this Drive (AWD) system, this message . An electronics problem
message displays if a part on the displays when there is a temporary
condition making the AWD system . Worn out or overheated clutch
TPMS is not working properly. The plates
tire pressure light also flashes and unavailable. The vehicle will run in
then remains on during the same 2WD. This could be caused by: . Various electrical issues
ignition cycle. See Tire Pressure . A compact spare tire on the If this message appears, stop as
Light 0 120. Several conditions may vehicle soon as possible and turn off the
cause this message to appear. See ignition for 30 seconds. Restart the
. AWD system overheat
Tire Pressure Monitor Operation vehicle and check for the message
0 277 for more information. If the . Loss of wheel or vehicle speed on the DIC display. If the message
warning comes on and stays on, . Certain other vehicle electrical still displays or appears again when
there may be a problem with the conditions you begin driving, the system needs
TPMS. See your dealer. service. See your dealer right away.
This message turns off when the
TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE compact spare tire is replaced by a SERVICE TRANSMISSION
This message displays when the full-size tire, the differential fluid
This message displays when there
Tire Pressure Monitor System cools or the above conditions are no
is a problem with the transmission.
(TPMS) is relearning the tire longer present and the warning See your dealer for service.
positions on your vehicle. The tire message is reset. To reset the
positions must be relearned after warning message manually, turn the
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
TRANSMISSION HOT IDLE Vehicle Reminder Washer Fluid Messages

ENGINE Messages WASHER FLUID LOW ADD
Caution ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE FLUID
WITH CARE This message displays when the
Do not drive the vehicle while the windshield washer fluid is low. Fill
This message displays when the
transmission fluid is overheating, the windshield washer fluid reservoir
outside air temperature is cold
or the transmission can be enough to create icy road as soon as possible. See Engine
damaged. This could lead to conditions. Adjust your driving Compartment Overview 0 240 for
costly repairs that would not be accordingly. the location of the windshield
covered by the warranty. washer fluid reservoir. Also, see
Washer Fluid 0 253 for more
Vehicle Speed Messages information.
This message displays and a chime
sounds if the transmission fluid in SPEED LIMITED TO XXX KM/
the vehicle gets hot. Driving with the H (MPH)
transmission fluid temperature high This message displays when your
can cause damage to the vehicle. vehicle speed is limited to 128 km/h
Stop the vehicle and let it idle to (80 mph) because the vehicle
allow the transmission to cool. This detects a problem in the speed
message clears when the fluid variable assist steering system.
temperature reaches a safe level. Have your vehicle serviced by your
dealer.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Vehicle Entering the Feature Press the customization button until

Settings Menu the PRESS V TO DISPLAY IN
Personalization ENGLISH screen appears on the
1. Turn the ignition on and place
Your vehicle may have the vehicle in P (Park). DIC display. Press the set/reset
customization capabilities that allow button once to display all DIC
you to program certain features to To avoid excessive drain on messages in English.
one preferred setting. Customization the battery, it is recommended
that the headlamps are DISPLAY LANGUAGE
features can only be programmed to
one setting on the vehicle and turned off. This feature allows you to select the
cannot be programmed to a 2. Press the customization button language in which the DIC
preferred setting for two different to enter the feature settings messages will appear.
drivers. menu. If the menu is not Press the customization button until
All of the customization options may available, FEATURE the DISPLAY LANGUAGE screen
not be available on your vehicle. SETTINGS AVAILABLE IN appears on the DIC display. Press
Only the options available will be PARK will display. Before the set/reset button once to access
displayed on the DIC. entering the menu, make sure the settings for this feature. Then
the vehicle is in P (Park). press the customization button to
The default settings for the scroll through the following settings:
customization features were set Feature Settings Menu Items
when your vehicle left the factory, The following are customization ENGLISH (default) : All messages
but may have been changed from features that allow you to program will appear in English.
their default state since then. settings to the vehicle: FRANCAIS : All messages will
The customization preferences are appear in French.
DISPLAY IN ENGLISH
automatically recalled. ESPANOL : All messages will
This feature will only display if a appear in Spanish.
To change customization language other than English has
preferences, use the following been set. This feature allows you to NO CHANGE : No change will be
procedure. change the language in which the made to this feature. The current
DIC messages appear to English. setting will remain.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
To select a setting, press the set/ To select a setting, press the set/ ALL AT KEY OUT : All of the doors
reset button while the desired reset button while the desired will unlock when the key is taken
setting is displayed on the DIC. setting is displayed on the DIC. out of the ignition.
AUTO DOOR LOCK AUTO DOOR UNLOCK ALL IN PARK (default) : All of the
doors will unlock when the vehicle is
This feature allows you to select This feature allows you to select shifted into P (Park).
when the vehicle's doors will whether or not to turn off the
automatically lock. See Automatic automatic door unlocking feature. NO CHANGE : No change will be
Door Locks 0 33. It also allows you to select which made to this feature. The current
doors and when the doors will setting will remain.
Press the customization button until
AUTO DOOR LOCK appears on the automatically unlock. See Automatic To select a setting, press the set/
DIC display. Press the set/reset Door Locks 0 33. reset button while the desired
button once to access the settings Press the customization button until setting is displayed on the DIC.
for this feature. Then press the AUTO DOOR UNLOCK appears on REMOTE DOOR LOCK
customization button to scroll the DIC display. Press the set/reset
through the following settings: button once to access the settings This feature allows you to select the
for this feature. Then press the type of feedback you will receive
SHIFT OUT OF PARK (default) : when locking the vehicle with the
The doors will automatically lock customization button to scroll
through the following settings: Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
when the vehicle is shifted out of transmitter. You will not receive
P (Park). OFF : None of the doors will feedback when locking the vehicle
AT VEHICLE SPEED : The doors automatically unlock. with the RKE transmitter if the doors
will automatically lock when the DRIVER AT KEY OUT : Only the are open. See Remote Keyless
vehicle speed is above 13 km/h driver door will unlock when the key Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 29.
(8 mph) for three seconds. is taken out of the ignition. Press the customization button until
NO CHANGE : No change will be DRIVER IN PARK : Only the driver REMOTE DOOR LOCK appears on
made to this feature. The current door will unlock when the vehicle is the DIC display. Press the set/reset
setting will remain. shifted into P (Park). button once to access the settings
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
for this feature. Then press the REMOTE DOOR UNLOCK NO CHANGE : No change will be
customization button to scroll This feature allows you to select the made to this feature. The current
through the following settings: type of feedback you will receive setting will remain.
OFF : There will be no feedback when unlocking the vehicle with the To select a setting, press the set/
when you press the lock button on Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) reset button while the desired
the RKE transmitter. transmitter. You will not receive setting is displayed on the DIC.
LIGHTS ONLY : The exterior lamps feedback when unlocking the
vehicle with the RKE transmitter if DELAY DOOR LOCK
will flash when you press the lock
button on the RKE transmitter. the doors are open. See Remote This feature allows you to select
Keyless Entry (RKE) System whether or not the locking of the
HORN ONLY : The horn will sound Operation 0 29. vehicle's doors and liftgate will be
on the second press of the lock delayed. When locking the doors
button on the RKE transmitter. Press the customization button until
REMOTE DOOR UNLOCK appears and liftgate with the power door lock
HORN & LIGHTS (default) : The on the DIC display. Press the set/ switch and a door or the liftgate is
exterior lamps will flash when you reset button once to access the open, this feature will delay locking
press the lock button on the RKE settings for this feature. Then press the doors and liftgate until
transmitter, and the horn will sound the customization button to scroll five seconds after the last door is
when the lock button is pressed through the following settings: closed. You will hear three chimes
again within five seconds of the to signal that the delayed locking
previous command. LIGHTS OFF : The exterior lamps feature is in use. The key must be
will not flash when you press the out of the ignition for this feature to
NO CHANGE : No change will be unlock button on the RKE work. You can temporarily override
made to this feature. The current transmitter. delayed locking by pressing the
setting will remain. power door lock switch twice or the
LIGHTS ON (default) : The exterior
To select a setting, press the set/ lamps will flash when you press the lock button on the RKE transmitter
reset button while the desired unlock button on the RKE twice. See Delayed Locking 0 33.
setting is displayed on the DIC. transmitter.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Press the customization button until Press the customization button until periods after unlocking the vehicle
DELAY DOOR LOCK appears on EXIT LIGHTING appears on the DIC using the Remote Keyless Entry
the DIC display. Press the set/reset display. Press the set/reset button (RKE) transmitter.
button once to access the settings once to access the settings for this Press the customization button until
for this feature. Then press the feature. Then press the APPROACH LIGHTING appears on
customization button to scroll customization button to scroll the DIC display. Press the set/reset
through the following settings: through the following settings: button once to access the settings
OFF : There will be no delayed OFF : The exterior lamps will not for this feature. Then press the
locking of the vehicle's doors. turn on. customization button to scroll
ON (default) : The doors will not 30 SECONDS (default) : The through the following settings:
lock until five seconds after the last exterior lamps will stay on for OFF : The exterior lights will not
door or the liftgate is closed. 30 seconds. turn on when you unlock the vehicle
NO CHANGE : No change will be 1 MINUTE : The exterior lamps will with the RKE transmitter.
made to this feature. The current stay on for one minute. ON (default) : If it is dark enough
setting will remain. 2 MINUTES : The exterior lamps will outside, the exterior lights will turn
To select a setting, press the set/ stay on for two minutes. on briefly when you unlock the
reset button while the desired vehicle with the RKE transmitter.
NO CHANGE : No change will be
setting is displayed on the DIC. made to this feature. The current The lights will remain on for
setting will remain. 20 seconds or until the lock button
EXIT LIGHTING on the RKE transmitter is pressed,
This feature allows you to select the To select a setting, press the set/ or the vehicle is no longer off. See
amount of time you want the reset button while the desired Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
exterior lamps to remain on when it setting is displayed on the DIC. System Operation 0 29.
is dark enough outside. This APPROACH LIGHTING NO CHANGE : No change will be
happens after the key is turned from made to this feature. The current
ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF. This feature allows you to select
whether or not to have the exterior setting will remain.
lights turn on briefly during low light
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
To select a setting, press the set/ PARK TILT MIRRORS BOTH MIRRORS : The driver and
reset button while the desired If your vehicle has this feature, it passenger outside mirrors will be
setting is displayed on the DIC. allows you to select whether or not tilted down when the vehicle is
the outside mirror(s) will shifted into R (Reverse).
CHIME VOLUME
automatically tilt down when the NO CHANGE : No change will be
This feature allows you to select the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse). made to this feature. The current
volume level of the chime. See Park Tilt Mirrors 0 41. setting will remain.
Press the customization button until Press the customization button until To select a setting, press the set/
CHIME VOLUME appears on the PARK TILT MIRRORS appears on reset button while the desired
DIC display. Press the set/reset the DIC display. Press the set/reset setting is displayed on the DIC.
button once to access the settings button once to access the settings
for this feature. Then press the for this feature. Then press the EASY EXIT SEAT
customization button to scroll customization button to scroll If your vehicle has this feature, it
through the following settings: through the following settings: allows you to select your preference
NORMAL : The chime volume will OFF (default) : Neither outside for the automatic easy exit seat
be set to a normal level. mirror will be tilted down when the feature. See Memory Seats 0 50.
LOUD : The chime volume will be vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse). Press the customization button until
set to a loud level. DRIVER MIRROR : The driver EASY EXIT SEAT appears on the
NO CHANGE : No change will be outside mirror will be tilted down DIC display. Press the set/reset
made to this feature. The current when the vehicle is shifted into button once to access the settings
setting will remain. R (Reverse). for this feature. Then press the
customization button to scroll
There is no default for chime PASSENGER MIRROR : The through the following settings:
volume. The volume will stay at the passenger outside mirror will be
last known setting. tilted down when the vehicle is OFF (default) : No automatic seat
shifted into R (Reverse). exit recall will occur.
To select a setting, press the set/
reset button while the desired ON : The driver seat will move back
setting is displayed on the DIC. when the key is removed from the
ignition. The steering column will
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
also move up and forward on Press the customization button until REMOTE START
vehicles with the power tilt and MEMORY SEAT RECALL appears If your vehicle has this feature, it
telescopic steering wheel feature. on the DIC display. Press the set/ allows you to turn the remote start
See Steering Wheel reset button once to access the off or on. The remote start feature
Adjustment 0 103. settings for this feature. Then press allows you to start the engine from
The automatic easy exit seat the customization button to scroll outside of the vehicle using the
movement will only occur one time through the following settings: Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
after the key is removed from the OFF (default) : No remote memory transmitter. See Remote Vehicle
ignition. If the automatic movement seat recall will occur. Start 0 31.
has already occurred, and you put ON : The driver seat and outside Press the customization button until
the key back in the ignition and mirrors will automatically move to REMOTE START appears on the
remove it again, the seat and the stored driving position when the DIC display. Press the set/reset
steering column will stay in the unlock button on the Remote button once to access the settings
original exit position, unless a Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is for this feature. Then press the
memory recall took place prior to pressed. The steering column will customization button to scroll
removing the key again. also move on vehicles with the through the following settings:
NO CHANGE : No change will be power tilt and telescopic steering OFF : The remote start feature will
made to this feature. The current wheel feature. See Steering Wheel be disabled.
setting will remain. Adjustment 0 103. See “Memory
Remote Recall” under Memory ON (default) : The remote start
To select a setting, press the set/ feature will be enabled.
reset button while the desired Seats 0 50 for information on
setting is displayed on the DIC. matching transmitters to driver NO CHANGE : No change will be
positions. made to this feature. The current
MEMORY SEAT RECALL NO CHANGE : No change will be setting will remain.
If your vehicle has this feature, it made to this feature. The current To select a setting, press the set/
allows you to select your preference setting will remain. reset button while the desired
for the remote memory seat recall To select a setting, press the set/ setting is displayed on the DIC.
feature. See Memory Seats 0 50. reset button while the desired
setting is displayed on the DIC.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
FACTORY SETTINGS Press the customization button until Universal Remote

This feature allows you to set all of FEATURE SETTINGS PRESS V
the customization features back to TO EXIT appears in the DIC display. System
their factory default settings. Press the set/reset button once to See Radio Frequency
exit the menu. Statement 0 340.
Press the customization button until
FACTORY SETTINGS appears on If you do not exit, pressing the
the DIC display. Press the set/reset customization button again will Universal Remote System
button once to access the settings return you to the beginning of the Programming
for this feature. Then press the feature settings menu.
customization button to scroll
through the following settings:
Exiting the Feature
Settings Menu
RESTORE ALL (default) : The
customization features will be set to The feature settings menu will be
their factory default settings. exited when any of the following
occurs:
DO NOT RESTORE : The
customization features will not be . The vehicle is shifted out of If equipped, these buttons are in the
set to their factory default settings. P (Park). overhead console.
. The vehicle is no longer in This system can replace up to three
To select a setting, press the set/
reset button while the desired ON/RUN. remote control transmitters used to
setting is displayed on the DIC. . The trip/fuel or vehicle activate devices such as garage
information DIC buttons are door openers, security systems, and
EXIT FEATURE SETTINGS home automation devices. These
pressed.
This feature allows you to exit the instructions refer to a garage door
. The end of the feature settings
feature settings menu. opener, but can be used for other
menu is reached and exited.
devices.
. A 40-second time period has
Do not use the Universal Remote
elapsed with no selection made.
system with any garage door opener
that does not have the stop and
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
reverse feature. This includes any Programming the Universal the indicator light changes from
garage door opener model Remote System a slow to a rapid flash. Then
manufactured before April 1, 1982. release both buttons.
For questions or help programming
Read these instructions completely the Universal Remote system, call Some garage door openers
before programming the Universal 1-800-355-3515 or see may require substitution of
Remote system. It may help to have www.homelink.com. Step 2 with the procedure
another person assist with the under “Radio Signals for
programming process. Programming involves Canada and Some Gate
time-sensitive actions, and may time Operators” later in this section.
Keep the original hand-held out causing the procedure to be
transmitter for use in other vehicles repeated. 3. Press and hold the newly
as well as for future programming. programmed Universal Remote
Erase the programming when To program up to three devices: system button for five seconds
vehicle ownership is terminated. 1. Hold the end of the hand-held while watching the indicator
See “Erasing Universal Remote transmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1 light and garage door
System Buttons” later in this to 3 in) away from the activation.
section. Universal Remote system . If the indicator light stays on
To program a garage door opener, buttons with the indicator light continuously or the garage
park outside directly in line with and in view. The hand-held door moves when the
facing the garage door opener transmitter was supplied by the button is pressed, then
receiver. Clear all people and manufacturer of the garage programming is complete.
objects near the garage door. door opener receiver. There is no need to
Make sure the hand-held transmitter 2. At the same time, press and complete Steps 4–6.
has a new battery for quicker and hold both the hand-held . If the indicator light does
more accurate transmission of the transmitter button and one of not come on or the garage
radio-frequency signal. the three Universal Remote door does not move, a
system buttons to be used to second button press may
operate the garage door. Do be required. For a second
not release either button until time, press and hold the
newly programmed button
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
for five seconds. If the light 5. Press and release the Learn or Radio Signals for Canada and
stays on or the garage door Smart button. Step 6 must be Some Gate Operators
moves, programming is completed within 30 seconds of
complete. pressing this button. For questions or programming help,
call 1-800-355-3515 or see
. If the indicator light blinks 6. Inside the vehicle, press and www.homelink.com.
rapidly for two seconds, hold the newly programmed
then changes to a solid light Universal Remote system Canadian radio-frequency laws and
and the garage door does button for two seconds, then some U.S. gate operators require
not move, continue with release it. If the garage door transmitter signals to time out or quit
programming Steps 4–6. does not move or the lamp on after several seconds of
the garage door opener transmission. This may not be long
receiver does not flash, press enough for the Universal Remote
and hold the same button a system to pick up the signal during
second time for two seconds, programming.
then release it. Again, if the If the programming did not work,
door does not move or the replace Step 2 under “Programming
garage door lamp does not the Universal Remote System” with
flash, press and hold the same the following:
button a third time for
Press and hold the Universal
Learn or Smart Button two seconds, then release it.
Remote system button while
4. After completing Steps 1–3, The Universal Remote system pressing and releasing the
locate the Learn or Smart should now activate the hand-held transmitter button every
button inside the garage on the garage door. two seconds until the signal has
garage door opener receiver. Repeat the process for been successfully accepted by the
The name and color of the programming the two remaining Universal Remote system. The
button may vary by buttons. Universal Remote system indicator
manufacturer. light will flash slowly at first and then
rapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under
“Programming the Universal Remote
System” to complete.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Universal Remote System Reprogramming a Single

Operation Universal Remote System
Button
Using the Universal Remote To reprogram any of the system
System buttons:
Press and hold the appropriate 1. Press and hold any one of the
Universal Remote system button for buttons. Do not release the
at least one-half second. The button.
indicator light will come on while the
signal is being transmitted. 2. The indicator light will begin to
flash after 20 seconds. Without
Erasing Universal Remote releasing the button, proceed
System Buttons with Step 1 under
Erase all programmed buttons when “Programming the Universal
vehicle ownership is terminated. Remote System.”
To erase:
1. Press and hold the two outside
buttons until the indicator light
begins to flash. This should
take about 10 seconds.
2. Release both buttons.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
146 Lighting
Lighting Interior Lighting

Instrument Panel Illumination
Exterior Lighting
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Exterior Lamp Controls
Exterior Lighting
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 146
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Lighting Features
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Daytime Running Lamps Delayed Entry Lighting . . . . . . . 151
(DRL)/Automatic Headlamp Delayed Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . 152
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Parade Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Delayed Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . 148 Battery Load Management . . . 152
Adaptive Forward Battery Power Protection . . . . . 153
Lighting (AFL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
The exterior lamp control is on the
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 149
instrument panel to the left of the
Turn and Lane-Change
steering wheel.
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
There are four positions:
O : Briefly turn to this position to
turn the automatic light control off or
on again.
AUTO : Turns on the headlamps
automatically at normal brightness,
together with the other exterior
lamps and instrument panel lights.
; : Turns on the parking lamps
including all lamps, except the
headlamps.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Lighting 147
5 : Turns on the headlamps Flash-to-Pass . The engine is running.

together with the parking lamps and When the DRL are on, the regular
This feature is used to signal to the
instrument panel lights. A warning headlamps, taillamps, sidemarker,
vehicle ahead that you want
chime sounds if the driver door is and other lamps will not be on. The
to pass.
opened when the ignition switch is instrument cluster will also not be lit.
off and the headlamps are on. If the headlamps are off or in the
low-beam position, pull the turn The DRL turn off when the
Headlamp High/ signal lever toward you to headlamps are turned to P, or the
momentarily switch to high beams. ignition is off. For vehicles first sold
Low-Beam Changer in Canada, the DRL can only be
Release the lever to turn the
Push the turn signal lever away high-beam headlamps off. turned off when the transmission is
from you and release, to turn the in P (Park).
high beams on. To return to low
beams, push the lever again or pull
Daytime Running Lamps Automatic Headlamp System
it toward you and release. (DRL)/Automatic
Headlamp System
DRL can make it easier for others to
see the front of your vehicle during
the day. Fully functional DRL are
required on all vehicles first sold in
Canada.
This indicator light turns on in the The DRL system comes on in
instrument cluster when the daylight when the following
high-beam headlamps are on. conditions are met:
. The ignition is in the ON/RUN
position.
. The exterior lamp control is
in AUTO.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
148 Lighting
The headlamps come on lamps coming on varies based on Adaptive Forward

automatically when the exterior wiper speed. When the wipers are
lamp control is set to AUTO and it is not operating, these lamps turn off.
Lighting (AFL)
dark enough outside. Move the exterior lamp control to P Vehicles with the AFL System have
headlamps that swivel to the left or
There is a light sensor on top of the or ; to disable this feature.
instrument panel. Do not cover the right when making a turn to provide
sensor, otherwise the headlamps better lighting. To enable AFL, set
Delayed Headlamps the exterior lamp switch to the
will come on when they are not
needed. Delayed headlamps provide a AUTO position. Move the switch out
period of exterior lighting as you of the AUTO position to turn off the
The system may also turn on the leave the area around the vehicle. system. See Exterior Lamp
headlamps when driving through a This feature is activated when the Controls 0 146.
parking garage or tunnel. headlamps are on due to the AFL operates when the vehicle
When it is bright enough outside, automatic headlamps control feature speed is greater than 3 km/h
the headlamps will turn off or may and when the ignition is turned off. (2 mph). AFL does not operate
change to Daytime Running The headlamps remain on until the when the transmission is in
Lamps (DRL). exterior lamp control is moved to the R (Reverse). AFL is not immediately
parking lamps position or until the operable after starting the vehicle;
The automatic headlamp system
pre-selected delayed headlamp driving a short distance is required
turns off when the exterior lamp
lighting period has ended. to calibrate the AFL.
control is turned to P or the ignition
is off. If the ignition is turned off with the
exterior lamp control in the ;
Lights On with Wipers
or 5 position, the delayed
If the windshield wipers are headlamps cycle will not occur.
activated in daylight with the engine
on, and the exterior lamp control is To disable the delayed headlamps
in AUTO, the headlamps, parking feature or change the time of delay,
lamps and other exterior lamps see Vehicle Personalization 0 136.
come on. The transition time for the
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Lighting 149
Hazard Warning Flashers Turn and Lane-Change If after signaling a turn or lane
change the arrow flashes rapidly or
Signals does not come on, a signal bulb
may be burned out.
Have any burned out bulbs
replaced. If a bulb is not burned out,
check the fuse. See Fuses and
Circuit Breakers 0 261.
Turn Signal On Chime
If either one of the turn signals is left
on and the vehicle has been driven
Move the turn signal lever all the more than 1.2 km (0.75 mi), a chime
way up or down to signal a turn. will sound.
| (Hazard Warning Flasher) : An arrow on the instrument cluster

Press this button to make the front flashes in the direction of the turn or
and rear turn signal lamps flash on lane change.
and off. This warns others that you Raise or lower the lever until the
are having trouble. Press again to arrow starts to flash to signal a lane
turn the flashers off. change. Hold it there until the lane
The turn signals do not work while change is completed. If the lever is
the hazard warning flashers are on. briefly pressed and released, the
turn signal flashes three times.
The lever returns to its starting
position whenever it is released.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
150 Lighting
Interior Lighting Courtesy Lamps Dome Lamp Override

The courtesy lamps automatically
Instrument Panel come on when a door is opened.
Illumination Control The lamps can also be turned on
manually by fully turning the
instrument panel brightness control
clockwise.
The reading lamps, located on the
headliner above the rearview mirror,
can be turned on or off
independently of the automatic The dome lamp override button is
courtesy lamps, when the doors are next to the exterior lamps control.
closed.
E DOME OFF (Dome Lamp
Override) : Press the button and
The instrument panel brightness Dome Lamps the dome lamps remain off when a
knob is located on the instrument door is opened. An indicator light on
panel to the left of the steering The dome lamps are in the
overhead console and above the the button comes on to show that
column. the dome lamps are off. Press the
rear seat passengers.
D (Instrument Panel The dome lamps come on when a
button again so the dome lamps
Brightness) : Push the knob in all come on when a door is opened.
the way until it extends out and then door is opened, unless the dome
turn the knob clockwise or lamp override button is pressed in.
counterclockwise to brighten or dim The lamps can also be turned on
the lights. Push the knob back in and off by turning the instrument
when finished. panel brightness control clockwise
to the farthest position.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Lighting 151
Lighting Features When the ignition is on, illuminated

entry is inactive, which means the
courtesy lamps will not come on
Entry Lighting unless a door is opened.
For vehicles with courtesy lamps,
they come on and stay on for a set Delayed Entry Lighting
time whenever K is pressed on the Delayed entry lighting illuminates
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) the interior for a period of time after
transmitter. Some exterior lamps will all the doors have been closed.
AMBIENT OFF (If Equipped) : also come on at night or in areas of
dark ambient lighting. The ignition must be off for delayed
Press the button to turn the ambient entry lighting to work. Immediately
lights off. Press the button again to If a door is opened, the lamps stay after all the doors have been closed,
turn ambient lights on. on while it is open and then turn off the delayed entry lighting feature
automatically about 20 seconds continues to work until one of the
Reading Lamps after the door is closed. If K is following occurs:
Press the button near each lamp to pressed and no door is opened, the . The ignition is in ON/RUN.
turn them on or off. lamps turn off after about
20 seconds. . The doors are locked.
Entry lighting includes a feature . An illumination period of about
called theater dimming. With theater 25 seconds has elapsed.
dimming, the lamps do not turn off If during the illumination period a
at the end of the delay time. door is opened, the timed
Instead, they slowly dim and then illumination period is canceled and
go out. The delay time is canceled if the interior lamps remain on.
the ignition key is turned to ON/RUN
or the power door lock switch is
pressed. The lamps will dim
right away.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
152 Lighting
Delayed Exit Lighting Battery Load A high electrical load occurs when
several of the following are on, such
Delayed exit lighting illuminates the Management as: headlamps, high beams, rear
interior for a period of time after the The vehicle has Electric Power window defogger, climate control fan
key is removed from the ignition. Management (EPM) that estimates at high speed, heated seats, engine
The ignition must be off for delayed the battery's temperature and state cooling fans, trailer loads, and loads
exit lighting to work. When the key of charge. It then adjusts the voltage plugged into accessory power
is removed, interior illumination for best performance and extended outlets.
activates and remains on until one life of the battery. EPM works to prevent excessive
of the following occurs: When the battery's state of charge discharge of the battery. It does this
. The ignition is in ON/RUN. is low, the voltage is raised slightly by balancing the generator's output
to quickly bring the charge back up. and the vehicle's electrical needs.
. The power door locks are
When the state of charge is high, It can increase engine idle speed to
activated. generate more power whenever
the voltage is lowered slightly to
. An illumination period of prevent overcharging. If the vehicle needed. It can temporarily reduce
20 seconds has elapsed. has a voltmeter gauge or a voltage the power demands of some
If during the illumination period a display on the Driver Information accessories.
door is opened, the timed Center (DIC), you may see the Normally, these actions occur in
illumination period will be canceled voltage move up or down. This is steps or levels, without being
and the interior lamps will remain on normal. If there is a problem, an noticeable. In rare cases at the
because a door is open. alert will be displayed. highest levels of corrective action,
The battery can be discharged at this action may be noticeable to the
Parade Dimming idle if the electrical loads are very driver. If so, a DIC battery voltage
high. This is true for all vehicles. and charging message displays, it is
This feature automatically prohibits This is because the generator recommended that the driver reduce
the dimming of the instrument panel (alternator) may not be spinning fast the electrical loads as much as
displays in daylight while the enough at idle to produce all of the possible. See Battery Voltage and
headlamps are on so that the power needed for very high Charging Messages 0 127 and
displays are still able to be seen. electrical loads. Driver Information Center
(DIC) 0 122.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Lighting 153
Battery Power Protection

This feature helps prevent the
battery from being drained, if the
interior courtesy lamps or reading
lamps are accidentally left on. If any
of these lamps are left on, they
automatically turn off after
10 minutes, if the ignition is off. The
lamps will not come back on again
until one of the following occurs:
. The ignition is turned on.
. The exterior lamps control is
turned off, then on again.
The headlamps will time out after
10 minutes, if they are manually
turned on while the ignition is on
or off.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
154 Infotainment System
Infotainment Phone
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Introduction
System Settings Infotainment
Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 Base radio information is included in
Introduction Trademarks and License this manual. See the infotainment
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Agreements manual for information on other
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . 155 Trademarks and License available infotainment systems.
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Read the following pages to
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 become familiar with the features.
Radio
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 { Warning
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Taking your eyes off the road for
Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 163 too long or too often while using
any infotainment feature can
Audio Players cause a crash. You or others
Avoiding Untrusted Media could be injured or killed. Do not
Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 give extended attention to
CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
infotainment tasks while driving.
MP3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Limit your glances at the vehicle
Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
displays and focus your attention
OnStar System on driving. Use voice commands
OnStar System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 whenever possible.
Rear Seat Infotainment
Rear Seat Audio (RSA) The infotainment system has built-in
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 features intended to help avoid
distraction by disabling some
functions when driving. These
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Infotainment System 155
functions may gray out when they Theft-Deterrent Feature

are unavailable. Many infotainment
features are also available through TheftLock® is designed to
the instrument cluster and steering discourage theft of the vehicle's
wheel controls. radio by learning a portion of the
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).
Before driving: The radio does not operate if it is
. Become familiar with the stolen or moved to a different
operation, faceplate buttons, and vehicle.
screen buttons.
. Set up the audio by presetting
favorite stations, setting the
tone, and adjusting the
speakers.
. Set up phone numbers in
advance so they can be called
easily by pressing a single
button or by using a single voice
command if equipped with
Bluetooth phone capability.
See Defensive Driving 0 189.
To play the infotainment system with
the ignition off, see Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 203.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Overview 9. FAV
The infotainment system is controlled by using the buttons, touch screen, 10. SRCE
steering wheel controls, and voice recognition. See Operation 0 156. 11. D
Operation
Infotainment Controls
PUSH/ O (Volume/Power):
. Press to turn the system on
and off.
. Turn to adjust the volume.
Z (Eject) : Press to eject a disc
from the CD player. See CD
Player 0 164.
AUX Port : 3.5 mm (1/8 in)
connection for external audio
devices.
PUSH/SEL (Select):
. Turn to manually find a station or
1. PUSH/O 5. PUSH/SEL highlight a menu selection.
2. Z 6. / BACK . Press to select a highlighted
selection.
3. CD Slot 7. SEEK ¨ (Next/Forward)
D (Home Page) : Press to go to
4. AUX Port 8. © SEEK the Home Page. See “Home Page”
later in this section.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
SRCE (Source) : Press to switch . CD, USB: Press to seek to the Touchscreen Buttons
between AM, FM, CD, and if beginning of the current or
Touchscreen buttons are visible on
equipped, SiriusXM®, front auxiliary, previous track.
the screen when available. When a
rear auxiliary, and iPod/USB. . CD, USB: Press and hold to function is unavailable, the button
Press and hold to mute/pause the quickly reverse through a track. may gray out. When a function is
system. Press and hold again to Release the button to return to selected, the button may highlight or
unmute/resume the system. playing speed. See CD Player animate.
FAV (Favorites Menu) : In AM, FM, 0 164 and Auxiliary
Devices 0 167. Home Page
or SiriusXM (if equipped), press to
change the current favorite page SEEK ¨ (Next/Forward):
number above the preset buttons.
Keep pressing to scroll through the . AM, FM, SiriusXM (if equipped):
favorites pages. The stored stations Press to seek to the next strong
for each list display on the bottom of station. Press and hold for Scan.
the screen. The number of preset Press ¨ again to stop the scan.
Favorite Pages can be changed by . CD, USB: Press to seek or skip
pressing the Settings button on a
the next track or program.
Home Page, then pressing
Favorites Pages, and then selecting . CD, USB: Press and hold to fast
the number of Favorite Pages. forward through a track. Release The infotainment system displays a
the button to return to playing Home Page to access all of the
© SEEK (Previous/Reverse):
speed. See CD Player 0 164 applications.
. AM, FM, SiriusXM (if equipped): and Auxiliary Devices 0 167. Back : Press to go back to the
Press to seek to the previous / BACK : Press to return to the previous page or menu.
strong station. Press and hold
previous screen in a menu. Home : From any page, press to
for Scan. Press © again to stop cycle through the Home Pages to
the scan. start a different application. The
Home Page can have up to three
pages with eight icons per page.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Each of these three pages can be Now Playing : Press to display the . Fade: Press F for more sound
customized to contain your choice active source page. The sources from the front speakers or R for
of up to eight per screen. They may available are AM, FM, XM (if more sound from the rear
also be re-ordered on each screen equipped), CD, USB, Bluetooth, speakers. The middle position
to taste. or AUX Input. balances the sound between the
FAV (Favorites) : Press to scroll Settings : Press to display the front and rear speakers.
through the favorites banner on the Settings menu. See Settings 0 177. DSP Mode : Press o or p to adjust
bottom of the screen. The favorites Tone : Press to display the Tone the DSP mode, if equipped.
banner stores your favorite radio Settings menu. The following may
and SiriusXM stations (if equipped). display:
Language
To store a favorite station, press and To change the language of the
hold the desired position on the Tone Settings : Press to adjust the
screens, see Vehicle
banner until a beep is heard. tone settings. The following may
Personalization 0 136.
display:
! (Voice Recognition) : Press to
begin voice recognition. See . EQ: Press o or p to adjust the English or Metric Units
Bluetooth 0 170. equalizer. To change the screens from English
Menu : Press to enter the Home . or metric, see Driver Information
Bass: Press + or − to adjust
Page menu. Center (DIC) 0 122.
the bass.
q Previous : Press to go to the . Middle: Press + or − to adjust
previous Home Page. the middle.
Next r : Press to go to the next . Treble: Press + or − to adjust the
Home Page. treble.
. Balance: Press L to hear more
Home Page Features
sound from the left speakers or
Some features are disabled when R for more sound from the right
the vehicle is moving and some speakers. The middle position
icons may not be active. balances the sound between the
left and right speakers.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Infotainment System Settings . Balance: Press the L or R button

Radio for more sound from the left or
Tone Settings right speakers. The middle
AM-FM Radio To access the tone settings, press position balances the sound
Playing the Radio the Tone Settings button on the between the left and right
Home Page. speakers.
PUSH/O (Power/Volume):
To adjust the settings: Finding a Station
. Press to turn the radio on or off. . Bass: Press + or − to change Press SRCE to select AM, FM,
. Turn to increase or decrease the the level. or SiriusXM (if equipped).
volume of the active source. . Middle: Press + or − to change Turn the PUSH/SEL knob to find a
The steering wheel controls can the level. radio station. To select a preset
also be used to adjust the volume. . Treble: Press + or − to change station, press FAV to scroll through
See Steering Wheel Controls 0 104. the level. the favorite pages and then press a
Audio Source preset button on the radio or the
. EQ: Press o or p to scroll screen button.
To access AM, FM, or SiriusXM® if through the preset EQ options.
equipped, do one of the following: Seeking a Station
. DSP Mode: Press o or p to
. Press the AM, FM, or SXM (if Press © SEEK or SEEK ¨ to search
scroll through the preset DSP
equipped) screen button on the modes. for a station. You may also use the
Home Page. ¨ on the steering wheel controls.
. Fade: Press the F or R button
. Press the SRCE radio button to
for more sound from the front or
scroll through the options. rear speakers. The middle
A source ribbon will appear at position balances the sound
the bottom of the screen between the front and rear
allowing you to select the one speakers.
you want.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
AM Update Station List : Press to Favorites List : Press to display the

update the AM stations list. favorites list.
FM FM Station List : Press to display a
list of FM stations.
FM Category List : Press to display
a list of FM categories.
Update Station List : Press to
update the FM stations list.
To access the AM menu press the

Menu screen button and the
following may display:
To access the FM Menu press the
Menu screen button and the
Favorites List : Press to display the

favorites list.
AM Station List : Press to display a
list of AM stations.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
SiriusXM (If Equipped) SXM Channel List : Press to Storing Radio Station Presets
display a list of SiriusXM channels.
Up to 30 preset stations can be
SXM Category List : Press to stored. AM, FM, and SiriusXM (if
display a list of SiriusXM categories. equipped) can be mixed.
Tune Select Manager : If equipped 1. From the AM, FM, or SiriusXM
with SiriusXM, press and the main page, press and hold any
following may display: 1−5 buttons or one of the
. Artist: Press to set an audio alert preset screen buttons on the
when the current artist is playing banner until a beep is heard.
on a SiriusXM channel. The new preset information
To access the SXM Menu press the displays on that screen button.
. Song: Press to set an audio alert
Menu screen button and the 2. Repeat for each preset.
when the current song is playing
on a SiriusXM channel. Mixed-Band Presets
. Tune Select Manager: Press Each favorite page can store
Disable/Enable All Alerts to five preset stations. The presets
enable or disable all alerts. within a page can be from different
A checkmark next to the alert radio bands.
means it is turned on. Press an
alert to turn it off. Press Delete To scroll through the pages, press
to delete an alert. FAV or the FAV screen button on the
top bar. The current page number
. Audible Alert: This feature will displays above the preset buttons.
give an audio alert when certain The stored stations for each favorite
artists or songs are available on page display on the preset buttons.
Favorites List : Press to display the a specific station. Press to turn
favorites list. on or off.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
To change the number of favorite Satellite Radio SiriusXM Categories

pages displayed:
SiriusXM® Satellite Radio SiriusXM stations are organized in
1. Press Settings on the categories.
Home Page. Service
If equipped, vehicles with a valid Adding or Removing SiriusXM
2. Press Favorite Pages. Categories
SiriusXM® satellite radio
3. Select the number of pages to subscription can receive SiriusXM Using the home page:
display. programming.
1. Press the Settings screen
Recalling a Preset Station SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide button on the Home Page.
To recall a preset station from a variety of programming and
commercial-free music, coast to 2. Select SXM Categories.
favorites page, do one the following:
coast, and in digital-quality sound. 3. Select or deselect a category.
. Press the FAV screen button at A service fee is required to receive A checkmark will indicate that
the top bar to display the preset the SiriusXM service. If SiriusXM the category is selected.
pop-up. Press one of the preset Service needs to be reactivated, the
screen buttons to go to the Press “Show All SXM Categories” to
radio will display “No Subscription
selected preset station. restore all SiriusXM categories.
Please Renew” on channel SXM1.
. In the AM, FM, or SiriusXM (if For more information, see
equipped) main page, press one www.siriusxm.com or call Radio Reception
of the preset screen buttons to 1-888-601-6296 (U.S.) and Frequency interference and static
go to the selected preset station. www.siriusxm.ca or call can occur during normal radio
1-877-438-9677 (Canada). reception if items such as phone
When SiriusXM is active, the station chargers, vehicle convenience
name, number, category name, accessories, and external electronic
song title, and artist display on the devices are plugged into the
screen. SiriusXM may update the accessory power outlet. If there is
background picture at any time. interference or static, unplug the
item from the accessory power
outlet.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
FM SiriusXM Satellite Radio Multi-Band Antenna

FM signals only reach about 16 to Service
The multi-band antenna is located
65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the If equipped, SiriusXM Satellite on the roof of the vehicle. This type
radio has a built-in electronic circuit Radio Service provides digital radio of antenna is used with the AM/FM
that automatically works to reduce reception. Tall buildings or hills can radio, as well as OnStar and the
interference, some static can occur, interfere with satellite radio signals, SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service
especially around tall buildings or causing the sound to fade in and System, if the vehicle has these
hills, causing the sound to fade in out. In addition, traveling or standing features. Keep this antenna clear of
and out. under heavy foliage, bridges, snow and ice build up for clear radio
garages, or tunnels may cause loss reception. If the vehicle has a
AM of the SiriusXM signal for a period sunroof, the performance of the
The range for most AM stations is of time. radio system may be affected if the
greater than for FM, especially at sunroof is open. Loading items onto
night. The longer range can cause Cell Phone Usage the roof of the vehicle can interfere
station frequencies to interfere with Cell phone usage, such as making with the performance of the radio
each other. Static can also occur or receiving phone calls, charging, system and, if the vehicle has this
when things like storms and power or just having the phone on may feature, OnStar. Make sure the
lines interfere with radio reception. cause static interference in the multi-band antenna is not
When this happens, try reducing the radio. Unplug the phone or turn it off obstructed.
treble on the radio. if this happens.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Audio Players When playing any compatible Loading and Ejecting Discs
recordable disc, the sound quality
To load a disc:
can be reduced due to disc quality,
Avoiding Untrusted Media the method of recording, the quality 1. Turn the radio on.
Devices of the music that has been 2. Insert a disc into the slot, label
recorded, or the way the disc has side up. The player pulls it in
When using media devices such as
been handled.
CDs, DVDs, Blu-ray Discs®, SD the rest of the way. If the disc
cards, USB devices, and mobile There can be increased skipping, is damaged or improperly
devices, consider the source. difficulty in recording tracks, loaded, there is an error and
Untrusted media devices could difficulty in finding tracks, and/or the disc ejects.
contain files that affect system difficulty in loading and ejecting. The disc automatically plays once
operation or performance. Avoid use If these problems occur, check the loaded.
if the content or origin cannot be disc for damage or try a known
trusted. good disc. Press Z to eject a disc from the
To avoid damage to the CD player: CD player. If the disc is not removed
CD Player . Do not use scratched or
within a short period of time, it is
automatically pulled back into the
The player can be used for CD and damaged discs. player.
MP3 audio.
. Do not apply labels to discs. The
With the vehicle on, insert a disc Playing an Audio CD
labels could get caught in the
into the slot, label side up. The player. Make sure a disc is inserted in the
player pulls it in and begins playing. player.
. Insert only one disc at a time.
The system is capable of playing: 1. Press the Disc screen button
. Keep the loading slot free of
. Most audio CDs on the Home Page or from the
foreign materials, liquids, and
SRCE/Source banner.
. CD-R debris.
. 2. Press the Menu screen button
. CD-RW Use a marking pen to label the
on the CD Audio screen to
top of the disc.
. MP3 or unprotected WMA display a list of Tracks/Songs.
formats 3. Press the desired track/song.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
On the Disc main page a track PUSH/SEL (Select) : Turn to the If any error continues, contact your
number displays at the beginning of right or left to select the next or dealer.
each track. Song, Artist, Elapsed previous track.
Time, and Album information
Error Messages
MP3
displays when available.
If Disc Error displays and/or the disc Playing an MP3 CD
Use the following controls to play
the disc: comes out, it could be for one of the To play an MP3 CD, follow the same
following reasons: instructions as “Playing an
© SEEK:
. The disc has an invalid or Audio CD.”
. Press to seek to the beginning of unknown format. The following guidelines must be
the current or previous track.
. The disc is very hot. Try the disc met when creating an MP3 disc,
If the track has been playing for
again when the temperature otherwise the CD might not play:
less than eight seconds, it seeks
to the previous track. If longer returns to normal. . Sampling rate: 16 kHz,
than eight seconds, the current . The road is very rough. Try the 22.05 kHz, 24 kHz, 32 kHz,
track starts from the beginning. disc again when the road is 44.1 kHz, and 48 kHz.
. Press and hold to fast reverse smoother. . Bit rates supported: 8, 16, 24,
through a track. Release the . The disc is dirty, scratched, wet, 32, 40, 48, 56, 64, 80, 96, 112,
button to return to playing or upside down. 128, 144, 160, 192, 224, 256,
speed. Elapsed time displays. and 320 kbps.
. The air is very humid. Try the
SEEK ¨: disc again later. . Maximum number of folders:
eight folders with 255 files per
. Press to seek to the next track. . There was a problem while
folder.
burning the disc.
. Press and hold to fast forward . Maximum of 1,000 files on
through a track. Release the . The label is caught in the player.
a disc.
button to return to playing If the CD is not playing correctly, for . Recorded on a CD-R or CD-RW
speed. Elapsed time displays. any other reason, try a known with a maximum capacity of
good CD. 700 MB.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16

. The Artist/Album/Song Titles/ Press any of the following buttons There might be a delay before the
Genre information requires a CD on the MP3 Audio Menu: list displays. To begin playback,
to be fully scanned before the Folders : Press to view the folders select a song from the list.
music navigator works with stored on the disc. Select a folder to Playlists : Press to view the
these menus. view the list of all songs in that playlists stored on the disc. Select a
MP3 Audio folder. There might be a delay playlist to view the list of all songs in
before the list displays. Select a that playlist. There might be a delay
song from the list to begin playback. before the list displays. Select a
Artists : Press to view the list of song from the list to begin playback.
artists stored on the disc. Select an Composers : Press to view the
artist name to view a list of all songs Composers stored on the disc.
by the artist. There might be a delay There might be a delay before the
before the list displays. Select a list displays. The Composers menu
song from the list to begin playback. displays. Select a composer to
Genres : Press to view the genres. display a list of albums from the
Select a genre to view a list of all composer.
Press the Menu screen button while
that source is active to access the songs of that genre. Select a song Root Directory
MP3 Audio Menu. from the list to begin playback.
The root directory is treated as a
Albums : Press to view the albums folder. All files contained directly
on the disc. Select the album to under the root directory are
view a list of all songs on the album. accessed prior to any root directory
There might be a delay before the folders.
list displays. Select a song from the
list to begin playback. Empty Folders
Song Titles : Press to display a list If a root directory or folder is empty
of all songs on the disc. Songs are or contains only folders, the player
displayed as stored on the disc. advances to the next folder in the
file structure that contains a
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
compressed audio file. The empty Auxiliary Devices To use an auxiliary input device,
folder(s) are not displayed or connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable to
numbered. The vehicle has a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) the radio's front auxiliary input jack.
auxiliary input jack on the faceplate
No Folder and a USB port in the center stack. Press SRCE to select the device.
When the CD only contains If equipped, there are two USB Using the USB Port
compressed audio files without any ports on the rear of the center The USB port can control a USB
folders or playlists, all files are console that can be used for storage device or an iPod using the
under the root folder. charging only. They can charge radio buttons and knobs.
File System and Naming devices that draw 2.1 amps or less.
See the device’s owner manual for USB Supported Devices
The song titles, artists, albums, and the specification. . USB Flash Drives
genres are taken from the file's ID3
tag and are only displayed if present Using the 3.5 mm (1/8 in) . Portable USB Hard Drives
in the tag. If a song title is not Auxiliary Input Jack . Fifth generation or later iPod
present in the ID3 tag, the radio This is not an audio output; do not
displays the file name as the . iPod classic® (6th generation)
plug a headphone set into the front
track name. auxiliary input jack. Connect an . iPod nano® (3G, 4G, 5G,
Preprogrammed Playlists auxiliary input device such as an and 6G)
iPod, laptop computer, MP3 player, . iPod touch® (1G, 2G, 3G,
The radio recognizes CD player, or cassette tape player
preprogrammed playlists; however, and 4G)
to the auxiliary input jack for use as
there is no editing capability. These another source for audio listening. . iPhone® (2G, 3G, 3GS, 4, and 5)
playlists are treated as special
Drivers are encouraged to set up . iPad® (1G, 2G)
folders containing compressed
audio song files. any auxiliary device while the Not all iPods and USB drives are
vehicle is in P (Park). See compatible with the USB port.
Defensive Driving 0 189 for more
information on driver distraction.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Make sure the iPod has the latest OnStar System Call 1-888-4-ONSTAR
firmware from Apple® for proper (1-888-466-7827) to connect to an
operation. iPod firmware can be OnStar® with 4G LTE OnStar Advisor for assistance. See
updated using the latest iTunes® www.onstar.com for a detailed
application. See www.apple.com/ instruction guide, vehicle availability,
itunes. details, and system limitations.
For help identifying your iPod, go to Services and apps vary by make,
www.apple.com/support. model, year, carrier, availability, and
conditions. 4G LTE service is
available in select markets. 4G LTE
performance is based on industry
If equipped with OnStar 4G LTE, up averages and vehicle systems
to seven devices, such as design. Some services require a
smartphones, tablets, and laptops, data plan.
can be connected to high-speed
Internet through the vehicle’s built-in
Wi-Fi hotspot.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Rear Seat The RSA functions operate even

when the main radio is off. The front
Infotainment audio system displays X when the
RSA is on, and disappears from the
Rear Seat Audio (RSA) display when it is off.
System Audio can be heard through wired
If equipped with RSA, rear seat headphones (not included) plugged
passengers can listen to and control into the jacks on the RSA. If the
any of the music sources: radio, vehicle has this feature, audio can
CDs, DVDs, or other auxiliary also be heard on Channel 2 of the P (Power) : Press to turn the RSA
sources. The rear seat passengers wireless headphones. on or off.
can only control the music sources The audio system mutes the rear Volume : Turn to increase or to
the front seat passengers are not speakers when the RSA audio is decrease the volume of the wired
listening to (except on some radios active through the headphones. headphones. The left knob controls
where dual control is allowed). For the left headphones and the right
example, rear seat passengers can To listen to an iPod or portable
audio device through the RSA, knob controls the right headphones.
control a CD and listen to it through
the headphones, while the driver attach the iPod or portable audio SRCE (Source) : Press to select
listens to the radio through the front device to the front auxiliary input (if between the radio, CD, and if the
speakers. The rear seat passengers available), located on the front audio vehicle has these features, DVD,
have control of the volume for each system. Turn the iPod on, then front auxiliary, and rear auxiliary.
choose the front auxiliary input with
set of headphones.
the RSA SRCE button. © or ¨ (Seek) : Press to go to the
To turn the RSA off from the front, previous or to the next station and
press and hold the radio power stay there. This function is inactive,
button for more than two seconds. with some radios, if the front seat
Press the power button on the RSA passengers are listening to the
to turn it back on. radio.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Press and hold © or ¨ until the PROG (Program) : Press to go to Phone

display flashes to tune to an the next preset radio station or
individual station. The display stops channel set on the main radio. This
function is inactive, with some Bluetooth
flashing after the buttons have not
been pressed for more than radios, if the front seat passengers For vehicles equipped with
two seconds. This function is are listening to the radio. Bluetooth capability, the system can
inactive, with some radios, if the When a CD or DVD audio disc is interact with many cell phones,
front seat passengers are listening playing, press PROG to go to the allowing:
to the radio. beginning of the CD or DVD audio. . Placement and receipt of calls in
This function is inactive, with some a hands-free mode.
While listening to a disc, press ¨ to
radios, if the front seat passengers
go to the next track or chapter on . Sharing of the cell phone’s
are listening to the disc.
the disc. Press © to go back to the address book or contact list with
When a disc is playing in the CD or the vehicle.
start of the current track or chapter
DVD changer, press PROG to
(if more than 10 seconds have To minimize driver distraction,
select the next disc if multiple discs
played). This function is inactive, before driving, and with the vehicle
are loaded. This function is inactive,
with some radios, if the front seat parked:
with some radios, if the front seat
passengers are listening to the disc. . Become familiar with the
passengers are listening to the disc.
When a DVD video menu is being features of the cell phone.
When a DVD video menu is being
displayed, press © or ¨ to perform a displayed, press PROG to perform Organize the phone book and
cursor up or down on the menu. the ENTER menu function. contact lists clearly and delete
Hold © or ¨ to perform a cursor left duplicate or rarely used entries.
If possible, program speed dial
or right on the menu.
or other shortcuts.
. Review the controls and
operation of the infotainment
system.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16

. Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle. ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY Audio System
The system may not work with position. The range of the Bluetooth
When using the in-vehicle Bluetooth
all cell phones. See “Pairing” in system can be up to 9.1 m (30 ft).
system, sound comes through the
this section. Not all phones support all functions,
vehicle's front audio system
. If the cell phone has voice and not all phones work with the
speakers and overrides the audio
dialing capability, learn to use in-vehicle Bluetooth system. See
system. Use the audio system
that feature to access the www.gm.com/bluetooth for more
volume knob, during a call, to
address book or contact list. See information on compatible phones.
change the volume level. The
“Voice Pass-Thru” in this Voice Recognition adjusted volume level remains in
section. memory for later calls. To prevent
The Bluetooth system uses voice missed calls, a minimum volume
. See “Storing and Deleting Phone recognition to interpret voice
Numbers” in this section. level is used if the volume is turned
commands to dial phone numbers down too low.
and name tags.
{ Warning For additional information, say Bluetooth Controls
When using a cell phone, it can “Help” while you are in a voice Use the buttons located on the
recognition menu. steering wheel to operate the
be distracting to look too long or
too often at the screen of the Noise : Keep interior noise levels to in-vehicle Bluetooth system. See
a minimum. The system may not Steering Wheel Controls 0 104.
phone or the infotainment system.
Taking your eyes off the road too recognize voice commands if there b / g : Press to answer incoming
long or too often could cause a is too much background noise. calls, confirm system information,
crash resulting in injury or death. When to Speak : A short tone and start speech recognition.
Focus your attention on driving. sounds after the system responds c / x : Press to end a call, reject
indicating when it is waiting for a a call, or cancel an operation.
A Bluetooth system can use a voice command. Wait until the tone
Bluetooth-capable cell phone with a and then speak.
Hands-Free Profile to make and How to Speak : Speak clearly in a
receive phone calls. The system calm and natural voice.
can be used while the key is in the
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Pairing . Only one paired cell phone can 5. Locate the device named “Your
be connected to the Bluetooth Vehicle” in the list on the cell
A Bluetooth enabled cell phone
system at a time. phone. Follow the instructions
must be paired to the Bluetooth
. If multiple paired cell phones are on the cell phone to enter the
system and then connected to the
within range of the system, the PIN provided in Step 3. After
vehicle before it can be used. See
system connects to the first the PIN is successfully entered,
the cell phone manufacturer's user
available paired cell phone in the the system prompts you to
guide for Bluetooth functions before
order that they were first paired provide a name for the paired
pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth
to the system. To connect to a cell phone. This name will be
phone is not connected, calls will be
different paired phone, see used to indicate which phones
made using OnStar Hands-Free
“Connecting to a Different are paired and connected to
Calling, if equipped. See “OnStar” if
Phone” later in this section. the vehicle. The system
equipped.
responds with “<phone name>
Pairing Information Pairing a Phone has been successfully paired”
after the pairing process is
. A Bluetooth phone with MP3 1. Press b / g. complete.
capability cannot be paired to
the vehicle as a phone and an 2. Say “Bluetooth.” This command 6. Repeat Steps 1–5 to pair
MP3 player at the same time. can be skipped. additional phones.
. Up to five cell phones can be 3. Say “Pair.” The system Listing All Paired and Connected
paired to the Bluetooth system. responds with instructions and Phones
a four-digit Personal
. The pairing process is disabled Identification Number (PIN). The system can list all cell phones
when the vehicle is moving. The PIN is used in Step 5. paired to it. If a paired cell phone is
. Pairing only needs to be also connected to the vehicle, the
4. Start the pairing process on the system responds with “is connected”
completed once, unless the cell phone that you want to
pairing information on the cell after that phone name.
pair. For help with this process,
phone changes or the cell phone see the cell phone 1. Press b / g.
is deleted from the system. manufacturer's user guide.
2. Say “Bluetooth.”
3. Say “List.”
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Deleting a Paired Phone 3. Say “Change phone.” Delete All Name Tags : This
If the phone name you want to . If another cell phone is command deletes all stored name
delete is unknown, see “Listing All found, the response will be tags in the Hands-Free Calling
Paired and Connected Phones.” “<Phone name> is now Directory and the OnStar
connected.” Turn-by-Turn Destinations Directory,
1. Press b / g. if equipped.
. If another cell phone is not
2. Say “Bluetooth.” found, the original phone Using the “Store” Command
3. Say “Delete.” The system asks remains connected. 1. Press b / g.
which phone to delete.
Storing and Deleting Phone 2. Say “Store.”
4. Say the name of the phone you Numbers
want to delete. 3. Say the phone number or
The system can store up to 30 group of numbers you want to
Connecting to a Different Phone phone numbers as name tags in the store all at once with no
To connect to a different cell phone, Hands-Free Directory that is shared pauses, then follow the
the Bluetooth system looks for the between the Bluetooth and OnStar directions given by the system
next available cell phone in the systems, if equipped. to save a name tag for this
order in which all the available cell The following commands are used number.
phones were paired. Depending on to delete and store phone numbers. Using the “Digit Store” Command
which cell phone you want to
Store : This command will store a If an unwanted number is
connect to, you may have to use
phone number, or a group of recognized by the system, say
this command several times.
numbers as a name tag. “Clear” at any time to clear the last
1. Press b / g. Digit Store : This command allows number.
2. Say “Bluetooth.” a phone number to be stored as a To hear all of the numbers
name tag by entering the digits one recognized by the system, say
at a time. “Verify” at any time.
Delete : This command is used to 1. Press b / g.
delete individual name tags.
2. Say “Digit Store.”
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
3. Say each digit, one at a time, Listing Stored Numbers 2. Say “Dial” or “Call.”
that you want to store. After 3. Say the entire number without
The list command will list all stored
each digit is entered, the pausing, or say the name tag.
numbers and name tags.
system repeats back the digit it
heard followed by a tone. After Using the “List” Command Once connected, the person called
the last digit has been entered, will be heard through the audio
say “Store,” and then follow the 1. Press b / g. speakers.
directions given by the system 2. Say “Directory.” Calling Emergency
to save a name tag for this
number. 3. Say “Hands-Free Calling.” 1. Press b / g.
4. Say “List.”
Using the “Delete” Command 2. Say “Dial” or “Call.”
1. Press b / g. Making a Call 3. Say “911” for the U.S. and
Calls can be made using the Canada or “066” for Mexico.
2. Say “Delete.”
following commands. 4. Say “Dial” or “Call.”
3. Say the name tag you want to
Dial or Call : The dial or call Using the “Digit Dial” Command
delete.
command can be used
Using the “Delete All Name Tags” interchangeably to dial a phone The digit dial command allows a
Command number or a stored name tag. phone number to be dialed by
entering the digits one at a time.
This command deletes all stored Digit Dial : This command allows a After each digit is entered, the
name tags in the Hands-Free phone number to be dialed by system repeats back the digit it
Calling Directory and the OnStar entering the digits one at a time. heard followed by a tone.
Turn-by-Turn Destinations Directory, Re-dial : This command is used to
if equipped. If an unwanted number is
dial the last number used on the cell recognized by the system, say
To delete all name tags: phone. “Clear” at any time to clear the last
1. Press b / g. Using the “Dial” or “Call” number.
Command
2. Say “Delete all name tags.”
1. Press b / g.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
To hear all of the numbers . Press b / g to answer the call. 3. Use the dial or call command
recognized by the system, say to dial the number of the third
“Verify” at any time. . Press c / x to ignore a call. party to be called.
1. Press b / g. Call Waiting 4. Once the call is connected,
press b / g to link all callers
2. Say “Digit Dial.” Call waiting must be supported on
the cell phone and enabled by the together.
3. Say each digit, one at a time,
wireless service carrier. Ending a Call
that you want to dial. After
each digit is entered, the . Press b / g to answer an Press c / x to end a call.
system repeats back the digit it incoming call when another call
heard followed by a tone. After is active. The original call is Muting a Call
the last digit has been entered, placed on hold.
say “Dial.” During a call, all sounds from inside
. Press b / g again to return to the vehicle can be muted so that the
Once connected, the person called person on the other end of the call
will be heard through the audio the original call.
cannot hear them.
speakers. . To ignore the incoming call, no
action is required. . To mute a call, press b / g , and
Using the “Re-dial” Command then say “Mute call.”
. Press c / x to disconnect the
1. Press b / g. current call and switch to the call . To cancel mute, press b / g ,
2. After the tone, say “Re-dial.” on hold. and then say “Un-mute call.”
Once connected, the person called Three-Way Calling Transferring a Call
will be heard through the audio
speakers. Three-way calling must be Audio can be transferred between
supported on the cell phone and the Bluetooth system and the cell
Receiving a Call enabled by the wireless service phone.
When an incoming call is received, carrier. The cell phone must be paired and
the audio system mutes and a ring 1. While on a call, press b / g. connected with the Bluetooth
tone is heard in the vehicle. system before a call can be
2. Say “Three-way call.”
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
transferred. The connection process To access contacts stored in the cell 2. Say “Dial.”
can take up to two minutes after the phone: 3. Say the number or name tag
ignition is turned to ON/RUN. to send.
1. Press b / g.
Transferring Audio from the
Bluetooth System to a Cell Phone 2. Say “Bluetooth.” This command Clearing the System
can be skipped. Unless information is deleted out of
During a call with the audio in the
vehicle: 3. Say “Voice.” The system the in-vehicle Bluetooth system, it
responds “OK, accessing will be retained indefinitely. This
1. Press b / g. <phone name>.” includes all saved name tags in the
phone book and phone pairing
2. Say “Transfer Call.” The cell phone's normal prompt
information. For information on how
messages will go through their cycle
Transferring Audio to the to delete this information, see the
according to the phone's operating
Bluetooth System from a Cell previous section “Deleting a Paired
instructions.
Phone Phone” and the previous sections
Dual Tone Multi-Frequency on deleting name tags.
During a call with the audio on the
(DTMF) Tones Other Information
cell phone, press b / g. The audio
transfers to the vehicle. If the audio The Bluetooth system can send The Bluetooth® word mark and
does not transfer to the vehicle, use numbers and the numbers stored as logos are owned by the Bluetooth®
the audio transfer feature on the cell name tags during a call. You can SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks
phone. See your cell phone use this feature when calling a by General Motors is under license.
manufacturer's user guide for more menu-driven phone system. Other trademarks and trade names
information. Account numbers can also be are those of their respective owners.
stored for use.
Voice Pass-Thru See Radio Frequency
Sending a Number or Name Tag Statement 0 340.
Voice pass-thru allows access to the During a Call
voice recognition commands on the
cell phone. See your cell phone 1. Press b / g. The system
manufacturer's user guide to see if responds “Ready,” followed by
the cell phone supports this feature. a tone.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16

. .
Settings Brightness: Select to adjust the
screen brightness.
Press OK to save the
adjustments.
Press Settings on the Home Page .
Speed Compensated Volume : Press the Back or Cancel screen
to adjust features and preferences,
Select OFF, Low, Medium, or High button to cancel the
such as Favorite Pages, Display,
sensitivity to automatically adjust adjustments.
Time, and Date, etc.
the volume to minimize the effects Set Date:
1. Press the Settings screen of unwanted background noise that
button on the Home Page. can result from changing road . Press the up or down arrows to
surfaces, driving speeds, or open increase or decrease the Month,
2. Touch-tap the scroll bar until
windows. This feature works best at Day, and Year settings.
the desired option displays.
Select the desired settings to lower volume settings where . Press and hold to quickly
change. background noise is typically louder increase or decrease the date
than the sound system volume. settings.
A few of the setting options change
the way the navigation system Audible Touch Feedback : Select . Press OK to save the
displays or reacts while in use. to adjust the volume of the beep adjustments.
that is played after touching a
Favorite Pages : Press to select screen button. . Press the Back or Cancel screen
the number of favorite pages button to cancel the
displayed on the screen. The choice Notification Prompt Volume : adjustments.
is 1–6 pages. Select to adjust the volume of the
notification prompts. XM Categories : If equipped, press
Display : Press to adjust the screen to customize which available XM
settings. Set Time: Categories are displayed and used
. Display Off: Select to turn the . Press the up or down arrows to in the system.
screen off. Touch the screen to change the Hours, Minutes, AM, Create “AS IS” Infotainment
turn the screen back on. PM, or 24 hour setting on the File : This is used for dealer
clock. troubleshooting.
. Rear Camera: Select Symbols
. Press and hold to quickly Open Source Software : Select to
and/or Guidelines to have them
display on the rear camera increase or decrease the time view software website information.
screen. settings.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Rear Vision Camera (If Trademarks and

Equipped)
License Agreements
The rear vision camera can assist
the driver when backing up by
displaying a view of the area behind
the vehicle.
To access the rear camera display Manufactured under license from
settings, press Display from the Dolby Laboratories. Dolby and the
Home screen, then press the Rear double-D symbol are trademarks of
Camera screen button. The Dolby Laboratories.
Manufactured under license under
following options are available: U.S. Patent #'s: 5,451,942;
Symbols : Press to enable or 5,956,674; 5,974,380; 5,978,762;
disable the Rear Park Assist (RPA) 6,487,535 & other U.S. and
symbols presented over the rear worldwide patents issued &
camera video. pending. DTS and the Symbol are
registered trademarks and DTS
Guidelines : Press to enable or
Digital Surround and the DTS logos
disable the RPA dynamic guidelines
are trademarks of DTS Inc. All
presented over the rear camera
Rights Reserved.
video.
See Rear Vision Camera
(RVC) 0 216.
Screen Brightness
To adjust the screen brightness,
touch the screen, then press + or −
on the brightness control.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Climate Controls 179
Climate Controls Climate Control Systems
Climate Control Systems Dual Automatic Climate Control System

Dual Automatic Climate The heating, cooling, and ventilation in the vehicle can be controlled with this
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 system.
Rear Climate Control
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Rear Climate Control System
(with Rear Seat Audio) . . . . . . 185
Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
1. Driver and Passenger Side 6. A/C (Air Conditioning)

Temperature Controls 7. Recirculation
2. Air Delivery Mode Controls 8. Fan Control
3. SYNC (Synchronized 9. Rear Window Defogger
Temperature)
10. Defrost
4. AUTO (Automatic Operation)
5. REAR (Rear Climate Control)
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
180 Climate Controls
Display Function For automatic operation: the temperature setting as

Each time the temperature, mode, 1. Press AUTO. necessary. The system will
or fan controls are adjusted, the remain at the selected setting.
When AUTO is selected, the Choosing the warmest or
climate control display shows that current temperature(s) is
function along with the inside coolest temperatures does not
displayed and the AUTO cause the vehicle to heat or
temperature setting. The outside indicator light is on.
temperature is displayed on the cool more quickly.
instrument cluster. When AUTO is selected, the To avoid blowing cold air in
air conditioning and air inlet are cold weather, the system
( : Turn clockwise or automatically controlled. The delays turning on the fan until
counterclockwise to turn the climate air conditioning runs when the
control system on or off. warm air is available. Turn the
outside temperature is over 4 ° fan knob to override this delay
The climate control system will also C (40 °F). The system is and select the fan speed.
turn on if the defrost, AUTO, or air automatically set to outside air,
conditioning buttons are pressed. unless it is hot outside and Temperature Control
then the air inlet changes to The driver and passenger side
Automatic Operation recirculation mode to help temperature controls are used to
The system automatically controls quickly cool the vehicle. The adjust the temperature of the air
the fan speed, air delivery, air recirculation indicator light will coming through the system. The
conditioning, and recirculation in come on. temperature can be adjusted even if
order to heat or cool the vehicle to 2. Set the temperature for the the system is turned off since
the desired temperature. driver and passenger. outside air still enters the vehicle,
When AUTO is lit, all four functions unless the recirculation mode is
To find a comfortable setting, selected. See “Recirculation” later in
operate automatically. Each function start with a 22 °C (73 °F)
can also be manually set and the this section.
temperature setting and allow
setting is displayed. Functions not about 20 minutes for the Driver Side Temperature
manually set will continue to be system to regulate. Use the Control : Turn clockwise or
automatically controlled, even if the driver side or passenger side counterclockwise to increase or
AUTO indicator is not lit. temperature control to adjust decrease the driver side
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
temperature. The driver side Air Delivery Modes : Press H, ), - : This mode clears the windows
temperature display will show the 6, or - to change the direction of of fog or moisture. Air is directed to
temperature setting. the airflow in the vehicle. An the windshield, floor outlets, and
Passenger Side Temperature indicator light comes on in the side window vents. When this mode
Control : Turn clockwise or selected mode button. Pressing a is selected, the system turns off
counterclockwise to increase or mode button while the system is off recirculation and runs the air
decrease the passenger side changes the air delivery mode conditioning compressor unless the
temperature. The passenger side without turning the system on. outside temperature is less than 4 °
display will show the temperature Changing the air delivery mode C (40 °F). Do not drive the vehicle
setting. while in automatic control places the until all the windows are clear.
system into manual control. The air 0 : Press to turn the defrost on or
SYNC : Press to set the passenger delivery mode button indicator
temperature to match the driver off. This mode quickly clears the
displays, and the AUTO button windshield of fog or frost. Air is
temperature setting.
indicator light turns off. directed to the windshield, side
Manual Operation H : Air is directed to the instrument window, and floor vents. In this
The air delivery mode or fan speed panel outlets. mode, outside air is pulled inside
the vehicle. The air conditioning
can be manually adjusted. ) : Air is divided between the system runs automatically in this
9 : Turn the knob clockwise or instrument panel and floor outlets.
setting, unless the outside
counterclockwise to increase or Some air is directed towards the
temperature is less than 4 °C (40
decrease the fan speed. windshield and side window outlets.
°F).
Cooler air is directed to the upper
Turning the fan control knob while in outlets and warmer air to the floor Do not drive the vehicle until all the
automatic control places the fan outlets. windows are clear.
speed under manual control.
6 : Air is directed to the floor Air Conditioning
The air delivery mode remains in outlets, with some of the air directed
automatic control. The fan setting to the windshield, side window, and A/C : Press to turn the air
displays momentarily and then no second row floor outlets. In this conditioning on and off. An indicator
longer displays. mode, the system uses outside air. light comes on when A/C is on.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
The A/C does not work when the is turned on, outside air or Rear Window Defogger
outside temperature is below 4 °C recirculation is automatically
The rear window defogger uses a
(40 °F). If A/C is pressed the selected for better performance.
warming grid to remove fog from the
indicator flashes three times and When recirculation is activated, the rear window.
turns off to show that the A/C mode air conditioning compressor comes
is not available. If the A/C is on and on and helps to quickly cool the air R1 : Press to turn the rear window
the outside temperature drops inside the vehicle. This mode also defogger on or off. An indicator light
below a temperature which is too helps to reduce the outside air and on the button comes on to show that
cool for air conditioning to be odors that may enter the vehicle. the rear window defogger is on. Do
effective, the A/C indicator turns off not drive the vehicle until all the
to show that the A/C mode has The recirculation mode cannot be windows are clear.
been canceled. used with floor, defog, or defrosting
modes. If recirculation is selected in The defogger only works when the
On hot days, open the windows these modes, the indicator flashes vehicle is in ON/RUN. The defogger
briefly to let hot inside air escape. three times and turns off. While in will turn off if the vehicle is
This helps reduce the time it takes recirculation mode the windows can turned off.
for the interior of the vehicle to fog when the weather is cold and
cool down. If equipped with heated outside
damp. To clear the fog, select either rearview mirrors, fog or frost is
The air conditioning system the defog or defrost mode and cleared from the surface of the
removes moisture from the air, so increase the fan speed. mirror when the rear window defog
water might drip under the vehicle REAR : Press to turn the rear button is pressed.
while idling or after turning off the heating and air conditioning on or
engine. This is normal. off. See Rear Climate Control Caution
@ : Press to alternate between System 0 184 or Rear Climate
recirculating air inside the vehicle or Control System (with Rear Seat Using a razor blade or sharp
pulling in outside air. An indicator Audio) 0 185. object to clear the inside rear
light comes on when recirculation window can damage the rear
mode is active. With each ignition window defogger. Repairs would
cycle, the recirculation mode is (Continued)
reset to automatic. When the engine
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
The interior temperature sensor, on

Caution (Continued) the instrument panel to the right of
the steering column, measures the
not be covered by the vehicle temperature of the air inside the
warranty. Do not clear the inside vehicle.
rear window with sharp objects.
There is also an exterior
temperature sensor behind the front
Sensors grille. This sensor reads the outside
The solar sensor in the defrost grille air temperature and helps maintain
in the middle of the instrument the temperature inside the vehicle.
panel, monitors the solar heat. Do Any cover on the front of the vehicle
not cover the solar sensor or the could cause a false reading in the
system will not work properly. displayed temperature.
The climate control system uses the
information from these sensors to
maintain comfort settings by
adjusting the temperature, fan
speed, and air delivery mode. The
system may also supply cooler air to
the side of the vehicle facing the
sun. The recirculation mode will also
be used as needed to maintain cool
outlet temperatures.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Rear Climate Control System Temperature Control : Turn

clockwise or counterclockwise to
increase or decrease the airflow
temperature.
Air Delivery Mode Control : Turn
to the desired mode to change the
airflow direction.
H : Air is directed through the
overhead outlets.
) : Air is directed through the rear
floor outlets, as well as the
overhead outlets.
6 : Air is directed through the floor
outlets. The rear system floor
1. Fan Control Sync Mode : This mode matches outlets are located under the third
2. Temperature Control the rear climate control to the front row seats.
climate control settings. It comes on
3. Air Delivery Mode Control when REAR is pressed.
For vehicles with the rear climate Independent Mode : This mode
control system, the controls are directs rear seating airflow
located on the rear of the center according to the settings of the rear
console. The system can also be controls. It comes on when any rear
controlled with the front controls. control is adjusted.
Press the REAR button on the front Fan Control : Turn clockwise or
climate control system to control the counterclockwise to increase or
rear climate control system. The decrease the fan speed. Turn the
REAR text displays when the rear knob to ( to turn the fan off.
system is on.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Rear Climate Control System (with Rear Seat Audio) Temperature Control : Press + or
− to increase or decrease the air
temperature. The temperature
settings will display in
0-12 increments, going from the
coolest (0) to the warmest (12)
setting.
N : Press to manually change the
direction of the airflow. Repeatedly
press the button until the desired
mode appears on the display.
H : Air is directed through the
overhead outlets.
) : Air is directed through the rear
1. Fan Control The system can also be turned off floor outlets, as well as the
by pressing C until the fan goes off. overhead outlets.
2. Air Delivery Mode Control
3. Temperature Control Sync Mode : This mode matches 6 : Air is directed through the floor
the rear climate control to the front outlets. The rear system floor
If equipped with the rear climate climate control settings. It comes on outlets are under the third row
control system, the controls are on when REAR is pressed. seats.
the rear of the center console.
Independent Mode : This mode
Press the REAR button on the front directs rear seating airflow
climate control system to control the
according to the settings of the rear
rear climate control system. The
controls. It comes on when any rear
system also turns on if any of the control is adjusted.
rear controls, except C , are
pressed. The display is activated D and C : Press the fan up or down
when the rear system is on. buttons to increase or decrease the
fan speed.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Air Vents Operation Tips Maintenance

. Clear away any ice, snow,
To adjust the center and side air
outlets on the instrument panel: or leaves from the air inlets at Passenger Compartment
the base of the windshield that Air Filter
. Use the slider switch in the can block the flow of air into the
center of the outlet, to change vehicle. The filter reduces the dust, pollen,
the direction of the airflow. and other airborne irritants from
. Use of non-GM approved hood
. Use the thumbwheel near the outside air and inside air when in
deflectors can adversely affect
outlet to control the amount of recirculation mode.
the performance of the system.
airflow or to shut off the airflow. The filter should be replaced as part
. Keep the path under all seats
There are also outlets overhead in of routine scheduled maintenance.
clear of objects to help circulate
the rear passenger area: adjust as See Maintenance Schedule 0 315.
the air inside the vehicle more
needed. To find out what type of replacement
effectively.
filter to use, see Maintenance
Keep all outlets open whenever . If fogging reoccurs while in vent Replacement Parts 0 325.
possible for best system or bi-level modes with mild
performance. 1. Open the glove box.
temperature throughout the
vehicle, turn on the air
conditioner to reduce windshield
fogging.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
2. Twist the compartment Service

retainers (1) and pull outward
to remove. All vehicles have a label underhood
that identifies the refrigerant used in
3. Lower the instrument panel the vehicle. The refrigerant system
compartment assembly (2) should only be serviced by trained
beyond the stops. and certified technicians. The air
4. If needed, unsnap the conditioning evaporator should
instrument panel compartment never be repaired or replaced by
assembly (2) from the one from a salvage vehicle.
instrument panel. When It should only be replaced by a new
reinstalling, be sure the evaporator to ensure proper and
instrument panel compartment safe operation.
5. Squeeze the housing cover (1)
dampener arm is aligned During service, all refrigerants
tabs to remove.
properly to the dampener gear should be reclaimed with proper
assembly. 6. Remove the old air filter from equipment. Venting refrigerants
the passenger compartment air directly to the atmosphere is harmful
filter housing (2). to the environment and may also
7. Install the new air filter. create unsafe conditions based on
8. Replace the housing cover. inhalation, combustion, frostbite,
or other health-based concerns.
9. If removed, reinstall the
instrument panel compartment
assembly.
10. Reinstall the compartment
retainers.
See your dealer if additional
assistance is needed.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
188 Driving and Operating
Driving and Engine Exhaust

Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Side Blind Zone
Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Operating Running the Vehicle While
Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Lane Departure
Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Automatic Transmission Fuel
Driving Information Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 207 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 California Fuel
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 226
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Drive Systems Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Filling a Portable Fuel
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Brakes
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Antilock Brake
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . 192 System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Trailer Towing
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 193 Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 General Towing
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 195 Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . 212 Driving Characteristics and
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Ride Control Systems
Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Starting and Operating Traction Control/Electronic
Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . 199 Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Cruise Control Conversions and Add-Ons
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Add-On Electrical
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Retained Accessory Driver Assistance Systems
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . 216
Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
Parking over Things System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Driving and Operating 189

.
Driving Information Become familiar with vehicle
features before driving, such as
Refer to the Infotainment section
and the infotainment manual for
programming favorite radio more information on using that
Distracted Driving stations and adjusting climate system, including pairing and using
Distraction comes in many forms control and seat settings. a cell phone.
and can take your focus from the Program all trip information into
task of driving. Exercise good any navigation device prior to Defensive Driving
judgment and do not let other driving.
Defensive driving means “always
activities divert your attention away . Wait until the vehicle is parked expect the unexpected.” The first
from the road. Many local to retrieve items that have fallen step in driving defensively is to wear
governments have enacted laws to the floor. the safety belt. See Safety
regarding driver distraction. Become
. Stop or park the vehicle to tend Belts 0 57.
familiar with the local laws in
your area. to children. . Assume that other road users
. Keep pets in an appropriate (pedestrians, bicyclists, and
To avoid distracted driving, always
carrier or restraint. other drivers) are going to be
keep your eyes on the road, hands
careless and make mistakes.
on the wheel, and mind on the drive. . Avoid stressful conversations Anticipate what they might do
. Do not use a phone in while driving, whether with a and be ready.
demanding driving situations. passenger or on a cell phone.
. Allow enough following distance
Use a hands-free method to
between you and the driver in
place or receive necessary { Warning front of you.
phone calls.
Taking your eyes off the road too . Focus on the task of driving.
. Watch the road. Do not read,
long or too often could cause a
take notes, or look up
crash resulting in injury or death.
information on phones or other
Focus your attention on driving.
electronic devices.
. Designate a front seat
passenger to handle potential
distractions.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Drunk Driving Braking Once the power assist is used up, it

can take longer to stop and the
Death and injury associated with Braking action involves perception brake pedal will be harder to push.
drinking and driving is a global time and reaction time. Deciding to
tragedy. push the brake pedal is perception Steering
time. Actually doing it is
{ Warning reaction time. Variable Effort Steering
Average driver reaction time is Some vehicles have a steering
Drinking and then driving is very about three-quarters of a second. In system that varies the amount of
dangerous. Your reflexes, that time, a vehicle moving at effort required to steer the vehicle in
perceptions, attentiveness, and 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m relation to the speed of the vehicle.
judgment can be affected by even (66 ft), which could be a lot of
a small amount of alcohol. You distance in an emergency. The amount of steering effort
can have a serious — or even required is less at slower speeds to
Helpful braking tips to keep in mind make the vehicle more
fatal — collision if you drive after
include: maneuverable and easier to park. At
drinking.
. Keep enough distance between faster speeds, the steering effort
Do not drink and drive or ride with you and the vehicle in front increases to provide a sport-like feel
a driver who has been drinking. of you. to the steering. This provides
Ride home in a cab; or if you are maximum control and stability.
. Avoid needless heavy braking.
with a group, designate a driver
who will not drink. . Keep pace with traffic.
Hydraulic Power Steering
This vehicle has hydraulic power
If the engine ever stops while the
steering. It may require
Control of a Vehicle vehicle is being driven, brake
maintenance. See Power Steering
normally but do not pump the
Braking, steering, and accelerating Fluid 0 252.
brakes. Doing so could make the
are important factors in helping to pedal harder to push down. If the If power steering assist is lost
control a vehicle while driving. engine stops, there will be some because the engine stops, or there
power brake assist but it will be is a system malfunction, the vehicle
used when the brake is applied.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
can be steered but may require Steering in Emergencies The vehicle's right wheels can drop
increased effort. See your dealer if . off the edge of a road onto the
There are some situations when
there is a problem. shoulder while driving. Follow
steering around a problem may
these tips:
be more effective than braking.
Caution 1. Ease off the accelerator and
. Holding both sides of the
then, if there is nothing in the
If the steering wheel is turned steering wheel allows you to turn
way, steer the vehicle so that it
until it reaches the end of its 180 degrees without removing
straddles the edge of the
travel, and is held in that position a hand.
pavement.
for more than 15 seconds, . Antilock Brake System (ABS)
damage may occur to the power 2. Turn the steering wheel about
allows steering while braking.
one-eighth of a turn, until the
steering system and there may be
right front tire contacts the
loss of power steering assist. Off-Road Recovery pavement edge.
3. Turn the steering wheel to go
Curve Tips straight down the roadway.
. Take curves at a reasonable
speed. Loss of Control
. Reduce speed before entering a Skidding
curve.
There are three types of skids that
. Maintain a reasonable, steady correspond to the vehicle's three
speed through the curve. control systems:
. Wait until the vehicle is out of . Braking Skid — wheels are not
the curve before accelerating rolling.
gently into the straightaway.
. Steering or Cornering Skid —
too much speed or steering in a
curve causes tires to slip and
lose cornering force.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16

. Acceleration Skid — too much . Try to avoid sudden steering,
throttle causes the driving acceleration, or braking, Warning (Continued)
wheels to spin. including reducing vehicle speed
by shifting to a lower gear. Any After driving through a large
Defensive drivers avoid most skids puddle of water or a car/vehicle
by taking reasonable care suited to sudden changes could cause
the tires to slide. wash, lightly apply the brake
existing conditions, and by not pedal until the brakes work
overdriving those conditions. But Remember: Antilock brakes help normally.
skids are always possible. avoid only the braking skid.
Flowing or rushing water creates
If the vehicle starts to slide, follow
Driving on Wet Roads strong forces. Driving through
these suggestions:
flowing water could cause the
. Ease your foot off the Rain and wet roads can reduce vehicle to be carried away. If this
accelerator pedal and steer the vehicle traction and affect your happens, you and other vehicle
way you want the vehicle to go. ability to stop and accelerate.
occupants could drown. Do not
The vehicle may straighten out. Always drive slower in these types
ignore police warnings and be
Be ready for a second skid if it of driving conditions and avoid
driving through large puddles and very cautious about trying to drive
occurs. through flowing water.
deep-standing or flowing water.
. Slow down and adjust your
driving according to weather
conditions. Stopping distance { Warning Hydroplaning
can be longer and vehicle Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water
Wet brakes can cause crashes.
control can be affected when can build up under the vehicle's
They might not work as well in a
traction is reduced by water, tires so they actually ride on the
snow, ice, gravel, or other quick stop and could cause water. This can happen if the road is
material on the road. Learn to pulling to one side. You could wet enough and you are going fast
recognize warning clues — such lose control of the vehicle. enough. When the vehicle is
as enough water, ice, or packed (Continued) hydroplaning, it has little or no
snow on the road to make a contact with the road.
mirrored surface — and slow
down when you have any doubt.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
There is no hard and fast rule about . Shift to a lower gear when going . Be alert on top of hills;
hydroplaning. The best advice is to down steep or long hills. something could be in your lane
slow down when the road is wet. (e.g., stalled car, accident).
Other Rainy Weather Tips { Warning . Pay attention to special road
signs (e.g., falling rocks area,
Besides slowing down, other wet Using the brakes to slow the winding roads, long grades,
weather driving tips include: vehicle on a long downhill slope passing or no-passing zones)
. Allow extra following distance. can cause brake overheating, can and take appropriate action.
reduce brake performance, and
. Pass with caution. could result in a loss of braking. Winter Driving
. Keep windshield wiping Shift the transmission to a lower
equipment in good shape. gear to let the engine assist the Driving on Snow or Ice
. Keep the windshield washer fluid brakes on a steep downhill slope. Snow or ice between the tires and
reservoir filled. the road creates less traction or
. grip, so drive carefully. Wet ice can
Have good tires with proper
occur at about 0 °C (32 °F) when
tread depth. See Tires 0 267. { Warning freezing rain begins to fall. Avoid
. Turn off cruise control. driving on wet ice or in freezing rain
Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)
or with the ignition off is until roads can be treated.
Hill and Mountain Roads dangerous. This can cause For Slippery Road Driving:
Driving on steep hills or through overheating of the brakes and . Accelerate gently. Accelerating
mountains is different than driving loss of steering. Always have the
too quickly causes the wheels to
on flat or rolling terrain. Tips include: engine running and the vehicle spin and makes the surface
. Keep the vehicle serviced and in in gear. under the tires slick.
good shape. . Turn on Traction Control. See
. Check all fluid levels and brakes, . Drive at speeds that keep the Traction Control/Electronic
tires, cooling system, and vehicle in its own lane. Do not Stability Control 0 212.
transmission. swing wide or cross the
center line.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16

. The Antilock Brake System Blizzard Conditions
(ABS) improves vehicle stability Warning (Continued)
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and
during hard stops, but the
signal for help. Stay with the vehicle . Clear snow from the base of
brakes should be applied sooner
unless there is help nearby. the vehicle, especially any
than when on dry pavement.
If possible, use Roadside blocking the exhaust pipe.
See Antilock Brake System
Assistance. See Roadside .
(ABS) 0 210. Open a window about 5 cm
Assistance Program 0 334. To get
. Allow greater following distance (2 in) on the vehicle side
help and keep everyone in the
and watch for slippery spots. Icy that is away from the wind,
vehicle safe:
patches can occur on otherwise to bring in fresh air.
. Turn on the hazard warning
clear roads in shaded areas. . Fully open the air outlets on
flashers.
The surface of a curve or an or under the instrument
overpass can remain icy when . Tie a red cloth to an outside panel.
the surrounding roads are clear. mirror. . Adjust the climate control
Avoid sudden steering system to circulate the air
maneuvers and braking while
on ice.
{ Warning inside the vehicle and set
the fan speed to the highest
. Turn off cruise control. Snow can trap engine exhaust setting. See “Climate
under the vehicle. This may Control Systems.”
cause exhaust gases to get
inside. Engine exhaust contains For more information about CO,
carbon monoxide (CO), which see Engine Exhaust 0 206.
cannot be seen or smelled. It can
cause unconsciousness and even To save fuel, run the engine for
death. short periods to warm the vehicle
If the vehicle is stuck in snow: and then shut the engine off and
partially close the window. Moving
(Continued) about to keep warm also helps.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
If it takes time for help to arrive,

Warning (Continued)
Vehicle Load Limits
when running the engine, push the
accelerator pedal slightly so the It is very important to know how
engine runs faster than the idle damage. Spin the wheels as little much weight the vehicle can
speed. This keeps the battery as possible and avoid going carry. This weight is called the
charged to restart the vehicle and to above 56 km/h (35 mph). vehicle capacity weight and
signal for help with the headlamps. includes the weight of all
Do this as little as possible, to Rocking the Vehicle to Get occupants, cargo, and all
save fuel. it Out nonfactory-installed options.
Turn the steering wheel left and Two labels on the vehicle may
If the Vehicle Is Stuck show how much weight it may
right to clear the area around the
Slowly and cautiously spin the front wheels. Turn off any traction properly carry, the Tire and
wheels to free the vehicle when system. Shift back and forth Loading Information label and
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. between R (Reverse) and a low the Certification/Tire label.
If stuck too severely for the traction forward gear, spinning the wheels
system to free the vehicle, turn the as little as possible. To prevent
transmission wear, wait until the
{ Warning
traction system off and use the
rocking method. See Traction wheels stop spinning before shifting Do not load the vehicle any
Control/Electronic Stability gears. Release the accelerator heavier than the Gross
Control 0 212. pedal while shifting, and press Vehicle Weight Rating
lightly on the accelerator pedal
when the transmission is in gear.
(GVWR), or either the
{ Warning Slowly spinning the wheels in the maximum front or rear Gross
forward and reverse directions Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
If the vehicle's tires spin at high
causes a rocking motion that could This can cause systems to
speed, they can explode, and you
free the vehicle. If that does not get break and change the way the
or others could be injured. The
vehicle can overheat, causing an
the vehicle out after a few tries, it vehicle handles. This could
might need to be towed out. If the cause loss of control and a
engine compartment fire or other
vehicle does need to be towed out,
(Continued) (Continued)
see Towing the Vehicle 0 300.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
number of occupant seating never exceed XXX kg or

Warning (Continued) positions (1), and the maximum XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s
crash. Overloading can also vehicle capacity weight (2) in placard.
reduce stopping distance, kilograms and pounds. 2. Determine the combined
damage the tires, and shorten The Tire and Loading weight of the driver and
the life of the vehicle. Information label also shows the passengers that will be
size of the original equipment riding in your vehicle.
Tire and Loading Information tires (3) and the recommended 3. Subtract the combined
Label cold tire inflation pressures (4). weight of the driver and
For more information on tires passengers from XXX kg or
and inflation see Tires 0 267 XXX lbs.
and Tire Pressure 0 275.
4. The resulting figure equals
There is also important loading
the available amount of
information on the vehicle
cargo and luggage load
Certification/Tire label. It may
capacity. For example, if the
show the Gross Vehicle Weight
"XXX" amount equals
Rating (GVWR) and the Gross
1400 lbs. and there will be
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for
five 150 lb passengers in
the front and rear axle. See
your vehicle, the amount of
“Certification/Tire Label” later in
available cargo and luggage
Example Label this section.
load capacity is 650 lbs.
A vehicle-specific Tire and “Steps for Determining Correct (1400-750 (5 x 150) =
Loading Information label is Load Limit– 650 lbs.)
attached to the center pillar 1. Locate the statement "The 5. Determine the combined
(B-pillar). The tire and loading combined weight of weight of luggage and cargo
information label shows the occupants and cargo should being loaded on the vehicle.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
That weight may not safely

exceed the available cargo
and luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing
a trailer, load from your
trailer will be transferred to
your vehicle. Consult this
manual to determine how
this reduces the available
cargo and luggage load
capacity of your vehicle.” Example 1 Example 2
See Trailer Towing 0 231 for 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight
important information on towing for Example 1 = 453 kg for Example 2 = 453 kg
a trailer, towing safety rules and (1,000 lbs). (1,000 lbs).
trailering tips. 2. Subtract Occupant 2. Subtract Occupant
Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)
× 2 = 136 kg (300 lbs). × 5 = 340 kg (750 lbs).
3. Available Occupant and 3. Available Cargo Weight
Cargo Weight = 317 kg = 113 kg (250 lbs).
(700 lbs).
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
weight of the driver, passengers, Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR).

and cargo should never exceed The GVWR includes the weight
the vehicle's capacity weight. of the vehicle, all occupants,
Certification/Tire Label
fuel, and cargo.
The Certification/Tire label may
also show the maximum weights
for the front and rear axles,
called the Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR). To find out the
actual loads on the front and
rear axles, weigh the vehicle at
Example 3 a weigh station. Your dealer can
help with this. Be sure to spread
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight
the load equally on both sides of
for Example 3 = 453 kg the centerline.
(1,000 lbs).
2. Subtract Occupant Label Example
Caution
Weight @ 91 kg A vehicle-specific Certification/
(200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg Tire label is attached to the Overloading the vehicle may
(1,000 lbs). center pillar (B-pillar). cause damage. Repairs would not
3. Available Cargo Weight be covered by the vehicle
The label may show the size of warranty. Do not overload the
= 0 kg (0 lbs).
the vehicle's original tires and vehicle.
Refer to the vehicle's tire and the inflation pressures needed to
loading information label for obtain the gross weight capacity
specific information about the of the vehicle. The label shows
vehicle's capacity weight and the gross weight capacity of the
seating positions. The combined vehicle. This is called the Gross
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
{ Warning Starting and Caution (Continued)

Operating
Things inside the vehicle can breaking-in guideline every
strike and injure people in a time you get new brake
New Vehicle Break-In linings.
sudden stop or turn, or in a
crash. Following break-in, engine speed
Caution
. Put things in the cargo and load can be gradually
The vehicle does not need an increased.
area of the vehicle. In the
cargo area, put them as elaborate break-in. But it will
far forward as possible. perform better in the long run if Ignition Positions
Try to spread the weight you follow these guidelines:
evenly. . Do not drive at any one
constant speed, fast or slow,
. Never stack heavier for the first 805 km (500 mi).
things, like suitcases, Do not make full-throttle
inside the vehicle so that starts. Avoid downshifting to
some of them are above brake or slow the vehicle.
the tops of the seats. . Avoid making hard stops for
. Do not leave an the first 322 km (200 mi) or
unsecured child restraint so. During this time the new
in the vehicle. brake linings are not yet
broken in. Hard stops with
. Secure loose items in the new linings can mean
vehicle. premature wear and earlier The ignition switch has four different
. replacement. Follow this positions.
Do not leave a seat
folded down unless (Continued)
needed.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
In order to shift out of P (Park), the The steering can bind with the vehicles with an automatic
ignition must be in ON/RUN or ACC/ wheels turned off center. If this transmission, the shift lever
ACCESSORY and the brake pedal happens, move the steering wheel must be in P (Park) to turn the
must be applied. from right to left while turning the ignition switch to the LOCK/
key to ACC/ACCESSORY. If this OFF position.
Caution does not work, then the vehicle 4. Set the parking brake. See
needs service. Parking Brake 0 211.
Using a tool to force the key to Do not turn the engine off when the
turn in the ignition could cause
damage to the switch or break the
vehicle is moving. This will cause a
loss of power assist in the brake
{ Warning
key. Use the correct key, make and steering systems and disable Turning off the vehicle while
sure it is all the way in, and turn it the airbags. moving may cause loss of power
only with your hand. If the key assist in the brake and steering
If the vehicle must be shut off in an
cannot be turned by hand, see systems and disable the airbags.
emergency:
your dealer. While driving, only shut the
1. Brake using a firm and steady
vehicle off in an emergency.
pressure. Do not pump the
( (STOPPING THE ENGINE/ brakes repeatedly. This may
LOCK/OFF) : When the vehicle is deplete power assist, requiring If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,
stopped, turn the ignition switch to increased brake pedal force. and must be shut off while driving,
LOCK/OFF to turn the engine off. turn the ignition to ACC/
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).
This can be done while the ACCESSORY.
will remain active. See Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 203. vehicle is moving. After shifting ACC (ACC/ACCESSORY) : This is
to N (Neutral), firmly apply the the position in which you can
This position locks the ignition, brakes and steer the vehicle to operate the electrical accessories or
transmission, and the steering a safe location. items plugged into the accessory
wheel when the key Is removed power outlets. This position unlocks
from the ignition. The key can be 3. Come to a complete stop, shift
to P (Park), and turn the the ignition and steering wheel. Use
removed in LOCK/OFF. this position if the vehicle must be
ignition to LOCK/OFF. On
pushed or towed.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
R (ON/RUN) : This position can be Key Lock Release

Caution
used to operate the electrical The vehicle has an electronic key
accessories and to display some lock release system. This system is If you add electrical parts or
instrument panel warning and to prevent ignition key removal accessories, you could change
indicator lights. This position can unless the shift lever is in P (Park). the way the engine operates. Any
also be used for service and
The key lock release will not work if resulting damage would not be
diagnostics, and to verify the proper
operation of the malfunction the battery is charged less than covered by the vehicle warranty.
indicator lamp as may be required 9-volts, or uncharged. Try charging See Add-On Electrical
for emission inspection purposes. or jump starting the battery. See Equipment 0 235.
The switch stays in this position Jump Starting - North
when the engine is running. The America 0 297
transmission is also unlocked in this
Starting the Engine Caution
position. If you leave the key in the
ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN Move the shift lever to P (Park) or If the steering wheel is turned
position with the engine off, the N (Neutral). The engine will not start until it reaches the end of its
battery could be drained. You may in any other position. To restart the travel, and is held in that position
not be able to start the vehicle if the engine when the vehicle is already while starting the vehicle, damage
battery is allowed to drain for an moving, use N (Neutral) only. may occur to the hydraulic power
extended period of time.
steering system and there may be
/ (START) : This is the position Caution loss of power steering assist.
that starts the engine. When the
engine starts, release the key. The Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the
Starting Procedure
ignition switch will return to ON/RUN vehicle is moving. If you do, you
for driving. could damage the transmission. 1. With your foot off the
Shift to P (Park) only when the accelerator pedal, turn the
vehicle is stopped. ignition to START. When the
engine starts, let go of the key.
The idle speed will slow down
as the engine warms. Do not
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
race the engine immediately to allow the cranking motor to To Use the Engine Coolant
after starting it. Operate the cool down. When the engine Heater
engine and transmission gently starts, let go of the key and
to allow the oil to warm up and accelerator. If the vehicle starts 1. Turn off the engine.
lubricate all moving parts. briefly but then stops again, 2. Open the hood and unwrap the
repeat these steps. This clears electrical cord. The bundled
Caution the extra gasoline from the cord is located on the driver
engine. Do not race the engine side of the engine
Cranking the engine for long immediately after starting it. compartment, between the
periods of time, by returning the Operate the engine and engine air cleaner and the
ignition to the START position transmission gently until the oil windshield washer fluid
immediately after cranking has warms up and lubricates all reservoir. See Engine
ended, can overheat and damage moving parts. Compartment Overview 0 240.
the cranking motor, and drain the Check the heater cord for
battery. Wait at least 15 seconds Engine Heater damage. If it is damaged, do
between each try, to let the The engine coolant heater can not use it. See your dealer for
cranking motor cool down. provide easier starting and better a replacement. Inspect the
fuel economy during engine cord for damage yearly.
2. If the engine does not start warm-up in cold weather conditions 3. Plug the cord into a normal,
after five to 10 seconds, at or below 0 °F (−18 °C). Vehicles grounded 110-volt AC outlet.
especially in very cold weather with an engine coolant heater
(below −18 °C or 0 °F), it could should be plugged in at least four
be flooded with too much hours before starting. Some models
gasoline. Try pushing the may have an internal thermostat in
accelerator pedal all the way to the cord which will prevent engine
the floor and holding it there as coolant heater operation at
you hold the key in START for temperatures above 0 °F (−18 °C).
up to a maximum of
15 seconds. Wait at least
15 seconds between each try,
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
away from moving engine

{ Warning Warning (Continued) parts. If you do not, it could be
damaged.
Improper use of the heater cord it overheat and cause a fire,
or an extension cord can damage property damage, electric The length of time the heater should
the cord and may result in shock, and injury. remain plugged in depends on
overheating and fire. several factors. Ask a dealer in the
. Do not operate the vehicle area where you will be parking the
. Plug the cord into a with the heater cord vehicle for the best advice on this.
three-prong electrical utility permanently attached to the
receptacle that is protected vehicle. Possible heater
cord and thermostat Retained Accessory
by a ground fault detection
function. An ungrounded damage could occur. Power (RAP)
outlet could cause an . While in use, do not let the These vehicle accessories can be
electric shock. heater cord touch vehicle used for up to 10 minutes after the
. Use a weatherproof, parts or sharp edges. Never ignition key is turned off:
heavy-duty, 15 amp-rated close the hood on the . Audio System
extension cord if needed. heater cord.
. Power Windows
Failure to use the . Before starting the vehicle,
recommended extension unplug the cord, reattach . Sunroof (if equipped)
cord in good operating the cover to the plug, and Power to the windows and sunroof
condition, or using a securely fasten the cord. will work up to 10 minutes or until a
damaged heater or Keep the cord away from door is opened.
extension cord, could make any moving parts.
(Continued) The radio continues to work for
10 minutes or until the driver door is
4. Before starting the engine, be opened.
sure to unplug and store the
cord as it was before to keep it For an additional 10 minutes of
operation, close all the doors and
turn the key to ON/RUN and then
back to LOCK/OFF.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
All these features will work when the Leaving the Vehicle with the If you have to leave the vehicle with
key is in the ON/RUN or ACC/ Engine Running the engine running, be sure the
ACCESSORY positions. vehicle is in P (Park) and the
parking brake is firmly set before
Shifting Into Park { Warning you leave it. After moving the shift
It can be dangerous to leave the lever into P (Park), hold the regular
1. Hold the brake pedal down and brake pedal down. Then, see if you
set the parking brake. See vehicle with the engine running.
It could overheat and catch fire. can move the shift lever away from
Parking Brake 0 211. P (Park) without first pressing the
2. Move the shift lever into It is dangerous to get out of the button.
P (Park) by holding in the vehicle if the shift lever is not fully
If you can, it means that the shift
button on the shift lever and in P (Park) with the parking brake
lever was not fully locked in
pushing the shift lever all the firmly set. The vehicle can roll. P (Park).
way toward the front of the Do not leave the vehicle when the
vehicle.
engine is running. If you have left
Torque Lock
3. Turn the ignition key to the engine running, the vehicle Torque lock is when the weight of
LOCK/OFF. can move suddenly. You or others the vehicle puts too much force on
4. Remove the key and take it could be injured. To be sure the the parking pawl in the
with you. If you can leave the vehicle will not move, even when transmission. This happens when
vehicle with the ignition key in you are on fairly level ground, parking on a hill and shifting the
your hand, the vehicle is in always set the parking brake and transmission into P (Park) is not
P (Park). move the shift lever to P (Park). done properly and then it is difficult
See Shifting Into Park 0 204. to shift out of P (Park). To prevent
torque lock, set the parking brake
If you are towing a trailer, see
and then shift into P (Park). To find
Driving Characteristics and
out how, see “Shifting Into Park”
Towing Tips 0 228. listed previously.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
If torque lock does occur, your If the vehicle has an uncharged Parking over Things
vehicle may need to be pushed battery or a battery with low voltage,
uphill by another vehicle to relieve try charging or jump starting the
That Burn
the parking pawl pressure, so you battery. See Jump Starting - North
can shift out of P (Park). America 0 297 for more information. { Warning
To shift out of P (Park): Things that can burn could touch
Shifting out of Park
1. Place the ignition in ON/RUN. hot exhaust parts under the
The vehicle is equipped with an vehicle and ignite. Do not park
electronic shift lock release system. 2. Apply the brake pedal.
over papers, leaves, dry grass,
The shift lock release is 3. Press the shift lever button. or other things that can burn.
designed to:
4. Move the shift lever to the
. Prevent ignition key removal desired position.
unless the shift lever is in
If you still are unable to shift out of
P (Park) with the shift lever
P (Park):
button fully released, and
. Prevent movement of the shift 1. Fully release the shift lever
button.
lever out of P (Park), unless the
ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ 2. While holding down the brake
ACCESSORY and the regular pedal, press the shift lever
brake pedal is applied. button again.
The shift lock release is always 3. Move the shift lever to the
functional except in the case of an desired position.
uncharged or low voltage (less than If you still cannot move the shift
9-volt) battery. lever from P (Park), see your dealer.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Engine Exhaust Warning (Continued)

Running the Vehicle
While Parked
{ Warning . There are holes or openings
in the vehicle body from
It is better not to park with the
engine running.
Engine exhaust contains carbon damage or aftermarket
monoxide (CO), which cannot be modifications that are not If the vehicle is left with the engine
seen or smelled. Exposure to CO completely sealed. running, follow the proper steps to
can cause unconsciousness and be sure the vehicle will not move.
If unusual fumes are detected or
even death. See Shifting Into Park 0 204 and
if it is suspected that exhaust is Engine Exhaust 0 206.
Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: coming into the vehicle:
If parking on a hill and pulling a
. The vehicle idles in areas . Drive it only with the trailer, see Driving Characteristics
with poor ventilation windows completely down. and Towing Tips 0 228.
(parking garages, tunnels, . Have the vehicle repaired
deep snow that may block immediately.
underbody airflow or tail
pipes). Never park the vehicle with the
engine running in an enclosed
. The exhaust smells or
area such as a garage or a
sounds strange or different.
building that has no fresh air
. The exhaust system leaks ventilation.
due to corrosion or damage.
. The vehicle exhaust system
has been modified,
damaged, or improperly
repaired.
(Continued)
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Automatic Warning (Continued)

press the shift lever button and
move the shift lever into another
Transmission Do not leave the vehicle when the
gear. See Shifting out of Park 0 205.
engine is running. If you have left R : Use this gear to back up.
the engine running, the vehicle
can move suddenly. You or others Caution
could be injured. To be sure the
vehicle will not move, even when Shifting to R (Reverse) while the
you are on fairly level ground, vehicle is moving forward could
always set the parking brake and damage the transmission. The
move the shift lever to P (Park). repairs would not be covered by
See Shifting Into Park 0 204 and the vehicle warranty. Shift to
Driving Characteristics and R (Reverse) only after the vehicle
Towing Tips 0 228. is stopped.
Make sure the shift lever is fully in To rock the vehicle back and forth to
P : This position locks the front P (Park) before starting the engine. get out of snow, ice, or sand without
wheels. It is the best position to use The vehicle has an automatic damaging the transmission, see If
when starting the engine because transmission shift lock control the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 195.
the vehicle cannot move easily. system. With the ignition in ON/ N : In this position, the engine does
RUN, fully apply the regular brake, not connect with the wheels. To
{ Warning then press the button on the back of restart the engine when the vehicle
the shift lever before shifting from is already moving, use N (Neutral)
It is dangerous to get out of the P (Park). If you cannot shift out of only. Also, use N (Neutral) when the
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully P (Park), ease pressure on the shift vehicle is being towed.
in P (Park) with the parking brake lever, then push the shift lever all
firmly set. The vehicle can roll. the way into P (Park) as you
(Continued) maintain brake application. Then
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
D : This position is for normal economy than D (Drive). You can

{ Warning driving. It provides the best fuel use it on very steep hills, or in deep
economy. If you need more power snow or mud. See Manual
Shifting into a drive gear while the for passing, and you are: Mode 0 208.
engine is running at high speed is
dangerous. Unless your foot is . Going less than 56 km/h
(35 mph), push the accelerator Manual Mode
firmly on the brake pedal, the
vehicle could move very rapidly. pedal about halfway down. Electronic Range Select
You could lose control and hit . Going about 56 km/h (35 mph) or (ERS) Mode
people or objects. Do not shift more, push the accelerator all
the way down. ERS mode allows you to choose the
into a drive gear while the engine
top-gear limit of the transmission
is running at high speed. and the vehicle's speed while
Caution driving downhill or towing a trailer.
The vehicle has an electronic shift
If the vehicle does not shift gears,
Caution position indicator within the
the transmission could be instrument cluster. When using the
damaged. Have the vehicle ERS mode a number will display
Shifting out of P (Park) or
serviced right away. next to the L, indicating the current
N (Neutral) with the engine
running at high speed may gear that has been selected.
damage the transmission. The If the vehicle is stopped on a hill,
repairs would not be covered by with your foot off the brake pedal,
the vehicle warranty. Be sure the the vehicle may roll. This is normal
engine is not running at high and is due to the torque converter
speed when shifting the vehicle. designed to improve fuel economy
and performance. Use the brake to
hold the vehicle on a hill. Do not use
the accelerator pedal.
L : This position gives you access
to gear ranges. This provides more
engine braking but lower fuel
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
number are available. For example, Tow/Haul Mode

when 4 (Fourth) is shown next to the
L, 1 (First) through 4 (Fourth) gears _ Mode : If equipped with Tow/
are automatically shifted by the Haul mode, the button is on the
vehicle. The transmission will not center stack under the climate
shift into 5 (Fifth) until the + (Plus) controls.
button is used or you shift back into Press the button to activate the
D (Drive). system. Press it again to deactivate
While in L (Low), the transmission the system. This feature can assist
will prevent shifting to a lower gear when towing or hauling a
range if the engine speed is too heavy load.
high. You have a brief period of time When Tow/Haul is activated, the
To use this feature: to slow the vehicle. If vehicle speed Tow/Haul symbol will come on in the
is not reduced within the time instrument cluster. See Driving
1. Move the shift lever to L (Low). allowed, the lower gear range shift Characteristics and Towing
2. Press the + (Plus) or − (Minus) will not be completed. You must Tips 0 228.
button on the shift lever, to further slow the vehicle, then press
increase or decrease the gear the − (Minus) button to the desired Automatic Engine Grade
range available. lower gear range. Braking
When you shift from D (Drive) to Automatic Engine Grade Braking is Automatic Engine Grade Braking
L (Low), the transmission will shift to not available when the ERS is assists when driving on a downhill
a pre-determined lower gear range. active. It is available in D (Drive) for grade. It maintains vehicle speed by
The highest gear available for this both normal and Tow/Haul mode. automatically implementing a shift
pre-determined range is displayed While using the ERS, cruise control schedule that uses the engine and
next to the L in the DIC. See Driver and the Tow/Haul mode can be the transmission to slow the vehicle.
Information Center (DIC) 0 122. The used. See “Tow/Haul Mode” The system will automatically
number displayed in the DIC is the following. command downshifts to reduce
highest gear that the transmission vehicle speed, until the brake pedal
will be allowed to operate in. This is no longer being pressed.
means that all gears below that
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
While in the Electronic Range Drive Systems Brakes

Select (ERS) mode, grade braking
is deactivated, allowing the driver to
select a range and limiting the All-Wheel Drive Antilock Brake
highest gear available. Grade Vehicles with this feature transfer System (ABS)
braking is available for normal engine power, as required, to all This vehicle has an Antilock Brake
driving and in Tow/Haul Mode. four wheels. It is fully automatic, and System (ABS), an advanced
See Automatic Transmission 0 207. adjusts itself as needed for road electronic braking system that helps
conditions. prevent a braking skid.
When using a compact spare tire on When the vehicle begins to drive
an AWD vehicle, the system away, ABS checks itself.
automatically detects the compact A momentary motor or clicking noise
spare and reduces AWD may be heard while this test is going
performance to protect the system. on, and it may even be noticed that
To restore full AWD operation and the brake pedal moves a little. This
prevent excessive wear on the is normal.
system, replace the compact spare
with a full-size tire as soon as
possible. See Compact Spare
Tire 0 296.
If there is a problem with ABS, this

warning light stays on. See Antilock
Brake System (ABS) Warning
Light 0 118.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
If driving safely on a wet road and it Using ABS To set the parking brake, hold the
becomes necessary to slam on the regular brake pedal down, then
Do not pump the brakes. Just hold
brakes and continue braking to push the parking brake pedal down.
the brake pedal down firmly and let
avoid a sudden obstacle, a If the ignition is on, the brake
ABS work. You may hear the ABS
computer senses the wheels are system warning light will come on.
pump or motor operating and feel
slowing down. If one of the wheels See Brake System Warning
the brake pedal pulsate. This is
is about to stop rolling, the computer Light 0 118.
normal.
will separately work the brakes at
each wheel. Braking in Emergencies
Caution
ABS can change the brake pressure ABS allows you to steer and brake
to each wheel, as required, faster at the same time. In many Driving with the parking brake on
than any driver could. This can help emergencies, steering can help can overheat the brake system
you steer around the obstacle while more than even the very best and cause premature wear or
braking hard. braking. damage to brake system parts.
As the brakes are applied, the Make sure that the parking brake
computer keeps receiving updates Parking Brake is fully released and the brake
on wheel speed and controls warning light is off before driving.
braking pressure accordingly.
Remember: ABS does not change To release the parking brake, hold
the time needed to get a foot up to the regular brake pedal down, then
the brake pedal or always decrease push down momentarily on the
stopping distance. If you get too parking brake pedal until you feel
close to the vehicle in front of you, the pedal release. Slowly pull your
there will not be enough time to foot up off the parking brake pedal.
apply the brakes if that vehicle If the parking brake is not released
suddenly slows or stops. Always when you begin to drive, the brake
leave enough room up ahead to system warning light will be on and
stop, even with ABS. a chime will sound warning you that
the parking brake is still on.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
If you are towing a trailer and are brake pedal is released or brake Ride Control Systems
parking on a hill, see Driving pedal pressure is quickly
Characteristics and Towing decreased.
Tips 0 228. Traction Control/
Hill Start Assist (HSA) Electronic Stability
Brake Assist This vehicle has a Hill Start Assist Control
The Brake Assist feature is (HSA) feature, which may be useful System Operation
designed to assist the driver in when the vehicle is stopped on a
stopping or decreasing vehicle grade sufficient enough to activate The vehicle has a Traction Control
speed in emergency driving HSA. This feature is designed to System (TCS) and StabiliTrak®, an
conditions. This feature uses the prevent the vehicle from rolling, electronic stability control system.
stability system hydraulic brake either forward or rearward, during These systems help limit wheel slip
control module to supplement the vehicle drive off. After the driver and assist the driver in maintaining
power brake system under completely stops and holds the control, especially on slippery road
conditions where the driver has vehicle in a complete standstill on a conditions.
quickly and forcefully applied the grade, HSA will be automatically TCS activates if it senses that any
brake pedal in an attempt to quickly activated. During the transition of the drive wheels are spinning or
stop or slow down the vehicle. The period between when the driver beginning to lose traction. When this
stability system hydraulic brake releases the brake pedal and starts happens, TCS applies the brakes to
control module increases brake to accelerate to drive off on a grade, the spinning wheels and reduces
pressure at each corner of the HSA holds the braking pressure for engine power to limit wheel spin.
vehicle until the ABS activates. a maximum of two seconds to
Minor brake pedal pulsation or ensure that there is no rolling. The StabiliTrak activates when the
pedal movement during this time is brakes will automatically release vehicle senses a difference between
normal and the driver should when the accelerator pedal is the intended path and the direction
continue to apply the brake pedal as applied within the two-second the vehicle is actually traveling.
the driving situation dictates. The window. It will not activate if the StabiliTrak selectively applies
Brake Assist feature will vehicle is in a drive gear and facing braking pressure to any one of the
automatically disengage when the downhill, or if the vehicle is facing
uphill and in R (Reverse).
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
vehicle wheel brakes to assist the 2. Turn the engine off and wait
driver in keeping the vehicle on the 15 seconds.
intended path. 3. Start the engine.
If cruise control is being used and
traction control or StabiliTrak begins Drive the vehicle. If d comes on
to limit wheel spin, cruise control will and stays on, the vehicle may need
disengage. Cruise control may be The indicator light for both systems more time to diagnose the problem.
turned back on when road is in the instrument cluster. This If the condition persists, see your
conditions allow. light will: dealer.
Both systems come on . Flash when TCS is limiting Turning the Systems Off
automatically when the vehicle is wheel spin. and On
started and begins to move. The . Flash when StabiliTrak is
systems may be heard or felt while activated.
they are operating or while
performing diagnostic checks. This . Turn on and stay on when either
is normal and does not mean there system is not working.
is a problem with the vehicle. If either system fails to turn on or to
It is recommended to leave both activate, a message displays in the
systems on for normal driving Driver Information Center (DIC), The button for TCS and StabiliTrak
conditions, but it may be necessary and d comes on and stays on to is on the center stack.
to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets indicate that the system is inactive
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. and is not assisting the driver in Caution
See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 195 maintaining control. The vehicle is
and “Turning the Systems Off and safe to drive, but driving should be Do not repeatedly brake or
On” later in this section. adjusted accordingly. accelerate heavily when TCS is
off. The vehicle driveline could be
If d comes on and stays on: damaged.
1. Stop the vehicle.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
To turn off TCS and StabiliTrak, Cruise Control If a collision alert occurs when
press and release 4. The cruise control is activated, cruise
appropriate message displays in the With cruise control, a speed of control is disengaged. See Forward
DIC. To turn TCS and StabiliTrak on about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more can Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 220.
be maintained without keeping your When road conditions allow you to
again, press and release 4. The foot on the accelerator. Cruise safely use it again, cruise control
appropriate message displays in the control does not work at speeds can be turned on.
DIC. See Ride Control System below about 40 km/h (25 mph).
Messages 0 132. If the brakes are applied, cruise
control is disengaged.
If TCS is limiting wheel spin when 4 { Warning
is pressed, the system will not turn
off until the wheels stop spinning. Cruise control can be dangerous
where you cannot drive safely at
Adding accessories can affect the a steady speed. Do not use
vehicle performance. See cruise control on winding roads or
Accessories and
in heavy traffic.
Modifications 0 237.
Cruise control can be dangerous
on slippery roads. On such roads,
fast changes in tire traction can
cause excessive wheel slip, and
you could lose control. Do not use
cruise control on slippery roads.
I : Press to turn cruise control on
If the Traction Control System (TCS) or off. The indicator light on the
or StabiliTrak system begins to limit button comes on when the cruise
wheel spin while cruise control is control is on.
being used, the cruise control will
disengage. See Traction Control/
Electronic Stability Control 0 212.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
+RES : If there is a set speed in 3. Press and release SET–. The speedometer reading can be
memory, press briefly to resume to 4. Remove foot from the displayed in either English or metric
that speed or press and hold to accelerator. units. See Driver Information Center
accelerate. If cruise control is (DIC) 0 122. The increment value
already active, use to increase Resuming a Set Speed used depends on the units
vehicle speed. If the cruise control is set at a displayed.
SET– : Press briefly to set the desired speed and then the brakes Reducing Speed While Using
speed and activate cruise control. are applied or [ is pressed, the Cruise Control
If cruise control is already active, cruise control is disengaged without
use to decrease vehicle speed. If the cruise control system is
erasing the set speed from memory. already activated:
[ : Press to disengage cruise Once the vehicle reaches 40 km/h . Press and hold SET– until the
control without erasing the set (25 mph) or more, press +RES. The
speed from memory. desired lower speed is reached,
vehicle returns to the previously set then release it.
Setting Cruise Control speed.
. To slow down in small
If I is on when not in use, SET– Increasing Speed While Using increments, press SET– briefly.
Cruise Control For each press, the vehicle goes
or +RES could get pressed and go
into cruise when not desired. If the cruise control system is about 1.6 km/h (1 mph) slower.
Keep I off when cruise is not already activated: The speedometer reading can be
being used. . Press and hold +RES until the displayed in either English or metric
desired speed is reached, then units. See Driver Information Center
The cruise control light on the (DIC) 0 122. The increment value
instrument cluster comes on after release it.
used depends on the units
the cruise control has been set to . To increase vehicle speed in displayed.
the desired speed. small increments, press +RES
briefly. For each press, the
1. Press I to turn the cruise vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h
control system on. (1 mph) faster.
2. Get up to the desired speed.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Passing Another Vehicle While Ending Cruise Control Driver Assistance

Using Cruise Control There are four ways to end cruise
Use the accelerator pedal to control:
Systems
increase the vehicle speed. When . Step lightly on the brake pedal.
you take your foot off the pedal, the Rear Vision
vehicle will slow down to the . Press [. Camera (RVC)
previously set cruise speed. While
. Shift the transmission to The vehicle may have an RVC
pressing the accelerator pedal or
shortly following the release to N (Neutral). system. Read this entire section
override cruise control, briefly . To turn off the cruise control, before using it.
pressing SET– will result in cruise press I.
control set to the current vehicle { Warning
speed. Erasing Speed Memory
The camera(s) do not display
Using Cruise Control on Hills The cruise control set speed is children, pedestrians, bicyclists,
erased from memory if I is crossing traffic, animals, or any
How well the cruise control will work
on hills depends upon the vehicle pressed or the ignition is turned off. other object outside of the
speed, load, and the steepness of cameras’ field of view, below the
the hills. When going up steep hills, bumper, or under the vehicle.
you might have to step on the Shown distances may be different
accelerator pedal to maintain your from actual distances. Do not
speed. When going downhill, you drive or park the vehicle using
might have to brake or shift to a only these camera(s). Always
lower gear to keep your speed check behind and around the
down. If the brake pedal is applied vehicle before driving. Failure to
cruise control will disengage. use proper care may result in
injury, death, or vehicle damage.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
The RVC system is designed to Parking Assist (RPA) system must warn of traffic coming from either
help the driver when backing up by not be disabled to use these direction, behind the vehicle. When
displaying a view of the area behind symbols. See Parking Assist 0 218. an object is detected, three beeps
the vehicle. When the driver shifts The caution symbols appear when sound on the left or right side,
the vehicle into R (Reverse), the an object has been detected by the depending on the direction of the
video image automatically appears RPA system. The symbol may cover detected vehicle. This system
on the infotainment screen. Once the object when viewing the RVC detects objects coming from up to
the driver shifts out of R (Reverse), screen. 20 m (65 ft) from the left or right side
the screen will go back to the last behind the vehicle.
screen that had been displayed, The RVC system may have a
guideline overlay that can help the Use caution while backing up when
after a delay. towing a trailer, as the RCTA
driver align the vehicle when
The RVC display remains on after backing into a parking spot. detection zones that extend out
shifting out of R (Reverse) for from the back of your vehicle do not
approximately 10 seconds. Return to To turn the symbols and guidelines move further back when a trailer is
the previous screen sooner by on or off: towed.
performing one of the following: 1. Shift into P (Park). The RCTA system can be disabled
. Press a hard key on the 2. Press Settings on the Home through the Driver Information
infotainment system. screen of the infotainment Center (DIC). See Driver
. Shift into P (Park). system. Information Center (DIC) 0 122.
. Reach a vehicle speed of 3. Select Display and then Rear Rear Vision Camera Location
8 km/h (5 mph). Camera. The camera is located above the
Symbols and Guidelines 4. Select Symbols or Guidelines. license plate.
When a checkmark appears The area displayed by the camera is
The RVC system may have a next to the item, it is on.
feature that lets the driver view limited and does not display objects
caution symbols on the RVC screen Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) that are close to either corner or
while using the RVC. The Rear under the bumper. The area
On vehicles with RCTA, a red displayed can vary depending on
warning triangle with an arrow may vehicle orientation or road
also display on the RVC screen to
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
conditions. Displayed images may . The back of the vehicle is in an

be farther or closer than they accident. The position and
appear. mounting angle of the camera
The following illustrations show the can change or the camera can
field of view that the camera be affected. Be sure to have the
provides. camera and its position and
mounting angle checked at your
dealer.
. There are extreme temperature
1. View displayed by the changes.
camera.
2. Corner of the rear bumper. Parking Assist
When the System Does Not If available, the Rear Parking Assist
Seem To Work Properly (RPA) system assists the driver with
parking and avoiding objects while
The RVC system might not work
in R (Reverse). RPA operates at
properly or display a clear image if:
speeds less than 8 km/h (5 mph).
. It is dark. The sensors on the rear bumper are
. The sun or the beam of used to detect objects up to
1. View displayed by the headlamps is shining directly 2.5 m (8 ft) behind the vehicle, and
camera. into the camera lens. at least 25 cm (10 in) off the ground
and below liftgate level. Detection
. Ice, snow, mud, or anything else distances may be less during
builds up on the camera lens. warmer or humid weather.
Clean the lens, rinse it with
water, and wipe it with a soft
cloth.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Turning the System On and Off . The sensors are covered by

{ Warning The system can be disabled through
frost or ice. Frost or ice can form
around and behind the sensors
The parking assist system does the Driver Information Center (DIC).
and may not always be seen;
not detect children, pedestrians, See “Park Assist” under Driver
this can occur after washing the
bicyclists, animals, or objects Information Center (DIC) 0 122.
vehicle in cold weather. The
below the bumper or that are too Turn off RPA when towing a trailer. message may not clear until the
close or too far from the vehicle. frost or ice has melted.
RPA defaults to the on setting each
It is not available at speeds
time the vehicle is started. . A trailer was attached to the
greater than 8 km/h (5 mph). To
vehicle, or an object was
prevent injury, death, or vehicle When the System Does Not hanging out of the liftgate during
damage, even with parking assist, Seem to Work Properly the last drive cycle. Once the
always check the area around the object is removed, RPA will
The following messages may be
vehicle and check all mirrors return to normal operation.
displayed on the DIC:
before backing.
SERVICE PARK ASSIST : If this . A tow bar is attached to the
message occurs, take the vehicle to vehicle.
How the System Works your dealer to repair the system. . The bumper is damaged. Take
RPA comes on automatically when PARK ASST BLOCKED SEE the vehicle to your dealer to
the shift lever is moved into OWNERS MANUAL : This repair the system.
R (Reverse). A single beep sounds message can occur under the . Other conditions, such as
to indicate the system is working. following conditions: vibrations from a jackhammer or
An obstacle is indicated by audible . The sensors are not clean. Keep the compression of air brakes on
beeps. The interval between the the vehicle's rear bumper free of a very large truck, are affecting
beeps becomes shorter as the mud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush. system performance.
vehicle gets closer to the obstacle. For cleaning instructions, see
When the distance is less than Exterior Care 0 304.
30 cm (12 in) the beeping is
continuous for five seconds.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Forward Collision Alert Warning (Continued)

objects. FCA will not detect another
vehicle ahead until it is completely
(FCA) System in the driving lane.
If equipped, the FCA system may does not warn of pedestrians,
animals, signs, guardrails,
help to avoid or reduce the harm
caused by front-end crashes. When bridges, construction barrels, { Warning
approaching a vehicle ahead too or other objects. Be ready to take FCA does not provide a warning
quickly, FCA provides a red flashing action and apply the brakes. See to help avoid a crash, unless it
alert on the windshield and rapidly Defensive Driving 0 189. detects a vehicle. FCA may not
beeps. FCA also lights an amber detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA
visual alert if following another sensor is blocked by dirt, snow,
vehicle much too closely.
FCA can be disabled with the [
button on the center stack. or ice, or if the windshield is
FCA detects vehicles within a damaged. It may also not detect a
distance of approximately 60 m Detecting the Vehicle Ahead vehicle on winding or hilly roads,
(197 ft) and operates at speeds or in conditions that can limit
above 40 km/h (25 mph). visibility such as fog, rain,
or snow, or if the headlamps or
{ Warning windshield are not cleaned or in
proper condition. Keep the
FCA is a warning system and windshield, headlamps, and FCA
does not apply the brakes. When sensors clean and in good repair.
approaching a slower-moving or FCA warnings will not occur unless
stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly, the FCA system detects a vehicle
or when following a vehicle too ahead. When a vehicle is detected,
closely, FCA may not provide a the vehicle ahead indicator will
warning with enough time to help display green. Vehicles may not be
avoid a crash. It also may not detected on curves, highway exit
provide any warning at all. FCA ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility;
or if a vehicle ahead is partially
(Continued) blocked by pedestrians or other
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Collision Alert The vehicle ahead indicator will Unnecessary Alerts

display amber if following a detected
FCA may provide unnecessary
vehicle ahead much too closely.
alerts to turning vehicles, vehicles in
Selecting the Alert Timing other lanes, objects that are not
vehicles, or shadows. These alerts
The Collision Alert button is on the are normal operation and the
center stack. Press [ to set the vehicle does not need service.
alert timing to far, medium, near,
When your vehicle approaches or off. The first button press shows Cleaning the System
another detected vehicle too rapidly, the current control setting on the If the FCA system does not seem to
the red FCA display will flash on the DIC. Additional button presses will operate properly, cleaning the
windshield. Also, eight rapid change this setting. The chosen outside of the windshield area in
high-pitched beeps will sound from setting will remain until it is changed front of the camera sensor may
the front. When this Collision Alert and will affect both the Collision correct the issue.
occurs, the brake system may Alert and the Tailgating Alert
prepare for driver braking to occur features. The timing of both alerts Side Blind Zone
more rapidly which can cause a will vary based on vehicle speed.
brief, mild deceleration. Continue to The faster the vehicle speed, the Alert (SBZA)
apply the brake pedal as needed. farther away the alert will occur. If equipped, the Side Blind Zone
Cruise control may be disengaged Consider traffic and weather Alert system is a lane-changing aid
when the Collision Alert occurs. conditions when selecting the alert that assists drivers with avoiding
timing. The range of selectable alert crashes that occur with moving
Tailgating Alert
timings may not be appropriate for vehicles in the side blind zone (or
all drivers and driving conditions. spot) areas. The SBZA warning
display will light up in the
corresponding outside side mirror
and will flash if the turn signal is on.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
SBZA Detection Zones unsafe to change lanes. Before

{ Warning making a lane change, check the
SBZA display, check mirrors, glance
SBZA does not alert the driver to over your shoulder, and use the turn
vehicles rapidly approaching signals.
outside of the side blind zones,
pedestrians, bicyclists,
or animals. It may not provide
alerts when changing lanes under
all driving conditions. Failure to
use proper care when changing
lanes may result in injury, death, Left Side Mirror Right Side Mirror
or vehicle damage. Before Display Display
making a lane change, always
check mirrors, glance over your The SBZA sensor covers a zone of When the vehicle is started, both
shoulder, and use the turn approximately one lane over from outside mirror SBZA displays will
signals. both sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m briefly come on to indicate the
(11 ft). The height of the zone is system is operating. When the
approximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft) vehicle is in a forward gear, the left-
and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. This or right-side mirror display will light
zone starts at approximately the up if a moving vehicle is detected in
middle of the vehicle and goes back that blind zone. If the turn signal is
5 m (16 ft). activated in the same direction of a
detected vehicle, this display will
How the System Works flash as an extra warning not to
change lanes.
The SBZA symbol lights up in the
side mirrors when the system
detects a moving vehicle in the next
lane over that is in the side blind
zone. This indicates it may be
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
SBZA can be disabled through the due to guardrails, signs, trees, FCC Information
Driver Information Center (DIC). See shrubs, and other non-moving
See Radio Frequency
Driver Information Center (DIC) objects. This is normal system
Statement 0 340.
0 122. If SBZA is disabled by the operation; the vehicle does not need
driver, the SBZA mirror displays will service.
not light up. Lane Departure
SBZA may not operate when the
SBZA sensors in the left or right Warning (LDW)
When the System Does Not
Seem to Work Properly corners of the rear bumper are If equipped, LDW may help avoid
covered with mud, dirt, snow, ice, crashes due to unintentional lane
SBZA displays may not come on or slush, or in heavy rainstorms. For departures. It may provide an alert if
when passing a vehicle quickly, for cleaning instructions, see "Washing the vehicle is crossing a lane
a stopped vehicle, or when towing a the Vehicle" under Exterior Care without using a turn signal in that
trailer. Keep in mind the SBZA 0 304. If the DIC still displays the direction. LDW uses a camera
detection zones that extend back system unavailable message after sensor to detect the lane markings
from the side of the vehicle do not cleaning both sides of the vehicle at speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) or
move further back when a trailer is toward the rear corners of the greater.
towed. Use extra caution while vehicle, see your dealer.
changing lanes when towing a
trailer. SBZA may alert you to If the SBZA displays do not light up { Warning
objects attached to the vehicle, such when vehicles are in the blind zone
and the system is clean, the system The LDW system does not steer
as a trailer, bicycle, or object the vehicle. The LDW system
extending out to either side of the may need service. Take the vehicle
to your dealer. may not:
vehicle. This is normal system
operation; the vehicle does not need When SBZA is disabled for any . Provide enough time to
service. reason other than the driver turning avoid a crash.
SBZA may not always alert the it off, the Side Blind Zone Alert ON . Detect lane markings under
driver to vehicles in the side blind option will not be available on the poor weather or visibility
zone, especially in wet conditions. DIC menu. conditions. This can occur if
The system does not need to be (Continued)
serviced. The system may light up
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
How the System Works If the LDW system is not functioning

Warning (Continued) properly when lane markings are
The LDW camera sensor is on the
clearly visible, cleaning the
the windshield or windshield ahead of the rearview
windshield may help.
headlamps are blocked by mirror.
dirt, snow, or ice; if they are LDW alerts may occur due to tar
not in proper condition; or if To turn LDW on and off, press @ on marks, shadows, cracks in the road,
the sun shines directly into the center stack. The control temporary or construction lane
the camera. indicator will light when LDW is on. markings, or other road
imperfections. This is normal system
. Detect road edges. When LDW is on, @ is green if
operation; the vehicle does not need
. Detect lanes on winding or LDW is available to warn of a lane service. Turn LDW off if these
hilly roads. departure. If the vehicle crosses a conditions continue.
detected lane marking without using
If LDW only detects lane the turn signal in that direction, @
markings on one side of the road, changes to amber and flashes.
it will only warn you when Additionally, there will be three
departing the lane on the side beeps on the right or left, depending
where it has detected a lane on the lane departure direction.
marking. Always keep your
attention on the road and When the System Does Not
maintain proper vehicle position Seem to Work Properly
within the lane, or vehicle The system may not detect lanes as
damage, injury, or death could well when there are:
occur. Always keep the . Close vehicles ahead.
windshield, headlamps, and
camera sensors clean and in . Sudden lighting changes, such
good repair. Do not use LDW in as when driving through tunnels.
bad weather conditions. . Banked roads.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Fuel posted octane rating of less than 87,

as this may cause engine knock and Caution (Continued)
GM recommends the use of TOP will lower fuel economy.
TIER® detergent gasoline to keep (MMT), which can damage
the engine cleaner and reduce Prohibited Fuels the emissions control
engine deposits. See system and spark plugs.
www.toptiergas.com for a list of TOP Caution . Fuel with a posted octane
TIER detergent gasoline marketers rating of less than the
and applicable countries. Do not use fuels with any of the recommended fuel. Using
following conditions; doing so this fuel will lower fuel
may damage the vehicle and void economy and performance,
its warranty: and may decrease the life of
. For vehicles which are not the emissions catalyst.
FlexFuel, fuel labeled
greater than 15% ethanol by
volume, such as mid-level
California Fuel
ethanol blends (16 – 50% Requirements
ethanol), E85, or FlexFuel. If the vehicle is certified to meet
. Fuel with any amount of California Emissions Standards, it is
methanol, methylal, and designed to operate on fuels that
aniline. These fuels can meet California specifications. See
corrode metal fuel system the underhood emission control
Do not use any fuel labeled E85 or parts or damage plastic and label. If this fuel is not available in
FlexFuel. Do not use gasoline with rubber parts. states adopting California Emissions
ethanol levels greater than 15% by Standards, the vehicle will operate
volume. . Fuel containing metals such
satisfactorily on fuels meeting
as methylcyclopentadienyl
Use regular unleaded gasoline federal specifications, but emission
manganese tricarbonyl
meeting ASTM specification D4814 control system performance may be
with a posted octane rating of 87 or (Continued) affected. The malfunction indicator
higher. Do not use gasoline with a lamp could turn on and the vehicle
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
may not pass a smog-check test. gasoline additive recommended by

See Malfunction Indicator Lamp General Motors. It is available at Warning (Continued)
(Check Engine Light) 0 116. If this your dealer.
. Keep children away from
occurs, return to your authorized
the fuel pump and never let
dealer for diagnosis. If it is Filling the Tank children pump fuel.
determined that the condition is
caused by the type of fuel used, . Fuel can spray out if the fuel
repairs may not be covered by the { Warning cap is opened too quickly.
vehicle warranty. Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn This spray can happen if the
violently and can cause injury or tank is nearly full, and is
Fuels in Foreign death. more likely in hot weather.
Open the fuel cap slowly
Countries . To help avoid injuries to you and wait for any hiss noise
The U.S., Canada, and Mexico post and others, read and follow to stop, then unscrew the
fuel octane ratings in anti-knock all the instructions on the cap all the way.
index (AKI). For fuel not to use in a fuel pump island.
foreign country, see “Prohibited . Turn off the engine when
Fuels” in Fuel 0 225. refueling.
. Keep sparks, flames, and
Fuel Additives
smoking materials away
To keep fuel systems clean, TOP from fuel.
TIER® detergent gasoline is . Do not leave the fuel pump
recommended. See Fuel 0 225.
unattended.
If TOP TIER detergent gasoline is . Do not use a cell phone
not available, one bottle of GM Fuel
while refueling.
System Treatment Cleaner added to
the fuel tank at every engine oil . Do not re-enter the vehicle
change, can help. GM Fuel System while pumping fuel.
Treatment Cleaner is the only (Continued)
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
The fuel cap is behind a hinged fuel nozzle. Clean fuel from painted
door on the driver side of the surfaces as soon as possible. See Caution (Continued)
vehicle. To open the fuel door, push Exterior Care 0 304.
and release the rearward center may cause the malfunction
When replacing the fuel cap, turn it indicator lamp to light, and could
edge of the door. clockwise until it clicks. Make sure damage the fuel tank and
To remove the fuel cap, turn it the cap is fully installed. If the cap is emissions system. See
slowly counterclockwise. The fuel not properly installed, the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
cap has a spring in it; if the cap is malfunction indicator lamp may (Check Engine Light) 0 116.
released too soon, it will spring back come on. See Malfunction Indicator
to the right. Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 116.
While refueling, hang the fuel cap Filling a Portable Fuel
from the hook on the fuel door. { Warning Container
If a fire starts while you are
{ Warning refueling, do not remove the { Warning
Overfilling the fuel tank by more nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by
Filling a portable fuel container
than three clicks of a standard fill shutting off the pump or by
while it is in the vehicle can cause
nozzle may cause: notifying the station attendant.
fuel vapors that can ignite either
Leave the area immediately.
. Vehicle performance issues, by static electricity or other
including engine stalling and means. You or others could be
damage to the fuel system. badly burned and the vehicle
. Fuel spills. Caution could be damaged. Always:
. Use approved fuel
. Potential fuel fires. If a new fuel cap is needed, be
containers.
sure to get the right type of cap
from your dealer. The wrong type . Remove the container from
Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait a the vehicle, trunk, or pickup
few seconds after you have finished of fuel cap may not fit properly,
bed before filling.
pumping before removing the (Continued)
(Continued)
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16

. Do not tow a trailer during the
Warning (Continued) Trailer Towing first 800 km (500 mi), to prevent
damage to the engine, axle or
. Place the container on the General Towing other parts.
ground. Information . Then, during the first 800 km
. Place the nozzle inside the
Only use towing equipment that has (500 mi) trailer towing, do not
fill opening of the container drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and
been designed for the vehicle.
before dispensing fuel, and do not make starts at full throttle.
Contact your dealer or trailering
keep it in contact with the fill
dealer for assistance with preparing . The vehicle can tow in D (Drive)
opening until filling is
the vehicle for towing a trailer. Read but Manual Mode is
complete.
the entire section before towing a recommended. See Manual
. Fill the container no more trailer. Mode 0 208. Use a lower gear if
than 95% full to allow for the transmission shifts too often.
For towing a disabled vehicle, see
expansion.
Towing the Vehicle 0 300. For . Turn off Parking Assist when
. Do not smoke, light towing the vehicle behind another towing.
matches, or use lighters vehicle such as a motor home, see
while pumping fuel. Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 300.
. Avoid using cell phones or
{ Warning
other electronic devices. Driving Characteristics When towing a trailer, exhaust
and Towing Tips gases may collect at the rear of
the vehicle and enter if the
Driving with a Trailer liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most
When towing a trailer: window is open.
. Become familiar with the state When towing a trailer:
and local laws that apply (Continued)
specifically to trailer towing.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
electric brakes, start the Passing

Warning (Continued) combination moving and then apply
More passing distance is needed
the trailer brake controller by hand
. Do not drive with the when towing a trailer. Because the
to be sure the brakes work.
liftgate, trunk/hatch, rig is longer, it is necessary to go
or rear-most window open. During the trip, check occasionally farther beyond the passed vehicle
to be sure that the load is secure before returning to the lane.
. Fully open the air outlets on and the lamps and any trailer
or under the instrument brakes still work. Backing Up
panel.
Towing with a Stability Control Hold the bottom of the steering
. Also adjust the climate wheel with one hand. To move the
control system to a setting System trailer to the left, move your hand to
that brings in only outside When towing, the sound of the the left. To move the trailer to the
air. See “Climate Control stability control system might be right, move your hand to the right.
Systems” in the Index. heard. The system is reacting to the Always back up slowly and,
For information about carbon vehicle movement caused by the if possible, have someone
monoxide, see Engine trailer, which mainly occurs during guide you.
Exhaust 0 206. cornering. This is normal when
towing heavier trailers. Making Turns
Towing a trailer requires a certain Following Distance Caution

amount of experience. The Stay at least twice as far behind the
combination you are driving is vehicle ahead as you would when Making very sharp turns while
longer and not as responsive as the driving the vehicle without a trailer. trailering could cause the trailer to
vehicle itself. Get acquainted with This can help to avoid situations come in contact with the vehicle.
the handling and braking of the rig that require heavy braking and The vehicle could be damaged.
before setting out for the open road. sudden turns. Avoid making very sharp turns
Before starting, check all trailer hitch while trailering.
parts and attachments, safety
chains, electrical connectors, lamps,
tires and mirrors. If the trailer has
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
When turning with a trailer, make brakes might have to be used so Parking on Hills
wider turns than normal so the much that they would get hot and no
trailer will not strike soft shoulders,
curbs, road signs, trees or other
longer work well. { Warning
The vehicle can tow in D (Drive).
objects. Use the turn signal well in Use a lower gear if the transmission Parking the vehicle on a hill with
advance and avoid jerky or sudden shifts too often. the trailer attached can be
maneuvers. dangerous. If something goes
The Tow/Haul Mode may be used if
Turn Signals When Towing a wrong, the rig could start to move.
the transmission shifts too often.
Trailer People can be injured, and both
See Tow/Haul Mode 0 209.
the vehicle and the trailer can be
The turn signal indicators on the When towing at high altitude on damaged. When possible, always
instrument cluster flash whenever steep uphill grades, engine coolant park the rig on a flat surface.
signaling a turn or lane change. boils at a lower temperature than at
Properly hooked up, the trailer normal altitudes. If the engine is
lamps also flash, telling other turned off immediately after towing If parking the rig on a hill:
drivers the vehicle is turning, at high altitude on steep uphill 1. Press the brake pedal, but do
changing lanes or stopping. grades, the vehicle could show not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn
When towing a trailer, the arrows on signs similar to engine overheating. the wheels into the curb if
the instrument cluster flash for turns To avoid this, let the engine run facing downhill or into traffic if
even if the bulbs on the trailer are while parked, preferably on level facing uphill.
burned out. Check occasionally to ground, with the transmission in
P (Park) for a few minutes before 2. Have someone place chocks
be sure the trailer bulbs are still under the trailer wheels.
working. turning the engine off. If the
overheat warning comes on, see 3. When the wheel chocks are in
Driving on Grades Engine Overheating 0 250. place, release the brake pedal
Reduce speed and shift to a lower until the chocks absorb
gear before starting down a long or the load.
steep downgrade. If the 4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then
transmission is not shifted down, the apply the parking brake and
shift into P (Park).
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
5. Release the brake pedal. Engine Cooling When Trailer Maximum trailer weight is calculated
Towing assuming only the driver is in the
Leaving After Parking on a Hill tow vehicle and it has all the
The cooling system may temporarily required trailering equipment. The
1. Apply and hold the brake pedal
overheat during severe operating weight of additional optional
while you:
conditions. See Engine equipment, passengers and cargo in
. Start the engine. Overheating 0 250. the tow vehicle must be subtracted
. Shift into a gear. from the maximum trailer weight.
.
Trailer Towing
Release the parking brake. Use the following chart to determine
Three important considerations how much the vehicle can weigh,
2. Let up on the brake pedal.
have to do with weight: based upon the vehicle model and
3. Drive slowly until the trailer is . The weight of the trailer. options.
clear of the chocks.
. The weight of the trailer tongue.
4. Stop and have someone pick
up and store the chocks. . The total weight on the vehicle's
tires.
Maintenance When Trailer
Towing Weight of the Trailer
The vehicle needs service more How heavy can a trailer safely be?
often when pulling a trailer. See the Speed, altitude, road grades,
Maintenance Schedule 0 315. outside temperature, special
Things that are especially important equipment, and the amount of
in trailer operation are automatic tongue weight the vehicle can carry
transmission fluid, engine oil, axle must be considered. See “Weight of
lubricant, belts, cooling system and the Trailer Tongue” later in this
brake system. Inspect these before section for more information.
and during the trip.
Check periodically to see that all
hitch nuts and bolts are tight.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Vehicle Maximum Trailer Weight *GCWR

Front-Wheel Drive 907 kg (2,000 lb) 3 402 kg (7,500 lb)
Front-Wheel Drive, V92 Trailer Towing Package 2 041 kg (4,500 lb) 4 309 kg (9,500 lb)
All-Wheel Drive 907 kg (2,000 lb) 3 493 kg (7,700 lb)
All-Wheel Drive, V92 Trailer Towing Package 2 041 kg (4,500 lb) 4 400 kg (9,700 lb)
*The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and
trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be
exceeded.
Ask your dealer for our trailering If there are a lot of options,
information or advice. equipment, passengers or cargo in
the vehicle, it will reduce the tongue
Weight of the Trailer Tongue weight the vehicle can carry, which
The tongue load (1) of any trailer is will also reduce the trailer weight the
an important weight to measure vehicle can tow. If towing a trailer,
because it affects the total gross the tongue load must be added to
weight of the vehicle. The Gross the GVW because the vehicle will
Vehicle Weight (GVW) includes the be carrying that weight, too. See
curb weight of the vehicle, any Vehicle Load Limits 0 195
cargo carried in it, and the people
who will be riding in the vehicle.
If a weight-carrying hitch or a
weight-distributing hitch is being
used, the trailer tongue (1) should
weigh 10-15 percent of the total
loaded trailer weight (2).
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
After loading the trailer, weigh the Total Weight on the Vehicle's . Will any holes be made in the
trailer and then the tongue, Tires body of the vehicle when the
separately, to see if the weights are trailer hitch is installed? If so,
proper. If they are not, adjustments Inflate the vehicle's tires to the then be sure to seal the holes
might be made by moving some upper limit for cold tires. These when the hitch is removed. If the
items around in the trailer. numbers can be found on the holes are not sealed, dirt, water,
Certification label or see Vehicle and deadly carbon monoxide
Trailering may be limited by the Load Limits 0 195 for more
vehicle's ability to carry tongue (CO) from the exhaust may get
information. Do not go over the into the vehicle. See Engine
weight. Tongue weight cannot cause GVW limit for the vehicle, or the
the vehicle to exceed the GVWR Exhaust 0 206.
GAWR, including the weight of the
(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) or trailer tongue. If using a weight Weight-Distributing Hitches and
the RGAWR (Rear Gross Axle distributing hitch, do not go over the Weight Carrying Hitches
Weight Rating). The effect of rear axle limit before applying the
additional weight may reduce the weight distribution spring bars.
trailering capacity more than the
total of the additional weight. Towing Equipment
It is important that the vehicle does
not exceed any of its ratings — Hitches
GCWR, GVWR, RGAWR, Maximum It is important to have the correct
Trailer Rating or Tongue Weight. hitch equipment. Crosswinds, large
The only way to be sure it is not trucks going by, and rough roads
exceeding any of these ratings is to are a few reasons why the right
weigh the vehicle and trailer. hitch is needed.
. The rear bumper on the vehicle
is not intended for hitches. Do
not attach rental hitches or other 1. Front of Vehicle
bumper-type hitches to it. Use 2. Body-to-Ground Distance
only a frame-mounted hitch that
does not attach to the bumper.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
When using a weight-distributing Because the vehicle has antilock . Light Green: Back-up Lamps
hitch, the hitch must be adjusted so brakes, do not try to tap into the . Red/Black: Battery Feed
that the distance (2) remains the vehicle's hydraulic brake system.
same both before and after coupling If you do, both brake systems will . Dark Blue: Trailer Brake*
the trailer to the tow vehicle. not work well, or at all. *The fuse for this circuit is installed
Safety Chains Trailer Wiring Harness in the underhood electrical center,
but the wires are not connected.
Always attach chains between the Basic Trailer Wiring They should be connected by your
vehicle and the trailer. Cross the dealer or a qualified service center.
safety chains under the tongue of The trailer wiring harness, with a
the trailer to help prevent the tongue seven-pin connector, is located at If the back-up lamp circuit is not
from contacting the road if it the rear of the vehicle and is tied to functional, contact your dealer.
becomes separated from the hitch. the vehicle's frame. The harness
To help charge a remote
Always leave just enough slack so connector can be plugged into a
(non-vehicle) battery, press the Tow/
the rig can turn. Never allow safety seven-pin universal heavy-duty
Haul Mode button at the end of the
chains to drag on the ground. trailer connector available through
shift lever. If the trailer is too light for
your dealer.
Tow/Haul Mode, turn on the
Trailer Brakes Use only a round, seven-wire headlamps to help charge the
A loaded trailer that weighs more connector with flat blade terminals battery.
than 450 kg (1,000 lb) needs to have meeting SAE J2863 specifications
for proper electrical connectivity. Electric Trailer Brake Control
its own brake system that is
Wiring Provisions
adequate for the weight of the The seven-wire harness contains
trailer. Be sure to read and follow the following trailer circuits: These wiring provisions for an
the instructions for the trailer brakes electric trailer brake controller are
so they are installed, adjusted, and . Yellow: Left Stop/Turn Signal included with the vehicle as part of
maintained properly. . Dark Green: Right Stop/Turn the trailer wiring package. The
Signal instrument panel contains blunt cut
wires above the parking brake
. Brown: Taillamps
. Black: Ground
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
assembly for the electric trailer Conversions and

brake controller. The harness Caution
contains the following wires: Add-Ons Some electrical equipment can
. Red/Black: Power Supply damage the vehicle or cause
.
Add-On Electrical components to not work and
White: Brake Switch Signal
Equipment would not be covered by the
. Gray: Illumination
vehicle warranty. Always check
. Dark Blue: Trailer Brake Signal { Warning with your dealer before adding
. Black: Ground electrical equipment.
The Data Link Connector (DLC) is
The electric trailer brake controller used for vehicle service and
should be installed by your dealer or Emission Inspection/Maintenance Add-on equipment can drain the
a qualified service center. testing. See Malfunction Indicator vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the
vehicle is not operating.
Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 116.
A device connected to the DLC — The vehicle has an airbag system.
such as an aftermarket fleet or Before attempting to add anything
driver-behavior tracking device — electrical to the vehicle, see
may interfere with vehicle Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
systems. This could affect vehicle Vehicle 0 76 and Adding Equipment
operation and cause a crash. to the Airbag-Equipped
Such devices may also access Vehicle 0 76.
information stored in the vehicle’s
systems.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
236 Vehicle Care
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Vehicle Care Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Engine Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Battery - North America . . . . . . 255 Instrument Panel Fuse
All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
General Information Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 256
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 237 Automatic Transmission Shift Wheels and Tires
California Proposition Lock Control Function Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
California Perchlorate Ignition Transmission Lock Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Materials Requirements . . . . . 237 Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Accessories and Park Brake and P (Park) Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 270
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 257 Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 257 Tire Terminology and
Vehicle Checks Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Doing Your Own Windshield Replacement . . . . . 258
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Headlamp Aiming Tire Pressure Monitor
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Engine Compartment Tire Pressure Monitor
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Bulb Replacement Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Engine Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 High Intensity Discharge (HID) Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 244 Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 When It Is Time for New
Automatic Transmission Taillamps, Turn Signal, and Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Stoplamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 245 License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . 259 Different Size Tires and
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Uniform Tire Quality
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 250 Electrical System
High Voltage Devices and Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Overheated Engine Protection Wheel Alignment and Tire
Operating Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Electrical System Overload . . . 261 Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Power Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . 252 Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 286
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 261
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Vehicle Care 237
Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 General Information cause cancer and birth defects or
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 other reproductive harm. Engine
Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 For service and parts needs, visit exhaust, many parts and systems,
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 296 your dealer. You will receive many fluids, and some component
genuine GM parts and GM-trained wear by-products contain and/or
Jump Starting and supported service people. emit these chemicals.
Jump Starting - North
America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 Genuine GM parts have one of See Battery - North America 0 255
these marks: and Jump Starting - North
Towing the Vehicle America 0 297.
Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Recreational Vehicle California Perchlorate
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Materials Requirements
Appearance Care Certain types of automotive
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
applications, such as airbag
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
initiators, safety belt pretensioners,
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
and lithium batteries contained in
Remote Keyless Entry transmitters,
may contain perchlorate materials.
Special handling may be necessary.
For additional information, see
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
California Proposition perchlorate.
65 Warning
Accessories and
WARNING: Most motor vehicles,
including this one, as well as many Modifications
of its service parts and fluids, Adding non-dealer accessories or
contain and/or emit chemicals making modifications to the vehicle
known to the State of California to can affect vehicle performance and
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
238 Vehicle Care
safety, including such things as Damage to vehicle components Vehicle Checks

airbags, braking, stability, ride and resulting from modifications or the
handling, emissions systems, installation or use of non-GM
aerodynamics, durability, and certified parts, including control Doing Your Own
electronic systems like antilock module or software modifications, is Service Work
brakes, traction control, and stability not covered under the terms of the
control. These accessories or
modifications could even cause
vehicle warranty and may affect
remaining warranty coverage for
{ Warning
malfunction or damage not covered affected parts. It can be dangerous to work on
by the vehicle warranty. GM Accessories are designed to your vehicle if you do not have
Damage to suspension components complement and function with other the proper knowledge, service
caused by modifying vehicle height systems on the vehicle. See your manual, tools, or parts. Always
outside of factory settings will not be dealer to accessorize the vehicle follow owner’s manual procedures
covered by the vehicle warranty. using genuine GM Accessories and consult the service manual
installed by a dealer technician. for your vehicle before doing any
Also, see Adding Equipment to the service work.
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 76.
If doing some of your own service
work, use the proper service
manual. It tells you much more
about how to service the vehicle
than this manual can. To order the
proper service manual, see Service
Publications Ordering
Information 0 339.
This vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to do your own
service work, see Servicing the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 76.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Vehicle Care 239
Keep a record with all parts receipts Before closing the hood, be sure all
and list the mileage and the date of filler caps are on properly.
any service work performed. See Pull the hood down to close. Lower
Maintenance Records 0 326. the hood until the lifting pressure of
the strut is reduced. Then allow the
Caution hood to fall and latch into place
under its own weight. Check to
Even small amounts of make sure the hood is closed. If the
contamination can cause damage hood does not fully latch, gently
to vehicle systems. Do not allow push the hood down at the front and
contaminants to contact the fluids, center of the hood until it is
reservoir caps, or dipsticks. completely latched.
2. At the front of the vehicle, pull
Hood up on the center of the hood,
and push the secondary hood
To open the hood: release to the right.
3. After you have partially lifted
the hood, gas struts will
automatically take over to lift
and hold the hood in the fully
open position.
1. Pull the hood release handle

with this symbol on it. It is
under the instrument panel on
the driver side of the vehicle.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
240 Vehicle Care
Engine Compartment Overview

9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Vehicle Care 241
1. Remote Negative (−) Terminal. 11. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See 2. Raise the engine cover (2) to
See Jump Starting - North Brake Fluid 0 254. release it from the retainers.
America 0 297. 12. Windshield Washer Fluid 3. Lift and remove the engine
2. Engine Compartment Fuse Reservoir. See “Adding Washer cover.
Block 0 261. Fluid” under Washer 4. Reverse Steps 1–3 to reinstall
3. Radiator Pressure Cap (Out of Fluid 0 253. engine cover.
View). See Cooling 13. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 245.
System 0 246. Engine Oil
4. Engine Coolant Recovery Cap. Engine Cover To ensure proper engine
See Cooling System 0 246. performance and long life, careful
5. Remote Positive (+) Terminal. attention must be paid to engine oil.
See Jump Starting - North Following these simple, but
America 0 297. important steps will help protect
your investment:
6. Power Steering Reservoir and
Cap (Under Engine Cover). . Use engine oil approved to the
See Power Steering proper specification and of the
Fluid 0 252. proper viscosity grade. See
“Selecting the Right Engine Oil”
7. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When in this section.
to Add Engine Oil” under
Engine Oil 0 241. . Check the engine oil level
regularly and maintain the
8. Engine Oil Dipstick (Out of proper oil level. See “Checking
View). See “Checking Engine 1. Oil Fill Cap
Engine Oil” and “When to Add
Oil” under Engine Oil 0 241. 2. Engine Cover Engine Oil” in this section.
9. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of To remove: . Change the engine oil at the
View). See Cooling 1. Remove the oil fill cap (1). appropriate time. See Engine Oil
System 0 246. Life System 0 244.
10. Engine Cover 0 241.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
242 Vehicle Care

. Always dispose of engine oil or too soon after engine shutoff the level. See “Selecting the Right
properly. See “What to Do with can result in incorrect readings. Engine Oil” later in this section for
Used Oil” in this section. Accuracy improves when an explanation of what kind of oil to
checking a cold engine prior to use. For engine oil crankcase
Checking Engine Oil starting. Remove the dipstick capacity, see Capacities and
Check the engine oil level regularly, and check the level. Specifications 0 328.
every 650 km (400 mi), especially . If unable to wait two hours, the
prior to a long trip. The engine oil engine must be off for at least Caution
dipstick handle is a loop. See 15 minutes if the engine is
Engine Compartment Overview warm, or at least 30 minutes if Do not add too much oil. Oil
0 240 for the location. the engine is not warm. Pull out levels above or below the
the dipstick, wipe it with a clean acceptable operating range
{ Warning paper towel or cloth, then push it shown on the dipstick are harmful
back in all the way. Remove it to the engine. If you find that you
The engine oil dipstick handle again, keeping the tip down, and have an oil level above the
may be hot; it could burn you. check the level. operating range, i.e., the engine
Use a towel or glove to touch the has so much oil that the oil level
dipstick handle. When to Add Engine Oil gets above the cross-hatched
area that shows the proper
If a low oil Driver Information Center operating range, the engine could
(DIC) message displays, check the be damaged. You should drain
oil level. out the excess oil or limit driving
of the vehicle and seek a service
Follow these guidelines:
professional to remove the
. To get an accurate reading, park excess amount of oil.
the vehicle on level ground. If the oil is below the cross-hatched
Check the engine oil level after area at the tip of the dipstick and
the engine has been off for at the engine has been off for at least See Engine Compartment Overview
least two hours. Checking the 15 minutes, add 1 L (1 qt) of the 0 240 for the location of the engine
engine oil level on steep grades recommended oil and then recheck oil fill cap.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Vehicle Care 243
Add enough oil to put the level Engine Oil Additives/Engine

somewhere in the proper operating Caution Oil Flushes
range. Push the dipstick all the way
back in when through. Failure to use the recommended Do not add anything to the oil. The
engine oil or equivalent can result recommended oils meeting the
Selecting the Right Engine Oil in engine damage not covered by dexos1 specification are all that is
the vehicle warranty. needed for good performance and
Selecting the right engine oil
engine protection.
depends on both the proper oil
specification and viscosity grade. Viscosity Grade Engine oil system flushes are not
See Recommended Fluids and recommended and could cause
Lubricants 0 324. Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade engine damage not covered by the
engine oil. vehicle warranty.
Specification Cold Temperature Operation: In an
Ask for and use engine oils that area of extreme cold, where the What to Do with Used Oil
meet the dexos1™ specification. temperature falls below −29 °C Used engine oil contains certain
Engine oils that have been (−20 °F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be elements that can be unhealthy for
approved by GM as meeting the used. An oil of this viscosity grade your skin and could even cause
dexos1 specification are marked will provide easier cold starting for cancer. Do not let used oil stay on
with the dexos1 approved logo. See the engine at extremely low your skin for very long. Clean your
www.gmdexos.com. temperatures. When selecting an oil skin and nails with soap and water,
of the appropriate viscosity grade, it or a good hand cleaner. Wash or
is recommended to select an oil of properly dispose of clothing or rags
the correct specification. See containing used engine oil. See the
“Specification” earlier in this section. manufacturer's warnings about the
use and disposal of oil products.
Used oil can be a threat to the
environment. If you change your
own oil, be sure to drain all the oil
from the filter before disposal. Never
dispose of oil by putting it in the
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
244 Vehicle Care
trash or pouring it on the ground, change is not necessary for up to a 2. Press the vehicle information
into sewers, or into streams or year. The engine oil and filter must button until OIL LIFE
bodies of water. Recycle it by taking be changed at least once a year REMAINING displays.
it to a place that collects used oil. and, at this time, the system must 3. Press and hold the set/reset
be reset. Your dealer has trained button until “100%” is
Engine Oil Life System service people who will perform this displayed. Three chimes sound
work and reset the system. It is also and the CHANGE ENGINE OIL
When to Change Engine Oil important to check the oil regularly SOON message goes off.
This vehicle has a computer system over the course of an oil drain
interval and keep it at the proper 4. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF.
that indicates when to change the
engine oil and filter. This is based level. If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
on a combination of factors which If the system is ever reset message comes back on when the
include engine revolutions, engine accidentally, the oil must be vehicle is started, the engine oil life
temperature, and miles driven. changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) system has not been reset. Repeat
Based on driving conditions, the since the last oil change. the procedure.
mileage at which an oil change is Remember to reset the oil life
indicated can vary considerably. For system whenever the oil is changed. Automatic Transmission
the oil life system to work properly, Fluid
the system must be reset every time How to Reset the Engine Oil
the oil is changed. Life System It is not necessary to check the
Reset the system whenever the transmission fluid level.
When the system has calculated
engine oil is changed so that the A transmission fluid leak is the only
that oil life has been diminished, it
system can calculate the next reason for fluid loss. If a leak
indicates that an oil change is
engine oil change. To reset the occurs, take the vehicle to the
necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE
system: dealer and have it repaired as soon
OIL SOON message comes on.
as possible.
Change the oil as soon as possible 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN,
within the next 1 000 km (600 mi). with the engine off.
It is possible that, if driving under
the best conditions, the oil life
system might indicate that an oil
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Vehicle Care 245
Change the fluid at the intervals Engine Air Cleaner/Filter the engine air cleaner/filter or
listed in Maintenance Schedule components with water or
0 315, and be sure to use the See Engine Compartment Overview compressed air.
transmission fluid listed in 0 240 for the location of the engine
air cleaner/filter. To inspect or replace the engine air
Recommended Fluids and cleaner/filter:
Lubricants 0 324. When to Inspect the Engine Air
Cleaner/Filter
Caution
For intervals on changing and
Use of the incorrect automatic inspecting the engine air cleaner/
transmission fluid may damage filter, see Maintenance
the vehicle, and the damage may Schedule 0 315.
not be covered by the vehicle How to Inspect the Engine Air
warranty. Always use the Cleaner/Filter
automatic transmission fluid listed
in Recommended Fluids and Do not start the engine or have the
Lubricants 0 324. engine running with the engine air
cleaner/filter housing open. Before
removing the engine air cleaner/
The transmission fluid will not reach filter, make sure that the engine air 1. Air Duct Clamp
the end of the dipstick unless the cleaner/filter housing and nearby 2. Electrical Connector
transmission is at operating components are free of dirt and 3. Screws
temperature. If you need to check debris. Remove the engine air
the transmission fluid level, please cleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shake 1. Loosen the air duct clamp (1).
take the vehicle to your dealer. the engine air cleaner/filter (away 2. Disconnect the electrical
from the vehicle), to release loose connector (2).
dust and dirt. Inspect the engine air
3. Remove the screws (3) and lift
cleaner/filter for damage, and
the cover assembly.
replace if damaged. Do not clean
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
246 Vehicle Care
4. Inspect or replace the air Cooling System

cleaner/filter. { Warning
The cooling system allows the
5. Reverse Steps 1–4 to reinstall engine to maintain the correct An electric engine cooling fan
the housing cover and working temperature. under the hood can start up even
reconnect the electrical when the engine is not running
connector to the sensor. and can cause injury. Keep
hands, clothing, and tools away
{ Warning from any underhood electric fan.
Operating the engine with the air
cleaner/filter off can cause you or
others to be burned. The air { Warning
cleaner not only cleans the air; it
helps to stop flames if the engine Heater and radiator hoses, and
backfires. Use caution when other engine parts, can be very
working on the engine and do not hot. Do not touch them. If you do,
drive with the air cleaner/filter off. you can be burned.
1. Radiator Pressure Cap Do not run the engine if there is a

(Under Sight Shield) leak. If you run the engine, it
could lose all coolant. That could
Caution 2. Engine Coolant
Recovery Tank cause an engine fire, and you
If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt 3. Engine Cooling Fans (Out could be burned. Get any leak
can easily get into the engine, of View) fixed before you drive the vehicle.
which could damage it. Always
have the air cleaner/filter in place
when you are driving.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Vehicle Care 247
What to Use . Gives boiling protection up to

Caution 129 °C (265 °F), engine
Using coolant other than { Warning temperature.
DEX-COOL® can cause . Protects against rust and
Adding only plain water or some corrosion.
premature engine, heater core,
other liquid to the cooling system
or radiator corrosion. In addition, . Will not damage aluminum parts.
can be dangerous. Plain water
the engine coolant could require .
and other liquids, can boil before Helps keep the proper engine
changing sooner. Any repairs temperature.
the proper coolant mixture will.
would not be covered by the
The coolant warning system is set
vehicle warranty. Always use
DEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolant
for the proper coolant mixture. Caution
With plain water or the wrong
in the vehicle. If improper coolant mixture,
mixture, the engine could get too
hot but you would not get the inhibitors, or additives are used in
Engine Coolant overheat warning. The engine the vehicle cooling system, the
could catch fire and you or others engine could overheat and be
The cooling system in the vehicle is damaged. Too much water in the
could be burned. Use a 50/
filled with DEX-COOL® engine mixture can freeze and crack
50 mixture of clean, drinkable
coolant. See Maintenance Schedule engine cooling parts. The repairs
0 315 and Recommended Fluids water and DEX-COOL coolant.
would not be covered by the
and Lubricants 0 324.
vehicle warranty. Use only the
The following explains the cooling Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, proper mixture of engine coolant
system and how to check and add drinkable water and DEX-COOL
for the cooling system. See
coolant when it is low. If there is a coolant. If using this mixture,
Recommended Fluids and
problem with engine overheating, nothing else needs to be added.
This mixture: Lubricants 0 324.
see Engine Overheating 0 250.
. Gives freezing protection down
to −37 °C (−34 °F), outside Never dispose of engine coolant by
temperature. putting it in the trash, pouring it on
the ground, or into sewers, streams,
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
248 Vehicle Care
or bodies of water. Have the coolant How to Add Coolant to the

changed by an authorized service Recovery Tank
center, familiar with legal
requirements regarding used
coolant disposal. This will help
{ Warning
protect the environment and your You can be burned if you spill
health. The coolant recovery tank cap has coolant on hot engine parts.
Checking Coolant this symbol on it. Coolant contains ethylene glycol
When the engine is cold, the coolant and it will burn if the engine parts
The vehicle must be on a level are hot enough. Do not spill
surface when checking the coolant level should be at or above the
FULL COLD ISO symbol mark on coolant on a hot engine.
level.
the recovery tank.
Check to see if coolant is visible in
the coolant recovery tank. If the When the engine is hot, the level
coolant inside the coolant recovery could be higher than the FULL Caution
tank is boiling, do not do anything COLD ISO symbol mark. If the
else until it cools down. If coolant is coolant is below the FULL COLD This vehicle has a specific
visible but the coolant level is not at ISO symbol mark when the engine coolant fill procedure. Failure to
or above the FULL COLD ISO is hot, there could be a leak in the follow this procedure could cause
symbol mark, add a 50/50 mixture of cooling system. the engine to overheat and be
clean, drinkable water and If the coolant is low, add the coolant severely damaged.
DEX-COOL coolant at the coolant or take the vehicle to your dealer for
recovery tank, but be sure the service. If recovery tank is empty, check the
cooling system is cool before this is coolant level in the radiator before
done. See Engine adding coolant to the recovery tank
Overheating 0 250. or take the vehicle to the dealer for
service. See “How to Add Coolant to
the Radiator” later in this section.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Vehicle Care 249
If coolant is needed, add the proper If a hiss is heard, wait for that
DEX-COOL coolant mixture at the to stop. A hiss means there is
coolant recovery tank. still some pressure left in the
system.
How to Add Coolant to the
Radiator 3. Keep turning the pressure cap
slowly and remove it.
{ Warning 4. Fill the radiator to the base of
the filler neck with the proper
Steam and scalding liquids from a DEX-COOL coolant mixture.
hot cooling system can blow out
and burn you badly. Never turn
the cap when the cooling system,
1. Detach the fasteners and lift off
including the surge tank pressure
the panel that covers the
cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling
radiator cap.
system and surge tank pressure
cap to cool.
If coolant is needed, add the proper

mixture directly to the radiator, but
be sure the cooling system is cool
before this is done. Then check the
recovery tank and add coolant if 2. Remove the radiator pressure
needed. 5. Fill the coolant recovery tank to
cap when the cooling system,
the FULL COLD ISO
including the upper radiator
symbol mark.
hose, is no longer hot. Turn the
pressure cap slowly 6. Reinstall the cap on the coolant
counterclockwise about one recovery tank but leave the
full turn. radiator pressure cap off.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
250 Vehicle Care
7. Start the engine and let it run Engine Overheating should be running. If they are not,
until the upper radiator hose do not continue to run the engine
feels warm. Any time during The vehicle has several indicators and have the vehicle serviced.
this procedure, watch out for to warn of engine overheating.
the engine cooling fans. There is an engine coolant Caution
8. If the coolant level inside the temperature gauge on the
radiator filler neck is low, add instrument panel cluster. See Running the engine without
more of the proper DEX-COOL Engine Coolant Temperature coolant may cause damage or a
coolant mixture through the Gauge 0 112. fire. Vehicle damage would not be
filler neck until the level is back The vehicle may also display an covered by the vehicle warranty.
up to the base of the filler neck. ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE See Overheated Engine
ENGINE and ENGINE Protection Operating Mode 0 251
9. Replace the pressure cap
OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE for information on driving to a
tightly. At any time during this
procedure if coolant begins to message in the Driver Information safe place in an emergency.
flow out of the filler neck, Center (DIC). See Engine Cooling
reinstall the pressure cap. System Messages 0 129. If Steam Is Coming from the
You may decide not to lift the hood Engine Compartment
Caution when this warning appears, but
If the pressure cap is not tightly

instead get service help right away.
See Roadside Assistance
{ Warning
installed, coolant loss and Program 0 334. Steam from an overheated engine
possible engine damage may If you do decide to lift the hood, can burn you badly, even if you
occur. Be sure the cap is properly make sure the vehicle is parked on just open the hood. Stay away
and tightly secured. a level surface. from the engine if you see or hear
Then check to see if the engine steam coming from it. Turn it off
cooling fans are running. If the and get everyone away from the
engine is overheating, both fans vehicle until it cools down. Wait
(Continued)
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Vehicle Care 251

. Stops after high-speed driving. If the warning continues, pull over,
Warning (Continued) stop, and park the vehicle
. Idles for long periods in traffic.
right away.
until there is no sign of steam or . Tows a trailer.
coolant before you open If there is no sign of steam, idle the
the hood. If the overheat warning is displayed engine for three minutes while
with no sign of steam: parked. If the warning is still
If you keep driving when the displayed, turn off the engine until it
1. Turn the air conditioning off.
vehicles engine is overheated, cools down. Also, see “Overheated
the liquids in it can catch fire. You 2. Turn the heater on to the Engine Protection Operating Mode”
or others could be badly burned. highest temperature and to the next in this section.
Stop the engine if it overheats, highest fan speed. Open the
and get out of the vehicle until the windows as necessary. Overheated Engine
engine is cool. 3. When it is safe to do so, pull off Protection
See Overheated Engine the road, shift to P (Park) or
N (Neutral), and let the Operating Mode
Protection Operating Mode 0 251
engine idle. This emergency operating mode lets
for information on driving to a
safe place in an emergency. If the temperature overheat gauge is the vehicle be driven to a safe place
no longer in the overheat zone or an in an emergency situation. If an
overheat warning no longer overheated engine condition exists,
If No Steam Is Coming from displays, the vehicle can be driven. an overheat protection mode which
the Engine Compartment Continue to drive the vehicle slow alternates firing groups of cylinders
for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe helps prevent engine damage. In
If an engine overheat warning is
vehicle distance from the car in front this mode, there is a significant loss
displayed but no steam can be seen
of you. If the warning does not come in power and engine performance.
or heard, the problem may not be
back on, continue to drive normally The temperature gauge indicates an
too serious. Sometimes the engine
and have the cooling system overheat condition exists. Driving
can get a little too hot when the
checked for proper fill and function. extended distances and/or towing a
vehicle:
trailer in the overheat protection
. Climbs a long hill on a hot day. mode should be avoided.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
252 Vehicle Care
When to Check Power Steering The fluid level should be

Caution Fluid somewhere between the MAX and
MIN line on the dipstick in room
After driving in the overheated It is not necessary to regularly temperature. If the fluid is on or
engine protection operating check power steering fluid unless below the MIN line, add fluid close
mode, the engine oil will be you suspect there is a leak in the to the MAX line.
severely degraded. Any repairs system or you hear an unusual
performed before the engine is noise. A fluid loss in this system What to Use
cool may cause engine damage. could indicate a problem. Have the
To determine what kind of fluid to
Allow the engine to cool before system inspected and repaired.
use, see Recommended Fluids and
attempting any repair. Repair the How to Check Power Steering Lubricants 0 324. Always use the
cause of coolant loss, change the Fluid proper fluid.
oil, and reset the oil life system.
See Engine Oil 0 241. To check the power steering fluid:
Caution
1. Turn the key off and let the
engine compartment Use of the incorrect fluid may
Power Steering Fluid cool down. damage the vehicle and the
2. Remove the engine cover. See damages may not be covered by
Engine Cover 0 241. the vehicle warranty. Always use
the correct fluid listed in
3. Wipe the cap and the top of the Recommended Fluids and
reservoir clean. Lubricants 0 324.
4. Unscrew the cap and wipe the
dipstick with a clean rag.
The power steering fluid reservoir is
under the engine cover on the 5. Replace the cap and
passenger side of the vehicle. See completely tighten it.
Engine Compartment Overview 6. Remove the cap again and
0 240 for reservoir location. look at the fluid level on the
dipstick.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Vehicle Care 253
Washer Fluid Open the cap with the washer

Caution (Continued)
symbol on it. Add washer fluid until
What to Use the tank is full. See Engine
. When using concentrated
When adding windshield washer Compartment Overview 0 240 for
reservoir location. washer fluid, follow the
fluid, be sure to read the manufacturer instructions for
manufacturer's instructions before adding water.
use. If the vehicle will be operating Caution
. Fill the washer fluid tank
in an area where the temperature
may fall below freezing, use a fluid . Do not use washer fluid that only three-quarters full when
that has sufficient protection against contains any type of water it is very cold. This allows
freezing. repellent coating. This can for fluid expansion if
cause the wiper blades to freezing occurs, which could
Adding Washer Fluid chatter or skip. damage the tank if it is
. completely full.
When the windshield washer fluid Do not use engine coolant
reservoir is low, a WASHER FLUID (antifreeze) in the
LOW ADD FLUID message will be windshield washer. It can Brakes
displayed on the Driver Information damage the windshield
Center (DIC). See Washer Fluid washer system and paint. Disc brake pads have built-in wear
Messages 0 135. indicators that make a high-pitched
. Do not mix water with warning sound when the brake pads
ready-to-use washer fluid. are worn and new pads are needed.
Water can cause the The sound can come and go or can
solution to freeze and be heard all the time when the
damage the washer fluid vehicle is moving, except when
tank and other parts of the applying the brake pedal firmly.
washer system.
(Continued)
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
254 Vehicle Care
proper sequence to torque Brake Fluid

{ Warning specifications. See Capacities and
Specifications 0 328.
The brake wear warning sound
means that soon the brakes will Brake pads should be replaced as
not work well. That could lead to complete sets.
a crash. When the brake wear Brake Pedal Travel
warning sound is heard, have the
vehicle serviced. See your dealer if the brake pedal
does not return to normal height, The brake master cylinder reservoir
or if there is a rapid increase in is filled with GM approved DOT 3
pedal travel. This could be a sign brake fluid as indicated on the
Caution that brake service may be required. reservoir cap. See Engine
Compartment Overview 0 240 for
Continuing to drive with worn-out Replacing Brake System Parts
the location of the reservoir.
brake pads could result in costly Always replace brake system parts
brake repair. with new, approved replacement Checking Brake Fluid
parts. If this is not done, the brakes With the vehicle in P (Park) on a
Some driving conditions or climates may not work properly. The braking level surface, the brake fluid level
can cause a brake squeal when the performance expected can change should be between the minimum
brakes are first applied or lightly in many other ways if the wrong and maximum marks on the brake
applied. This does not mean replacement brake parts are fluid reservoir.
something is wrong with the brakes. installed or if parts are improperly
There are only two reasons why the
installed.
Properly torqued wheel nuts are brake fluid level in the reservoir may
necessary to help prevent brake go down:
pulsation. When tires are rotated, . Normal brake lining wear. When
inspect brake pads for wear and new linings are installed, the
evenly tighten wheel nuts in the fluid level goes back up.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Vehicle Care 255

. A fluid leak in the brake When the brake fluid falls to a low
hydraulic system. Have the level, the brake warning light comes Caution
brake hydraulic system fixed. on. See Brake System Warning
With a leak, the brakes will not Light 0 118. If brake fluid is spilled on the
work well. vehicle's painted surfaces, the
Brake fluid absorbs water over time paint finish can be damaged.
Always clean the brake fluid which degrades the effectiveness of Immediately wash off any painted
reservoir cap and the area around the brake fluid. Replace brake fluid surface.
the cap before removing it. at the specified intervals to prevent
Do not top off the brake fluid. increased stopping distance. See
Adding fluid does not correct a leak. Maintenance Schedule 0 315. Battery - North America
If fluid is added when the linings are What to Add The original equipment battery is
worn, there will be too much fluid maintenance free. Do not remove
when new brake linings are Use only GM approved DOT 3
brake fluid from a clean, sealed the cap and do not add fluid.
installed. Add or remove fluid, as
necessary, only when work is done container. See Recommended Refer to the replacement number on
on the brake hydraulic system. Fluids and Lubricants 0 324. the original battery label when a
new battery is needed.
{ Warning { Warning
The wrong or contaminated brake
{ Warning
If too much brake fluid is added, it
can spill on the engine and burn, fluid could result in damage to the WARNING: Battery posts,
if the engine is hot enough. You brake system. This could result in terminals, and related
or others could be burned, and the loss of braking leading to a accessories contain lead and lead
the vehicle could be damaged. possible injury. Always use the compounds, chemicals known to
Add brake fluid only when work is proper GM approved brake fluid. the State of California to cause
done on the brake hydraulic cancer and birth defects or other
system. reproductive harm. Batteries also
contain other chemicals known to
(Continued)
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
256 Vehicle Care
Extended Storage: Remove the Do not use the accelerator

Warning (Continued) black, negative (−) cable from the pedal, and be ready to turn off
battery or use a battery trickle the engine immediately if it
the State of California to cause charger. starts.
cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING. 3. Try to start the engine in each
All-Wheel Drive gear. The vehicle should start
See California Proposition only in P (Park) or N (Neutral).
Transfer case fluid does not require
65 Warning 0 237. checking unless there is a fluid leak If the vehicle starts in any other
or unusual noise. If required, have position, contact your dealer for
Vehicle Storage the transfer case serviced by your service.
dealer.
Automatic Transmission
{ Warning Starter Switch Check Shift Lock Control
Batteries have acid that can burn Function Check
you and gas that can explode. { Warning
You can be badly hurt if you are
not careful. See Jump Starting - When you are doing this { Warning
North America 0 297 for tips on inspection, the vehicle could When you are doing this
working around a battery without move suddenly. If the vehicle inspection, the vehicle could
getting hurt. moves, you or others could be move suddenly. If the vehicle
injured. moves, you or others could be
Infrequent Usage: Remove the injured.
black, negative (−) cable from the 1. Before starting this check, be
battery to keep the battery from sure there is enough room 1. Before starting this check, be
running down. around the vehicle. sure there is enough room
2. Apply both the parking brake around the vehicle. It should be
and the regular brake. parked on a level surface.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Vehicle Care 257
2. Apply the parking brake. Be Park Brake and P (Park) . To check the P (Park)
ready to apply the regular mechanism's holding ability:
brake immediately if the vehicle
Mechanism Check With the engine running, shift to
begins to move. P (Park). Then release the
3. With the engine off, turn the
{ Warning parking brake followed by the
ignition on, but do not start the regular brake.
When you are doing this check,
engine. Without applying the the vehicle could begin to move. Contact your dealer if service is
regular brake, try to move the You or others could be injured required.
shift lever out of P (Park) with
and property could be damaged.
normal effort. If the shift lever
Make sure there is room in front Wiper Blade Replacement
moves out of P (Park), contact
of the vehicle in case it begins to Front Wiper Blade
your dealer for service.
roll. Be ready to apply the regular
brake at once should the vehicle Windshield wiper blades should be
Ignition Transmission begin to move. inspected for wear or cracking.
Lock Check Replacement blades come in
While parked and with the parking different types and are removed in
Park on a fairly steep hill, with the
brake set, try to turn the ignition to different ways. For the proper type
vehicle facing downhill. Keeping
LOCK/OFF in each shift lever and size, see Maintenance
your foot on the regular brake, set
position. Replacement Parts 0 325.
the parking brake.
. The ignition should turn to . To check the parking brake's To replace the wiper blade
LOCK/OFF only when the shift assembly:
holding ability: With the engine
lever is in P (Park). running and the transmission in 1. Pull the windshield wiper
. The ignition key should come N (Neutral), slowly remove foot assembly away from the
out only in LOCK/OFF. pressure from the regular brake windshield.
pedal. Do this until the vehicle is
Contact your dealer if service is held by the parking brake only.
required.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
258 Vehicle Care
4. Repeat the steps for the other Headlamp Aiming

blade.
Headlamp aim has been preset and
Rear Wiper Blade should need no further adjustment.
To replace the rear wiper blade: If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,
1. Pull the wiper blade assembly the headlamp aim may be affected.
2. Squeeze the tabs on each side away from the backglass. If adjustment to the headlamps is
of the wiper blade assembly necessary, see your dealer.
The rear wiper blade will not
and slide the assembly off the lock in a vertical position so
end of the wiper arm. care should be used when
pulling it away from the vehicle.
2. Turn the wiper blade assembly,
hold the wiper arm in position,
and push the blade away from
the wiper arm.
3. Replace the wiper blade.
3. Install the new blade onto the 4. Return the wiper arm and
arm connector and make sure blade assembly to the rest
the tabs are fully set in the position on the glass.
locked position.
Allowing the wiper blade arm to Windshield Replacement
touch the windshield when no The vehicle is equipped with an
wiper blade is installed could acoustic windshield. If the
damage the windshield. Any windshield needs to be replaced be
damage that occurs would not sure to get an acoustic windshield
be covered by your warranty. so you will continue to have the
Do not allow the wiper blade benefits an acoustic windshield can
arm to touch the windshield. provide.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Vehicle Care 259
Bulb Replacement Taillamps, Turn Signal, 5. Turn the bulb socket

counterclockwise and pull it
For the proper type of replacement and Stoplamps straight out to remove it.
bulbs, see Replacement
6. Replace the bulb.
Bulbs 0 260.
7. Reverse Steps 3–5 to reinstall
For any bulb-changing procedure
the taillamp assembly.
not listed in this section, contact
your dealer. When reinstalling the taillamp
assembly, the pin on the
High Intensity Discharge taillamp assembly must line up
and be inserted correctly into
(HID) Lighting the opening.
{ Warning 8. Replace the screw covers.
The High Intensity Discharge License Plate Lamp

(HID) lighting system operates at To replace one of these bulbs: To replace one of these bulbs:
a very high voltage. If you try to
1. Open the liftgate. See 1. Remove the two push pins
service any of the system
Liftgate 0 34. holding each of the license
components, you could be
2. Using a small flat bladed tool, plate lamps to the liftgate trim
seriously injured. Have your
remove the screw covers by by unscrewing them.
dealer or a qualified technician
service them. prying them from the bottom.
3. Remove the two hex screws
After an HID headlamp bulb has holding the taillamp assembly
been replaced, the beam might be a in place.
slightly different shade than it was 4. Pull out the taillamp assembly.
originally. This is normal.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
260 Vehicle Care
Replacement Bulbs Electrical System

Bulb
Exterior Lamp
Number High Voltage Devices and
License Plate Lamp 194LL Wiring
Rear Stoplamp/Turn 7443LL
Signal (W21/ { Warning
5WLL)
Exposure to high voltage can
cause shock, burns, and even
For replacement bulbs not listed
here, contact your dealer. death. The high voltage
components in the vehicle can
2. Turn and pull the license plate only be serviced by technicians
lamp forward through the with special training.
liftgate trim opening.
High voltage components are
3. Turn the bulb socket identified by labels. Do not
counterclockwise and pull the remove, open, take apart,
bulb straight out of the socket. or modify these components.
4. Install the new bulb. High voltage cable or wiring has
orange covering or labels. Do not
5. Reverse Steps 1–3 to reinstall
the license plate lamp. probe, tamper with, cut, or modify
high voltage cable or wiring.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Vehicle Care 261
Electrical System headlamp wiring checked right away Look at the silver-colored band
if the lamps go on and off or inside the fuse. If the band is broken
Overload remain off. or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure
The vehicle has fuses and circuit you replace a bad fuse with a new
breakers to protect against an Windshield Wipers one of the identical size and rating.
electrical system overload. If the wiper motor overheats due to Fuses of the same amperage can
When the current electrical load is heavy snow or ice, the windshield be temporarily borrowed from
too heavy, the circuit breaker opens wipers will stop until the motor cools another fuse location, if a fuse goes
and closes, protecting the circuit and will then restart. out. Replace the fuse as soon as
until the current load returns to Although the circuit is protected you can.
normal or the problem is fixed. This from electrical overload, overload
greatly reduces the chance of circuit due to heavy snow or ice may Engine Compartment
overload and fire caused by cause wiper linkage damage. Fuse Block
electrical problems. Always clear ice and heavy snow
from the windshield before using the The underhood fuse block is in the
Fuses and circuit breakers protect
windshield wipers. engine compartment, on the
power devices in the vehicle.
passenger side of the vehicle.
Replace a bad fuse with a new one If the overload is caused by an
of the identical size and rating. electrical problem and not snow or
ice, be sure to get it fixed.
If there is a problem on the road and
a fuse needs to be replaced, the Fuses and Circuit
same amperage fuse can be
borrowed. Choose some feature of Breakers
the vehicle that is not needed to use The wiring circuits in your vehicle
and replace it as soon as possible. are protected from short circuits by
a combination of fuses, circuit
Headlamp Wiring
breakers and fusible thermal links.
An electrical overload may cause This greatly reduces the chance of
the lamps to go on and off, or in fires caused by electrical problems.
some cases to remain off. Have the
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
262 Vehicle Care
Lift the cover for access to the fuse/

relay block.
Caution
Spilling liquid on any electrical
component on the vehicle may
damage it. Always keep the
covers on any electrical
component.
To remove fuses, hold the end of

the fuse between your thumb and
index finger and pull straight out.
The vehicle may not be equipped Fuses Usage

with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown. A/C CLTCH A/C Clutch
ABS MTR ABS motor
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Vehicle Care 263
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage

AFS Adaptive forward FAN 2 Cooling fan 2 LT TRLR Left trailer
lighting system * Headlamp washer STOP/TRN stoplamp/Turn
AIRBAG Airbag (China)/Trailer signal lamp
AUX POWER Auxiliary power brake ODD COILS Injector coils – odd
AUX Auxiliary FPM Fuel pump power PWR L/GATE Power liftgate
VAC PUMP vacuum pump module PWR Power outlet
AWD AWD system FOG Fog lamps (GMC) OUTLET
LAMP (GMC) RR APO Rear accessory
BATT 1 Battery 1
HTD Heated steering power outlet
BATT 2 Battery 2 STR WHL wheel RR DEFOG Rear defogger
BATT 3 Battery 3 HORN Horn RR HVAC Rear climate
CIGAR Cigarette lighter HTD MIR Heated exterior control system
LIGHTER rearview mirror RT HI BEAM Right high-beam
ECM 1 Engine control HUMIDITY/ Humidity sensor/ headlamp
module 1 MAF Mass airflow RT LO BEAM Right low-beam
ECM/ Engine control sensor headlamp
FPM IGN module/Fuel pump HVAC BLWR HVAC blower
control module RT PRK Right parking lamp
ignition LT HI BEAM Left high-beam RT TRLR Right trailer
headlamp STOP/TRN stoplamp/Turn
EMISSION 1 Emission 1
LT LO BEAM Left low-beam signal lamp
EMISSION 2 Emission 2 headlamp RVC SNSR Regulated voltage
EVEN COILS Injector coils LT PRK Left parking lamp control sensor
– even
FAN 1 Cooling fan 1
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
264 Vehicle Care
Fuses Usage Relays Usage Relays Usage

S/ROOF/ Sunroof A/C A/C clutch RR DEFOG Rear window
SUNSHADE CMPRSR defogger
SERVICE Service repair CLTCH RT TRLR Trailer right
SPARE – AUX Auxiliary STOP/TRN stoplamp/Turn
VAC PUMP vacuum pump signal lamp
STOP Stoplamps
LAMPS (China only) CRNK Switched power STOP Stop lamps
(CHINA FAN 1 Cooling fan 1 LAMPS (China only)
ONLY) (CHINA
FAN 2 Cooling fan 2 ONLY)
STRTR Starter FAN 3 Cooling fan 3 TRLR Trailer reverse
TCM Transmission FOG Fog lamps (GMC) BCK/UP lamps
control module LAMP (GMC) WPR Windshield wiper
TRANS Transmission HI BEAM High-beam WPR HI Windshield wiper –
TRLR Trailer reverse headlamps high speed
BCK/UP lamps HID/ HID low-beam
TRLR BRK Trailer brake LO BEAM headlamps
TRLR Trailer parking HORN Horn
PRK LAMP lamps IGN Ignition main
TRLR PWR Trailer power LT TRLR Trailer left
WPR/WSW Windshield wiper/ STOP/TRN stoplamp/Turn
Washer signal lamp
PRK LAMP Parking lamp
PWR/TRN Powertrain
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Vehicle Care 265
Instrument Panel Fuse The vehicle may not be equipped

with all of the fuses, relays, and
Block features shown.
Fuses Usage
# GMC NON HID =
Low-beam
) GMC NON HID =
High-shutter
)) Chevy = Fog
Lamps
))) Buick (China) =
Rear fog lamp
AIRBAG Airbag
The instrument panel fuse block is AMP Amplifier

under the instrument panel on the BCK Reverse lamps/
passenger side of the vehicle. Pull UP/STOP Stoplamps
down on the cover to access the
BCM Body control
fuse block.
module
CNSTR Canister vent
VENT
Fuse Side CTSY Courtesy lamps
DR LCK Door locks
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
266 Vehicle Care
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage

DRL/ Daytime running PWR MODE Power mode
LO BEAM lamps relay/ PWR MIR Power mirrors
Low-beam
headlamp relay RDO Radio
DSPLY Display REAR WPR Rear wiper
FRT WSW Front windshield RT TRN SIG Right turn
washer signal lamp
HTD/ Heated/Cooled STR WHL Steering wheel
COOL SEAT seats ILLUM illumination
HVAC HVAC USB CHRG USB charging
INADV PWR Inadvertent power/
INT LAMPS Interior lamps
INFOTMNT/ Infotainment/
MSM Memory seat
module
LT TRN SIG Left turn
signal lamp
OBS Rear park assist/
DET/URS Side blind zone
alert/Forward Relay Side
collision alert/
Universal remote
system
PDM Power mirrors/
Liftgate release
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Vehicle Care 267
Relays Usage Relays Usage Wheels and Tires

LT/ Left power seat DRL/ Daytime running
PWR/SEAT relay LO BEAM lamps relay/ Tires
RT/ Right power seat Low-beam Every new GM vehicle has
PWR/SEAT relay headlamps relay
high-quality tires made by a
PWR/WNDW Power windows LT/UNLCK Left unlock relay leading tire manufacturer. See
relay DRL/ Daytime running the warranty manual for
PWR/ Power steering LO BEAM lamp relay information regarding the tire
COLUMN column relay (If equipped) warranty and where to get
REAR FOG Rear fog lamps service. For additional
L/GATE Liftgate relay information refer to the tire
LAMPS (China)
LCK Power lock relay (CHINA) manufacturer.
REAR/WSW Rear window FRT/WSW Front windshield
washer relay washer relay { Warning
UNLCK Power unlock relay . Poorly maintained and
improperly used tires are
dangerous.
. Overloading the tires can
cause overheating as a
result of too much
flexing. There could be a
blowout and a serious
crash. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 195.
(Continued)
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
268 Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)

All-Season Tires
This vehicle may come with
. Underinflated tires pose . Replace any tires that all-season tires. These tires are
the same danger as have been damaged by designed to provide good overall
overloaded tires. The impacts with potholes, performance on most road surfaces
resulting crash could curbs, etc. and weather conditions. Original
cause serious injury. equipment tires designed to GM's
. Improperly repaired tires specific tire performance criteria
Check all tires frequently can cause a crash. Only have a TPC specification code
to maintain the the dealer or an molded onto the sidewall. Original
recommended pressure. authorized tire service equipment all-season tires can be
Tire pressure should be center should repair, identified by the last two characters
checked when the tires replace, dismount, and of this TPC code, which will
are cold. mount the tires. be “MS.”
. Overinflated tires are . Consider installing winter tires on
Do not spin the tires in
more likely to be cut, the vehicle if frequent driving on
excess of 56 km/h snow or ice-covered roads is
punctured, or broken by (35 mph) on slippery
a sudden impact — such expected. All-season tires provide
surfaces such as snow, adequate performance for most
as when hitting a pothole. mud, ice, etc. Excessive winter driving conditions, but they
Keep tires at the spinning may cause the may not offer the same level of
recommended pressure. tires to explode. traction or performance as winter
. Worn or old tires can tires on snow or ice-covered roads.
cause a crash. If the See Winter Tires 0 269.
tread is badly worn,
replace them.
(Continued)
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Vehicle Care 269
Winter Tires Winter tires with the same speed

Caution
rating as the original equipment tires
This vehicle was not originally may not be available for H, V, W, Y,
equipped with winter tires. Winter and ZR speed rated tires. If winter High performance summer tires
tires are designed for increased tires with a lower speed rating are have rubber compounds that lose
traction on snow and ice-covered chosen, never exceed the tire's flexibility and may develop
roads. Consider installing winter maximum speed capability. surface cracks in the tread area
tires on the vehicle if frequent at temperatures below −7 °C (20 °
driving on ice or snow covered Summer Tires F). Always store high
roads is expected. See your dealer performance summer tires
for details regarding winter tire This vehicle may come with high indoors and at temperatures
availability and proper tire selection. performance summer tires. These above −7 °C (20 °F) when not in
Also, see Buying New Tires 0 282. tires have a special tread and use. If the tires have been
compound that are optimized for
With winter tires, there may be subjected to −7 °C (20 °F) or less,
maximum dry and wet road
decreased dry road traction, let them warm up in a heated
performance. This special tread and
increased road noise, and shorter space to at least 5 °C (40 °F) for
compound will have decreased
tread life. After changing to winter 24 hours or more before being
performance in cold climates, and
tires, be alert for changes in vehicle installed or driving a vehicle on
on ice and snow. It is recommended
handling and braking. which they are installed. Do not
that winter tires be installed on the
If using winter tires: vehicle if frequent driving at apply heat or blow heated air
temperatures below approximately directly on the tires. Always
. Use tires of the same brand and
5 °C (40 °F) or on ice or snow inspect tires before use. See Tire
tread type on all four wheel
covered roads is expected. See Inspection 0 280.
positions.
Winter Tires 0 269.
. Use only radial ply tires of the
same size, load range, and
speed rating as the original
equipment tires.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
270 Vehicle Care
Tire Sidewall Labeling (2) TPC Spec (Tire week of the year 2010 would
Performance Criteria have a four-digit DOT date
Useful information about a tire is Specification) : Original of 0310.
molded into its sidewall. The equipment tires designed to
examples show a typical (4) Tire Identification Number
GM's specific tire performance (TIN) : The letters and numbers
passenger vehicle tire and a criteria have a TPC specification
compact spare tire sidewall. following the DOT (Department
code molded onto the sidewall. of Transportation) code are the
GM's TPC specifications meet or Tire Identification Number (TIN).
exceed all federal safety The TIN shows the
guidelines. manufacturer and plant code,
(3) DOT (Department of tire size, and date the tire was
Transportation) : The manufactured. The TIN is
Department of Transportation molded onto both sides of the
(DOT) code indicates that the tire, although only one side may
tire is in compliance with the have the date of manufacture.
U.S. Department of (5) Tire Ply Material : The type
Transportation Motor Vehicle of cord and number of plies in
Safety Standards. the sidewall and under the tread.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example
DOT Tire Date of (6) Uniform Tire Quality
(1) Tire Size : The tire size is a Manufacture : The last four
combination of letters and Grading (UTQG) : Tire
digits of the TIN indicate the tire manufacturers are required to
numbers used to define a manufactured date. The first two
particular tire's width, height, grade tires based on three
digits represent the week (01– performance factors: treadwear,
aspect ratio, construction type, 52) and the last two digits, the
and service description. See the traction, and temperature
year. For example, the third resistance. For more information
“Tire Size” illustration later in this
section. see Uniform Tire Quality
Grading 0 284.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Vehicle Care 271
(7) Maximum Cold Inflation road tire has lost air and gone information on tire pressure and
Load Limit : Maximum load that flat. If the vehicle has a compact inflation see Tire
can be carried and the spare tire, see Compact Spare Pressure 0 275.
maximum pressure needed to Tire 0 296 and If a Tire Goes (6) Tire Size : A combination of
support that load. Flat 0 287. letters and numbers define a
(3) Tire Identification Number tire's width, height, aspect ratio,
(TIN) : The letters and numbers construction type, and service
following the DOT (Department description. The letter T as the
of Transportation) code are the first character in the tire size
Tire Identification Number (TIN). means the tire is for temporary
The TIN shows the use only.
manufacturer and plant code, (7) TPC Spec (Tire
tire size, and date the tire was Performance Criteria
manufactured. The TIN is Specification) : Original
molded onto both sides of the equipment tires designed to
tire, although only one side may GM's specific tire performance
Compact Spare Tire Example have the date of manufacture. criteria have a TPC specification
(1) Tire Ply Material : The type (4) Maximum Cold Inflation code molded onto the sidewall.
of cord and number of plies in Load Limit : Maximum load that GM's TPC specifications meet or
the sidewall and under the tread. can be carried and the exceed all federal safety
maximum pressure needed to guidelines.
(2) Temporary Use Only : The
support that load.
compact spare tire or temporary
use tire should not be driven at (5) Tire Inflation : The
speeds over 80 km/h (50 mph). temporary use tire or compact
The compact spare tire is for spare tire should be inflated to
emergency use when a regular 420 kPa (60 psi). For more
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
272 Vehicle Care
Tire Designations (3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digit Tire Terminology and

number that indicates the tire Definitions
Tire Size height-to-width measurements.
The following is an example of a For example, if the tire size Air Pressure : The amount of
typical passenger vehicle aspect ratio is 60, as shown in air inside the tire pressing
tire size. item 3 of the illustration, it would outward on each square inch of
mean that the tire's sidewall is the tire. Air pressure is
60 percent as high as it is wide. expressed in kPa (kilopascal)
or psi (pounds per square inch).
(4) Construction Code : A letter
code is used to indicate the type Accessory Weight : The
of ply construction in the tire. combined weight of optional
The letter R means radial ply accessories. Some examples of
construction; the letter D means optional accessories are
(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : automatic transmission, power
The United States version of a diagonal or bias ply
construction; and the letter B windows, power seats, and air
metric tire sizing system. The conditioning.
letter P as the first character in means belted-bias ply
the tire size means a passenger construction. Aspect Ratio : The relationship
vehicle tire engineered to (5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of of a tire's height to its width.
standards set by the U.S. Tire the wheel in inches. Belt : A rubber coated layer of
and Rim Association. (6) Service Description : These cords between the plies and the
(2) Tire Width : The three-digit characters represent the load tread. Cords may be made from
number indicates the tire section index and speed rating of the steel or other reinforcing
width in millimeters from tire. The load index represents materials.
sidewall to sidewall. the load carrying capacity a tire
is certified to carry. The speed
rating is the maximum speed a
tire is certified to carry a load.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Vehicle Care 273
Bead : The tire bead contains Department of Transportation Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A
steel wires wrapped by steel (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety tire used on light duty trucks and
cords that hold the tire onto Standards. The DOT code some multipurpose passenger
the rim. includes the Tire Identification vehicles.
Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire Number (TIN), an alphanumeric Load Index : An assigned
in which the plies are laid at designator which can also number ranging from 1 to 279
alternate angles less than identify the tire manufacturer, that corresponds to the load
90 degrees to the centerline of production plant, brand, and carrying capacity of a tire.
the tread. date of production.
Maximum Inflation Pressure :
Cold Tire Pressure : The GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight The maximum air pressure to
amount of air pressure in a tire, Rating. See Vehicle Load which a cold tire can be inflated.
measured in kPa (kilopascal) Limits 0 195. The maximum air pressure is
or psi (pounds per square inch) GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight molded onto the sidewall.
before a tire has built up heat Rating for the front axle. See Maximum Load Rating : The
from driving. See Tire Vehicle Load Limits 0 195. load rating for a tire at the
Pressure 0 275. GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight maximum permissible inflation
Curb Weight : The weight of a Rating for the rear axle. See pressure for that tire.
motor vehicle with standard and Vehicle Load Limits 0 195. Maximum Loaded Vehicle
optional equipment including the Intended Outboard Sidewall : Weight : The sum of curb
maximum capacity of fuel, oil, The side of an asymmetrical tire weight, accessory weight,
and coolant, but without that must always face outward vehicle capacity weight, and
passengers and cargo. when mounted on a vehicle. production options weight.
DOT Markings : A code molded Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric
into the sidewall of a tire unit for air pressure.
signifying that the tire is in
compliance with the U.S.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
274 Vehicle Care
Normal Occupant Weight : The tire inflation pressure as shown Treadwear Indicators : Narrow
number of occupants a vehicle on the tire placard. See Tire bands, sometimes called wear
is designed to seat multiplied by Pressure 0 275 and Vehicle bars, that show across the tread
68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load Load Limits 0 195. of a tire when only 1.6 mm
Limits 0 195. Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic (1/16 in) of tread remains. See
Occupant Distribution : tire in which the ply cords that When It Is Time for New
Designated seating positions. extend to the beads are laid at Tires 0 281.
Outward Facing Sidewall : The 90 degrees to the centerline of UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality
side of an asymmetrical tire that the tread. Grading Standards) : A tire
has a particular side that faces Rim : A metal support for a tire information system that provides
outward when mounted on a and upon which the tire beads consumers with ratings for a
vehicle. The side of the tire that are seated. tire's traction, temperature, and
contains a whitewall, bears treadwear. Ratings are
Sidewall : The portion of a tire determined by tire
white lettering, or bears between the tread and the bead.
manufacturer, brand, and/or manufacturers using
model name molding that is Speed Rating : An government testing procedures.
higher or deeper than the same alphanumeric code assigned to The ratings are molded into the
moldings on the other sidewall a tire indicating the maximum sidewall of the tire. See Uniform
of the tire. speed at which a tire can Tire Quality Grading 0 284.
operate. Vehicle Capacity Weight : The
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A
tire used on passenger cars and Traction : The friction between number of designated seating
some light duty trucks and the tire and the road surface. positions multiplied by
multipurpose vehicles. The amount of grip provided. 68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated
cargo load. See Vehicle Load
Recommended Inflation Tread : The portion of a tire that Limits 0 195.
Pressure : Vehicle comes into contact with
manufacturer's recommended the road.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Vehicle Care 275
Vehicle Maximum Load on the The Tire and Loading

Tire : Load on an individual tire Caution Information label on the vehicle
due to curb weight, accessory Neither tire underinflation nor indicates the original equipment
weight, occupant weight, and overinflation is good. tires and the correct cold tire
cargo weight. Underinflated tires, or tires inflation pressures. The
Vehicle Placard : A label that do not have enough air, recommended pressure is the
permanently attached to a can result in: minimum air pressure needed to
vehicle showing the vehicle support the vehicle's maximum
. Tire overloading and load carrying capacity. See
capacity weight and the original overheating which could
equipment tire size and Vehicle Load Limits 0 195.
lead to a blowout.
recommended inflation pressure. How the vehicle is loaded
See “Tire and Loading . Premature or affects vehicle handling and ride
Information Label” under Vehicle irregular wear. comfort. Never load the vehicle
Load Limits 0 195. . Poor handling. with more weight than it was
designed to carry.
. Reduced fuel economy.
Tire Pressure
Overinflated tires, or tires that When to Check
Tires need the correct amount of
have too much air, can Check the tires once a month or
air pressure to operate
result in: more. Do not forget the compact
effectively.
. Unusual wear. spare, if the vehicle has one.
The cold compact spare tire
. Poor handling. pressure should be at 420 kPa
. Rough ride. (60 psi). See Compact Spare
Tire 0 296.
. Needless damage from
road hazards.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
276 Vehicle Care
How to Check Put the valve caps back on the tire inflation pressure label, you
valve stems to keep out dirt and should determine the proper tire
Use a good quality pocket-type inflation pressure for those tires.)
gauge to check tire pressure. moisture and prevent leaks. Use
Proper tire inflation cannot be only valve caps designed for the As an added safety feature, your
determined by looking at the tire. vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors vehicle has been equipped with a
could be damaged and would tire pressure monitoring system
Check the tire inflation pressure (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire
when the tires are cold, meaning not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. pressure telltale when one or more
the vehicle has not been driven of your tires is significantly
for at least three hours or no under-inflated.
more than 1.6 km (1 mi). Tire Pressure Monitor
System Accordingly, when the low tire
Remove the valve cap from the pressure telltale illuminates, you
tire valve stem. Press the tire The Tire Pressure Monitor System should stop and check your tires as
gauge firmly onto the valve to (TPMS) uses radio and sensor soon as possible, and inflate them
technology to check tire pressure to the proper pressure. Driving on a
get a pressure measurement.
levels. The TPMS sensors monitor significantly under-inflated tire
If the cold tire inflation pressure the air pressure in your tires and causes the tire to overheat and can
matches the recommended transmit tire pressure readings to a lead to tire failure. Under-inflation
pressure on the Tire and receiver located in the vehicle. also reduces fuel efficiency and tire
Loading Information label, no tread life, and may affect the
Each tire, including the spare (if
further adjustment is necessary. provided), should be checked vehicle's handling and stopping
If the inflation pressure is low, monthly when cold and inflated to ability.
add air until the recommended the inflation pressure recommended Please note that the TPMS is not a
pressure is reached. If the by the vehicle manufacturer on the substitute for proper tire
inflation pressure is high, press vehicle placard or tire inflation maintenance, and it is the driver's
on the metal stem in the center pressure label. (If your vehicle has responsibility to maintain correct tire
of the tire valve to release air. tires of a different size than the size pressure, even if under-inflation has
indicated on the vehicle placard or
Recheck the tire pressure with
the tire gauge.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Vehicle Care 277
not reached the level to trigger alternate tires and wheels allow the
illumination of the TPMS low tire TPMS to continue to function
pressure telltale. properly.
Your vehicle has also been See Tire Pressure Monitor
equipped with a TPMS malfunction Operation 0 277.
indicator to indicate when the See Radio Frequency
system is not operating properly. When a low tire pressure condition
Statement 0 340.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is is detected, the TPMS illuminates
combined with the low tire pressure the low tire pressure warning light
telltale. When the system detects a Tire Pressure Monitor located on the instrument cluster.
malfunction, the telltale will flash for Operation If the warning light comes on, stop
approximately one minute and then as soon as possible and inflate the
This vehicle may have a Tire
remain continuously illuminated. tires to the recommended pressure
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
This sequence will continue upon shown on the tire loading
The TPMS is designed to warn the
subsequent vehicle start-ups as information label. See Vehicle Load
driver when a low tire pressure
long as the malfunction exists. Limits 0 195.
condition exists. TPMS sensors are
When the malfunction indicator is mounted onto each tire and wheel A message to check the pressure in
illuminated, the system may not be assembly, excluding the spare tire a specific tire displays in the Driver
able to detect or signal low tire and wheel assembly, if the vehicle Information Center (DIC). The low
pressure as intended. TPMS has one. The TPMS sensors tire pressure warning light and the
malfunctions may occur for a variety monitor the air pressure in the tires DIC warning message come on at
of reasons, including the installation and transmits the tire pressure each ignition cycle until the tires are
of replacement or alternate tires or readings to a receiver located in the inflated to the correct inflation
wheels on the vehicle that prevent vehicle. pressure. Using the DIC, tire
the TPMS from functioning properly. pressure levels can be viewed. For
Always check the TPMS malfunction additional information and details
telltale after replacing one or more about the DIC operation and
tires or wheels on your vehicle to displays see Driver Information
ensure that the replacement or Center (DIC) 0 122 and Tire
Messages 0 133.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
278 Vehicle Care
The low tire pressure warning light is corrected. Some of the conditions
may come on in cool weather when Caution that can cause these to come
the vehicle is first started, and then on are:
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This Tire sealant materials are not all
the same. A non-approved tire . One of the road tires has been
could be an early indicator that the replaced with the spare tire,
air pressure is getting low and sealant could damage the TPMS
sensors. TPMS sensor damage if your vehicle has one. The
needs to be inflated to the proper spare tire does not have a
pressure. caused by using an incorrect tire
sealant is not covered by the TPMS sensor. The malfunction
A Tire and Loading Information label light and DIC message should
vehicle warranty. Always use only
shows the size of the original go off after the road tire is
the GM approved tire sealant
equipment tires and the correct replaced and the sensor
inflation pressure for the tires when available through your dealer or matching process is performed
they are cold. See Vehicle Load included in the vehicle. successfully. See "TPMS Sensor
Limits 0 195, for an example of the Matching Process" later in this
Tire and Loading Information label TPMS Malfunction Light and section.
and its location. Also see Tire Message . The TPMS sensor matching
Pressure 0 275. process was not done or not
The TPMS will not function properly
The TPMS can warn about a low if one or more of the TPMS sensors completed successfully after
tire pressure condition but it does are missing or inoperable. When the rotating the tires. The
not replace normal tire system detects a malfunction, the malfunction light and the DIC
maintenance. See Tire Inspection low tire warning light flashes for message should go off after
0 280, Tire Rotation 0 280 and about one minute and then stays on successfully completing the
Tires 0 267. for the remainder of the ignition sensor matching process. See
cycle. A DIC warning message "TPMS Sensor Matching
displays. The malfunction light and Process" later in this section.
DIC warning message come on at . One or more TPMS sensors are
each ignition cycle until the problem missing or damaged. The
malfunction light and the DIC
message should go off when the
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Vehicle Care 279
TPMS sensors are installed and tires or replacing one or more of the The TPMS sensor matching process
the sensor matching process is TPMS sensors. The TPMS sensor is outlined below:
performed successfully. See matching process should also be 1. Set the parking brake.
your dealer for service. performed after replacing a spare
tire with a road tire containing the 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN
. Replacement tires or wheels do
TPMS sensor. The malfunction light with the engine off.
not match the original equipment
tires or wheels. Tires and wheels and the DIC message should go off 3. Press the Remote Keyless
at the next ignition cycle. The
other than those recommended Entry (RKE) transmitter's Q
could prevent the TPMS from sensors are matched to the tire/
wheel positions, using a TPMS and K buttons at the same
functioning properly. See Buying
relearn tool, in the following order: time for approximately
New Tires 0 282.
driver side front tire, passenger side five seconds. The horn sounds
. Operating electronic devices or front tire, passenger side rear tire, twice to signal the receiver is in
being near facilities using radio and driver side rear. See your relearn mode and TIRE
wave frequencies similar to the dealer for service or to purchase a LEARNING ACTIVE message
TPMS could cause the TPMS relearn tool. A TPMS relearn tool displays on the DIC screen.
sensors to malfunction. can also be purchased. See Tire 4. Start with the driver side
If the TPMS is not functioning Pressure Monitor Sensor Activation front tire.
properly, it cannot detect or signal a Tool at
www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or 5. Place the relearn tool against
low tire condition. See your dealer the tire sidewall, near the valve
for service if the TPMS malfunction call 1-800-GM TOOLS
(1-800-468-6657). stem. Then press the button to
light and DIC message comes on
activate the TPMS sensor.
and stays on. There are two minutes to match the A horn chirp confirms that the
first tire/wheel position, and sensor identification code has
TPMS Sensor Matching
five minutes overall to match all four been matched to this tire and
Process tire/wheel positions. If it takes wheel position.
Each TPMS sensor has a unique longer, the matching process stops
identification code. The identification and must be restarted. 6. Proceed to the passenger side
code needs to be matched to a new front tire, and repeat the
tire/wheel position after rotating the procedure in Step 5.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
280 Vehicle Care
7. Proceed to the passenger side Tire Inspection Tire Rotation

rear tire, and repeat the
procedure in Step 5. We recommend that the tires, Tires should be rotated every
including the spare tire, if the 12 000 km (7,500 mi). See
8. Proceed to the driver side rear
tire, and repeat the procedure vehicle has one, be inspected Maintenance Schedule 0 315.
in Step 5. The horn sounds two for signs of wear or damage at Tires are rotated to achieve a
times to indicate the sensor least once a month. uniform wear for all tires. The
identification code has been Replace the tire if: first rotation is the most
matched to the driver side rear important.
tire, and the TPMS sensor . The indicators at three or
matching process is no longer more places around the tire Anytime unusual wear is
active. The TIRE LEARNING can be seen. noticed, rotate the tires as soon
ACTIVE message on the DIC as possible, check for proper tire
. There is cord or fabric
display screen goes off. inflation pressure, and check for
showing through the tire's
9. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. rubber. damaged tires or wheels. If the
10. Set all four tires to the unusual wear continues after the
. The tread or sidewall is rotation, check the wheel
recommended air pressure
level as indicated on the Tire cracked, cut, or snagged alignment. See When It Is Time
and Loading Information label. deep enough to show cord or for New Tires 0 281 and Wheel
fabric. Replacement 0 286.
11. Put the valve caps back on the
valve stems. . The tire has a bump, bulge,
or split.
. The tire has a puncture, cut,
or other damage that cannot
be repaired well because of
the size or location of the
damage.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Vehicle Care 281
Check that all wheel nuts are Check that the spare tire, if the
properly tightened. See “Wheel vehicle has one, is stored
Nut Torque” under Capacities properly. Push, pull, and then try
and Specifications 0 328. to rotate or turn the tire. If it
moves, tighten the cable. See
{ Warning Tire Changing 0 288.
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the When It Is Time for New
parts to which it is fastened, can
make wheel nuts become loose
Tires
after time. The wheel could come Factors such as maintenance,
off and cause an accident. When temperatures, driving speeds,
Use this rotation pattern when changing a wheel, remove any vehicle loading, and road conditions
rotating the tires. rust or dirt from places where the affect the wear rate of the tires.
If the vehicle has a compact wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
an emergency, a cloth or a paper
spare tire, do not include it in the
towel can be used; however, use
tire rotation.
a scraper or wire brush later to
Adjust the front and rear tires to remove all rust or dirt.
the recommended inflation
pressure on the Tire and Lightly coat the center of the
Loading Information label after wheel hub with wheel bearing
the tires have been rotated. See grease after a wheel change or
Tire Pressure 0 275 and Vehicle tire rotation to prevent corrosion
Load Limits 0 195. or rust build-up. Do not get
Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor grease on the flat wheel
System. See Tire Pressure mounting surface or on the
Monitor Operation 0 277. wheel nuts or bolts.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
282 Vehicle Care
Treadwear indicators are one way to Vehicle Storage GM strongly recommends

tell when it is time for new tires. buying tires with the same TPC
Tires age when stored normally
Treadwear indicators appear when Spec rating.
mounted on a parked vehicle. Park
the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)
a vehicle that will be stored for at GM's exclusive TPC Spec
or less of tread remaining. See Tire
least a month in a cool, dry, clean system considers over a dozen
Inspection 0 280
area away from direct sunlight to
and Tire Rotation 0 280. critical specifications that impact
slow aging. This area should be free
The rubber in tires ages over time. of grease, gasoline, or other the overall performance of the
This also applies to the spare tire, substances that can deteriorate vehicle, including brake system
if the vehicle has one, even if it is rubber. performance, ride and handling,
never used. Multiple factors traction control, and tire
Parking for an extended period can
including temperatures, loading
cause flat spots on the tires that
pressure monitoring
conditions, and inflation pressure performance. GM's TPC Spec
may result in vibrations while
maintenance affect how fast aging number is molded onto the tire's
driving. When storing a vehicle for
takes place. GM recommends that sidewall near the tire size. If the
at least a month, remove the tires or
tires, including the spare if
raise the vehicle to reduce the tires have an all-season tread
equipped, be replaced after six
years, regardless of tread wear. The
weight from the tires. design, the TPC Spec number
tire manufacture date is the last four will be followed by MS for mud
digits of the DOT Tire Identification Buying New Tires and snow. See Tire Sidewall
Number (TIN) which is molded into GM has developed and matched Labeling 0 270.
one side of the tire sidewall. The specific tires for the vehicle. The GM recommends replacing worn
first two digits represent the week original equipment tires installed
(01–52) and the last two digits, the
tires in complete sets of four.
year. For example, the third week of
were designed to meet General Uniform tread depth on all tires
the year 2010 would have a Motors Tire Performance Criteria will help to maintain the
four-digit DOT date of 0310. Specification (TPC Spec) performance of the vehicle.
system rating. When Braking and handling
replacement tires are needed, performance may be adversely
affected if all the tires are not
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Vehicle Care 283
replaced at the same time. load range, speed rating, and

If proper rotation and { Warning construction (radial) as the
maintenance have been done, Mixing tires of different sizes, original tires.
all four tires should wear out at brands, or types may cause Vehicles that have a tire
about the same time. See Tire loss of control of the vehicle, pressure monitoring system
Rotation 0 280. However, if it is resulting in a crash or other could give an inaccurate
necessary to replace only one vehicle damage. Use the low-pressure warning if non-TPC
axle set of worn tires, place the correct size, brand, and type Spec rated tires are installed.
new tires on the rear axle. of tires on all wheels. See Tire Pressure Monitor
Winter tires with the same speed System 0 276.
rating as the original equipment The Tire and Loading
tires may not be available for H, { Warning Information label indicates the
V, W, Y and ZR speed rated original equipment tires on the
tires. Never exceed the winter Using bias-ply tires on the vehicle. See Vehicle Load
tires’ maximum speed capability vehicle may cause the wheel Limits 0 195.
when using winter tires with a rim flanges to develop cracks
lower speed rating. after many miles of driving. Different Size Tires and
A tire and/or wheel could fail
Wheels
{ Warning suddenly and cause a crash.
Use only radial-ply tires with If wheels or tires are installed that
Tires could explode during the wheels on the vehicle. are a different size than the original
improper service. Attempting equipment wheels and tires, vehicle
to mount or dismount a tire performance, including its braking,
could cause injury or death. If the vehicle tires must be ride and handling characteristics,
Only your dealer or authorized replaced with a tire that does not stability, and resistance to rollover
tire service center should have a TPC Spec number, make may be affected. If the vehicle has
sure they are the same size, electronic systems such as antilock
mount or dismount the tires. brakes, rollover airbags, traction
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
284 Vehicle Care
control, electronic stability control, Uniform Tire Quality additional General Motors Tire
or All-Wheel Drive, the performance Performance Criteria (TPC)
of these systems can also be
Grading
standards.
affected. The following information relates
to the system developed by the Quality grades can be found
{ Warning United States National Highway where applicable on the tire
sidewall between tread shoulder
Traffic Safety Administration
If different sized wheels are used, (NHTSA), which grades tires by and maximum section width. For
there may not be an acceptable
treadwear, traction, and example:
level of performance and safety if
temperature performance. This Treadwear 200 Traction AA
tires not recommended for those
wheels are selected. This
applies only to vehicles sold in Temperature A
increases the chance of a crash the United States. The grades All Passenger Car Tires Must
and serious injury. Only use GM are molded on the sidewalls of Conform to Federal Safety
specific wheel and tire systems most passenger car tires. The Requirements In Addition To
developed for the vehicle, and Uniform Tire Quality Grading These Grades.
have them properly installed by a (UTQG) system does not apply
GM certified technician. to deep tread, winter tires, Treadwear
compact spare tires, tires with The treadwear grade is a
See Buying New Tires 0 282 and
nominal rim diameters of comparative rating based on the
Accessories and 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), wear rate of the tire when tested
Modifications 0 237. or to some limited-production under controlled conditions on a
tires. specified government test
While the tires available on course. For example, a tire
General Motors passenger cars graded 150 would wear one and
and light trucks may vary with one-half (1½) times as well on
respect to these grades, they the government course as a tire
must also conform to federal graded 100. The relative
safety requirements and performance of tires depends
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Vehicle Care 285
upon the actual conditions of Temperature underinflation, or excessive

their use, however, and may The temperature grades are A loading, either separately or in
depart significantly from the (the highest), B, and C, combination, can cause heat
norm due to variations in driving representing the tire's resistance buildup and possible tire failure.
habits, service practices and to the generation of heat and its
differences in road ability to dissipate heat when Wheel Alignment and Tire
characteristics and climate. tested under controlled Balance
Traction conditions on a specified indoor The tires and wheels were aligned
laboratory test wheel. Sustained and balanced at the factory to
The traction grades, from
high temperature can cause the provide the longest tire life and best
highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, overall performance. Adjustments to
material of the tire to degenerate
and C. Those grades represent wheel alignment and tire balancing
and reduce tire life, and
the tire's ability to stop on wet are not necessary on a regular
excessive temperature can lead
pavement as measured under basis. Consider an alignment check
to sudden tire failure. The grade
controlled conditions on if there is unusual tire wear or the
C corresponds to a level of vehicle is significantly pulling to one
specified government test
performance which all side or the other. Some slight pull to
surfaces of asphalt and
passenger car tires must meet the left or right, depending on the
concrete. A tire marked C may
under the Federal Motor Safety crown of the road and/or other road
have poor traction performance.
Standard No. 109. Grades B and surface variations such as troughs
Warning: The traction grade
A represent higher levels of or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is
assigned to this tire is based on vibrating when driving on a smooth
performance on the laboratory
straight-ahead braking traction road, the tires and wheels may need
test wheel than the minimum
tests, and does not include to be rebalanced. See your dealer
required by law. Warning: The
acceleration, cornering, for proper diagnosis.
temperature grade for this tire is
hydroplaning, or peak traction
established for a tire that is
characteristics.
properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
286 Vehicle Care
Wheel Replacement Warning (Continued)

Used Replacement Wheels
Replace any wheel that is bent,
cracked, or badly rusted or affect the braking and handling of { Warning
corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming the vehicle. Tires can lose air,
Replacing a wheel with a used
loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and and cause loss of control, causing
one is dangerous. How it has
wheel nuts should be replaced. a crash. Always use the correct
If the wheel leaks air, replace it. been used or how far it has been
wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel
Some aluminum wheels can be driven may be unknown. It could
nuts for replacement.
repaired. See your dealer if any of fail suddenly and cause a crash.
these conditions exist. When replacing wheels, use a
new GM original equipment
Your dealer will know the kind of wheel.
Caution
wheel that is needed.
Each new wheel should have the The wrong wheel can also cause
same load-carrying capacity, problems with bearing life, brake Tire Chains
diameter, width, offset, and be cooling, speedometer or
mounted the same way as the one it odometer calibration, headlamp { Warning
replaces. aim, bumper height, vehicle
ground clearance, and tire or tire Do not use tire chains. There is
Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel
chain clearance to the body and not enough clearance. Tire chains
nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor
System (TPMS) sensors with new chassis. used on a vehicle without the
GM original equipment parts. proper amount of clearance can
cause damage to the brakes,
suspension, or other vehicle
{ Warning parts. The area damaged by the
Using the wrong replacement tire chains could cause loss of
wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel control and a crash.
nuts can be dangerous. It could (Continued)
(Continued)
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Vehicle Care 287
steering wheel firmly. Steer to

Warning (Continued) maintain lane position, and then { Warning
gently brake to a stop, well off the
Use another type of traction road, if possible. Lifting a vehicle and getting under
device only if its manufacturer it to do maintenance or repairs is
recommends it for the vehicle's A rear blowout, particularly on a dangerous without the
tire size combination and road curve, acts much like a skid and appropriate safety equipment and
conditions. Follow that may require the same correction as training. If a jack is provided with
manufacturer's instructions. To used in a skid. Stop pressing the the vehicle, it is designed only for
accelerator pedal and steer to
avoid vehicle damage, drive slow changing a flat tire. If it is used for
straighten the vehicle. It may be
and readjust or remove the anything else, you or others could
very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake
traction device if it contacts the to a stop, well off the road, be badly injured or killed if the
vehicle. Do not spin the wheels. if possible. vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
If traction devices are used, install is provided with the vehicle, only
them on the front tires. use it for changing a flat tire.
{ Warning
If a Tire Goes Flat Driving on a flat tire will cause If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
permanent damage to the tire. and wheel damage by driving slowly
It is unusual for a tire to blow out Re-inflating a tire after it has been to a level place, well off the road,
while driving, especially if the tires driven on while severely if possible. Turn on the hazard
are maintained properly. See Tires underinflated or flat may cause a warning flashers. See Hazard
0 267. If air goes out of a tire, it is blowout and a serious crash. Warning Flashers 0 149.
much more likely to leak out slowly. Never attempt to re-inflate a tire
But if there ever is a blowout, here
are a few tips about what to expect
that has been driven on while { Warning
severely underinflated or flat.
and what to do: Changing a tire can be
Have your dealer or an authorized
If a front tire fails, the flat tire tire service center repair or dangerous. The vehicle can slip
creates a drag that pulls the vehicle replace the flat tire as soon as off the jack and roll over or fall
toward that side. Take your foot off possible. (Continued)
the accelerator pedal and grip the
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
288 Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
causing injury or death. Find a
level place to change the tire. To
help prevent the vehicle from
moving:
1. Set the parking brake firmly.
2. Put an automatic
transmission in P (Park) or a 1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)
manual transmission in 2. Flat Tire
1 (First) or R (Reverse). The following information explains
3. Turn off the engine and do how to repair or change a tire. 1. Tool Bag
not restart while the vehicle 2. Wing Bolt
is raised. Tire Changing 3. Jack
4. Do not allow passengers to Removing Tools 1. Open the jack storage
remain in the vehicle. compartment by pulling on the
The tools needed to remove the latch tab, located toward the
5. Place wheel blocks, spare tire are located in the storage rear of the vehicle, and pulling
if equipped, on both sides of compartment on the driver side, at the cover off.
the tire at the opposite the rear of the vehicle.
corner of the tire being 2. Remove the wing bolt (2) by
changed. turning it counterclockwise.
3. Push the jack (3) up out of the
When the vehicle has a flat tire (2), holding bracket and remove
use the following example as a the tool bag (1).
guide to assist in the placement of 4. Turn the jack on its side, with
the wheel blocks (1), if equipped. the bottom facing toward you.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Vehicle Care 289
5. Pull the jack straight out, 4. Turn the wrench (2)

bottom first. counterclockwise to lower the
spare tire (5) to the ground.
Continue turning the wrench
until the spare tire can be
pulled out from under the
vehicle.
1. Rear Convenience Center

2. Wrench (Three-Piece
Shown, One-Piece Similar)
1. Jack 3. Carpet Cutout
2. Wrench (Three-Piece 4. Hoist Shaft 5. Tilt the retainer and slip it
Shown, One-Piece Similar) 5. Compact Spare Tire through the wheel opening to
The tools you will be using include 6. Retainer remove the spare tire from the
the jack (1) and wrench (2). 1. Open the storage compartment cable.
Removing the Spare Tire door of the convenience 6. Turn the wrench clockwise to
center (1) that is nearest the raise the cable back up after
The compact spare tire is located liftgate. removing the spare tire.
under the vehicle, in front of the rear
bumper. See Compact Spare Tire 2. Open the carpet cutout (3) that Do not store a full-size or a flat
0 296 for more information. is located through the hole of road tire under the vehicle. See
the storage compartment. “Storing the Spare Tire” and
3. Attach the wrench (2) into the “Storing the Flat Tire” later in
hoist shaft (4). this section.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
290 Vehicle Care
Removing the Flat Tire and

Installing the Spare Tire Caution (Continued)
1. Do a safety check before damaged. Do not use an impact
proceeding. See If a Tire Goes wrench to remove the wheel nuts
Flat 0 287 for more information. if this vehicle has wheel locks.
2. If the vehicle has a wheel
cover, loosen the plastic nut
caps with the wheel wrench.
They will not come off. Then,
using the flat end of the wheel
wrench, pry along the edge of
the cover until it comes off. Be
3. Loosen the wheel nuts — but
careful; the edges may be
do not remove them — using
sharp. Do not try to remove the 4. To identify the appropriate
the wrench. For wheels with a
cover with your bare hands. jacking location, find the
wheel lock key, use the wheel
Store the wheel cover securely lock key between the lock nut triangle or rectangular notch
in the rear of the vehicle until and wrench. The key is about 30.5 cm (12 in) from the
you have the flat tire repaired supplied in the front passenger front tire or about 27 cm
or replaced. door pocket. (10.5 in) from the rear tire.
If the vehicle has aluminum
wheels, remove the wheel nut Caution
caps using the wheel wrench.
If this vehicle has wheel locks and
an impact wrench is used to
remove the wheel nuts, the lock
nut or wheel lock key could be
(Continued)
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Vehicle Care 291
5. Attach the wrench to the jack,

and turn the wrench clockwise Warning (Continued)
to raise the jack head
7.6 cm (3 in). damage, be sure to fit the jack lift
head into the proper location
6. Do not raise the vehicle yet. before raising the vehicle.
Put the compact spare tire
near you.
7. Raise the vehicle by turning the
wrench clockwise in the jack.
{ Warning Raise the vehicle far enough
Getting under a vehicle when it is off the ground so that there is
lifted on a jack is dangerous. enough room for the spare tire
Triangle Shown, Without Similar If the vehicle slips off the jack, to fit under the wheel well.
The triangle may be located you could be badly injured or 8. Remove all the wheel nuts and
near each wheel on the killed. Never get under a vehicle the flat tire.
vehicle's exterior. when it is supported only by
a jack.
Caution
If a jack is used to raise the
vehicle without positioning it { Warning
correctly, the vehicle could be Raising the vehicle with the jack
damaged. When raising the improperly positioned can
vehicle on a jack, avoid contact damage the vehicle and even
with the rear axle control arms. make the vehicle fall. To help
avoid personal injury and vehicle
(Continued)
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
292 Vehicle Care
9. Remove the plastic spare tire

heat shield by pulling the { Warning { Warning
rubber latch. Store the plastic
spare tire heat shield. See Never use oil or grease on bolts Wheel nuts that are improperly or
“Storing the Spare Tire” later in or nuts because the nuts might incorrectly tightened can cause
this section for more come loose. The vehicle's wheel the wheels to become loose or
information. could fall off, causing a crash. come off. The wheel nuts should
be tightened with a torque wrench
{ Warning 10. Remove any rust or dirt from to the proper torque specification
after replacing. Follow the torque
the wheel bolts, mounting
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the surfaces, and spare wheel. specification supplied by the
parts to which it is fastened, can aftermarket manufacturer when
11. Place the spare tire on the using accessory locking wheel
make wheel nuts become loose
wheel mounting surface. nuts. See Capacities and
after time. The wheel could come
off and cause an accident. When 12. Put the nuts on by hand by Specifications 0 328 for original
changing a wheel, remove any turning them clockwise until the equipment wheel nut torque
rust or dirt from places where the wheel is held against the specifications.
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In mounting surface. Make sure
an emergency, a cloth or a paper the rounded end is toward the
towel can be used; however, use wheel.
a scraper or wire brush later to 13. Lower the vehicle by attaching
remove all rust or dirt. the wrench to the jack and
turning the wrench
counterclockwise. Lower the
jack completely.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Vehicle Care 293
Caution Caution { Warning

Improperly tightened wheel nuts Wheel covers will not fit on the Storing a jack, a tire, or other
can lead to brake pulsation and vehicle's compact spare. If you try equipment in the passenger
rotor damage. To avoid expensive to put a wheel cover on the compartment of the vehicle could
brake repairs, evenly tighten the compact spare, the cover or the cause injury. In a sudden stop or
wheel nuts in the proper spare could be damaged. collision, loose equipment could
sequence and to the proper strike someone. Store all these in
torque specification. See the proper place.
Storing the Spare Tire
Capacities and Specifications
0 328 for the wheel nut torque
specification. { Warning To store the spare tire:
1. Lay the compact spare tire
The underbody-mounted spare near the rear of the vehicle with
tire needs to be stored with the the valve stem down.
valve stem pointing down. If the
spare tire is stored with the valve 2. Reinstall the plastic spare tire
heat shield on the compact
stem pointing upwards, the
spare tire.
secondary latch will not work
properly and the spare tire could 3. Slide the cable retainer through
loosen and suddenly fall from the the center of the wheel and
vehicle. If this happened when start to raise the compact
the vehicle was being driven, the spare tire.
tire might contact a person or Make sure the retainer is fully
another vehicle, causing injury seated across the underside of
and damage to itself. Be sure the the wheel.
underbody-mounted spare tire is
14. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in
stored with the valve stem
a crisscross sequence, as
pointing down.
shown.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
294 Vehicle Care
4. When the compact spare tire is 6. Make sure the tire is stored 2. Remove the small center cap
almost in the stored position, securely. Push, pull, and then by tapping the back of the cap
turn the tire so the valve is try to turn the tire. If the tire with the extension of the shaft,
toward the rear of the vehicle. moves, use the wrench to if the vehicle has aluminum
This position helps when tighten the cable. wheels.
checking the air pressure in the Storing the Flat Tire 3. Put the flat tire in the rear
compact spare tire. storage area with the valve
5. Raise the tire fully against the stem pointing toward the rear
underside of the vehicle. of the vehicle.
Continue turning the wrench 4. Pull the cable (1) through the
until you feel more than two door striker (5), the center of
clicks. This indicates that the the wheel (4), and the plastic
compact spare tire is secure spare tire heat shield (3), as
and the cable is tight. The shown.
spare tire hoist cannot be
overtightened.
1. Cable
2. Liftgate Hinges
3. Spare Tire Heat Shield
4. Center of the Wheel
5. Door Striker
1. Remove the cable package
from the jack storage area.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Vehicle Care 295
5. Hook the cable onto the Storing the Tools 3. Turn the jack (3) on its side and
outside portion of the liftgate place down on the holding
hinges (2). bracket.
6. Hook the other end of the cable 4. Reinstall the wing bolt (2) by
onto the outside portion of the turning clockwise.
liftgate hinge on the other side 5. To replace the cover, line up
of the vehicle. the tab at the front of the cover
7. Pull on the cable to make sure with the notch in the cover
it is secure. opening. Push the cover in
place and make sure that the
rear clips are in the slots and
push the cover closed.
Store the center cap or the plastic
bolt-on wheel covers until a full size
1. Tool Bag tire is put back on the vehicle. When
2. Wing Bolt you replace the compact spare with
3. Jack a full-size tire, reinstall the bolt-on
Put back all tools as they were wheel covers or the center cap.
stored in the jack storage Hand-tighten them over the wheel
compartment and put the nuts, using the wrench.
compartment cover back on.
1. Ensure that the bottom of the
8. Make sure the metal tube is jack is facing toward you.
centered at the striker. Push
the tube toward the front of the 2. Replace the tool bag (1).
vehicle.
9. Close the liftgate and make
sure it is latched properly.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
296 Vehicle Care
Compact Spare Tire repaired or replaced as soon as Do not use the compact spare on
convenient and return the spare tire other vehicles.
to the storage area.
{ Warning When using a compact spare tire,
Do not mix the compact spare tire or
wheel with other wheels or tires.
Driving with more than one the ABS and Traction Control They will not fit. Keep the spare tire
compact spare tire at a time could systems may engage until the spare and its wheel together.
result in loss of braking and tire is recognized by the vehicle,
handling. This could lead to a especially on slippery roads. Adjust Caution
crash and you or others could be driving to reduce possible
injured. Use only one compact wheel slip. Tire chains will not fit the compact
spare tire at a time. Performance of the All-Wheel spare. Using them can damage
Drive (AWD) system will be the vehicle and the chains. Do not
automatically reduced to protect the use tire chains on the compact
If this vehicle has a compact spare
system when using the compact spare.
tire, it was fully inflated when new;
however, it can lose air over time. spare. To restore the AWD and
Check the inflation pressure prevent excessive wear on the
regularly. It should be 420 kPa clutch in the AWD, replace the
(60 psi). compact spare tire with a full-size
tire as soon as possible.
Stop as soon as possible and check
that the spare tire is correctly
Caution
inflated after being installed on the
vehicle. The compact spare tire is When the compact spare is
designed for temporary use only. installed, do not take the vehicle
The vehicle will perform differently through an automatic car wash
with the spare tire installed and it is
with guide rails. The compact
recommended that the vehicle
spare can get caught on the rails
speed be limited to 80 km/h (50
mph). To conserve the tread of the which can damage the tire, wheel,
spare tire, have the standard tire and other parts of the vehicle.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Vehicle Care 297
Jump Starting Warning (Continued) Caution

Jump Starting - North See California Proposition Ignoring these steps could result
America 65 Warning 0 237. in costly damage to the vehicle
that would not be covered by the
For more information about the vehicle warranty. Trying to start
vehicle battery, see Battery - North the vehicle by pushing or pulling it
America 0 255. { Warning will not work, and it could damage
If the vehicle battery has run down, Batteries can hurt you. They can the vehicle.
you may want to use another be dangerous because:
vehicle and some jumper cables to
. They contain acid that can 1. Check the other vehicle.
start your vehicle. Be sure to use
burn you. It must have a 12-volt battery
the following steps to do it safely.
with a negative ground system.
. They contain gas that can
{ Warning explode or ignite.
Caution
. They contain enough
WARNING: Battery posts,
electricity to burn you. If the other vehicle does not have
terminals, and related
a 12-volt system with a negative
accessories contain lead and lead If you do not follow these steps
ground, both vehicles can be
compounds, chemicals known to exactly, some or all of these
damaged. Only use a vehicle that
the State of California to cause things can hurt you.
has a 12-volt system with a
cancer and birth defects or other
negative ground for jump starting.
reproductive harm. Batteries also
contain other chemicals known to
the State of California to cause 2. Get the vehicles close enough
cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER so the jumper cables can
HANDLING. reach, but be sure the vehicles
are not touching each other.
(Continued) If they are, it could cause a
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
298 Vehicle Care
ground connection you do not 3. Turn off the ignition on both

want. You would not be able to vehicles. Unplug unnecessary Warning (Continued)
start your vehicle, and the bad accessories plugged into the
grounding could damage the cigarette lighter or the Battery fluid contains acid that
electrical systems. accessory power outlets. Turn can burn you. Do not get it on
off the radio and all lamps that you. If you accidentally get it in
To avoid the possibility of the your eyes or on your skin, flush
vehicles rolling, set the parking are not needed. This will avoid
sparks and help save both the place with water and get
brake firmly on both vehicles medical help immediately.
involved in the jump start batteries. And it could save the
procedure. Put an automatic radio!
transmission in P (Park) or a 4. Open the hoods and locate the
manual transmission in Neutral
before setting the parking
positive (+) and negative (−)
terminal locations on the other
{ Warning
brake. If one of the vehicles is vehicle. Your vehicle has a Fans or other moving engine
a four-wheel-drive vehicle, be remote positive (+) and a parts can injure you badly. Keep
sure the transfer case is not in remote negative (−) jump your hands away from moving
Neutral. starting terminal. See Engine parts once the engine is running.
Compartment Overview 0 240
Caution for the terminal locations.
5. Check that the jumper cables
do not have loose or missing
If any accessories are left on or { Warning insulation. If they do, you could
plugged in during the jump
Using a match near a battery can get a shock. The vehicles
starting procedure, they could be
could be damaged too.
damaged. The repairs would not cause battery gas to explode.
be covered by the vehicle People have been hurt doing this, Before you connect the cables,
warranty. Whenever possible, turn and some have been blinded. here are some basic things you
off or unplug all accessories on Use a flashlight if you need more should know. Positive (+) will
either vehicle when jump starting. light. go to positive (+) or to a remote
positive (+) terminal if the
(Continued) vehicle has one. Negative (−)
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Vehicle Care 299
will go to a heavy, unpainted Use a remote positive (+)

metal engine part or to a terminal if the vehicle has one.
remote negative (−) terminal if 7. Do not let the other end touch
the vehicle has one. metal. Connect it to the
Do not connect positive (+) to positive (+) terminal of the good
negative (−) or you will get a battery. Use a remote
short that would damage the positive (+) terminal if the
battery and maybe other parts vehicle has one.
too. And do not connect the 8. Now connect the black
negative (−) cable to the negative (−) cable to the
negative (−) terminal on the negative (−) terminal of the
dead battery because this can good battery. Use a remote
cause sparks. negative (−) terminal if the 9. Connect the other end of the
vehicle has one. negative (−) cable to the
remote negative (−) terminal of
Do not let the other end touch the dead battery.
anything until the next step.
The other end of the Your vehicle has a remote
negative (−) cable does not go negative (−) terminal for this
to the dead battery. It goes to a purpose.
heavy, unpainted metal engine 10. Now start the vehicle with the
part, or to a remote negative (−) good battery and run the
terminal on the vehicle with the engine for a while.
dead battery.
11. Try to start the vehicle that had
the dead battery. If it will not
start after a few tries, it
6. Connect the red positive (+) probably needs service.
cable to the positive (+)
terminal of the dead battery.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
300 Vehicle Care
Caution Towing the Vehicle Recreational Vehicle

Towing
If the jumper cables are Caution Recreational vehicle towing means
connected or removed in the towing the vehicle behind another
wrong order, electrical shorting Incorrectly towing a disabled vehicle – such as behind a motor
may occur and damage the vehicle may cause damage. The home. The two most common types
vehicle. The repairs would not be damage would not be covered by of recreational vehicle towing are
covered by the vehicle warranty. the vehicle warranty. known as dinghy towing and dolly
Always connect and remove the Do not lash or hook to towing. Dinghy towing is towing the
jumper cables in the correct order, suspension components. Use the vehicle with all four wheels on the
making sure that the cables do proper straps around the tires to ground. Dolly towing is towing the
not touch each other or other secure the vehicle. vehicle with two wheels on the
metal. ground and two wheels up on a
device known as a dolly.
Use only a flatbed tow truck for
Jumper Cable Removal towing a disabled vehicle. Never Here are some important things to
use a sling type lift or damage will consider before recreational vehicle
Reverse the sequence exactly when
occur. Use ramps to help reduce towing:
removing the jumper cables.
approach angles if necessary. . The towing capacity of the
After starting the disabled vehicle A towed vehicle should have its towing vehicle. Be sure to read
and removing the jumper cables, drive wheels off the ground. the tow vehicle manufacturer's
allow it to idle for several minutes.
Consult a professional towing recommendations.
service if the disabled vehicle must . How far the vehicle will be
be towed. towed. Some vehicles have
restrictions on how far and how
long they can be towed.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Vehicle Care 301

. The proper towing equipment. Dinghy Towing For vehicles being dinghy towed,
See your dealer or trailering the vehicle should be run at the
professional for additional advice beginning of each day and at each
and equipment RV fuel stop for about five minutes.
recommendations. This will ensure proper lubrication of
. If the vehicle is ready to be transmission components. Reinstall
towed. Just as preparing the the fuse to start the vehicle.
vehicle for a long trip, make sure To tow the vehicle from the front
the vehicle is prepared to be with all four wheels on the ground:
towed. 1. Position the vehicle to be
towed, shift the transmission to
Caution P (Park), and turn the ignition
to LOCK/OFF.
Use of a shield mounted in front
of the vehicle grille could restrict If the vehicle is front-wheel-drive, it 2. Secure the vehicle to the
airflow and cause damage to the can be dinghy towed from the front. towing vehicle.
transmission. The repairs would These vehicles may also be towed 3. Set the parking brake.
not be covered by the vehicle by putting the front wheels on a 4. Turn the ignition to ACC/
warranty. If using a shield, only dolly. See the information on dolly ACCESSORY.
use one that attaches to the towing later in this section.
towing vehicle. 5. Shift the transmission to
If the vehicle is all-wheel-drive, it N (Neutral).
can be dinghy towed from the front.
These vehicles can also be towed 6. To prevent the battery from
by placing them on a platform trailer draining while the vehicle is
with all four wheels off of the being towed, remove the
ground. These vehicles cannot be 15 amp ECM fuse and the
towed using a dolly. 15 amp OnStar fuse. These
are in the battery compartment
behind the passenger seat on
the floor. Also, remove the
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
302 Vehicle Care
50 amp BATT1 fuse from the Once the destination is reached: Dolly Towing (All-Wheel-Drive
engine compartment fuse block 1. Set the parking brake. Vehicles)
and store all fuses in a safe
location. See Engine 2. Reinstall the fuses.
Compartment Fuse 3. Shift the transmission to
Block 0 261. P (Park), turn the ignition to
7. Release the parking brake. LOCK/OFF, and remove the
key from the ignition.
Caution 4. Disconnect the vehicle from the
towing vehicle.
If the vehicle is towed without
performing each of the steps Caution
listed under “Dinghy Towing,” the
automatic transmission could be Do not tow a vehicle with the front
damaged. Be sure to follow all drive wheels on the ground if one
steps of the dinghy towing of the front tires is a compact All-wheel-drive vehicles must not be
procedure prior to and after spare tire. Towing with two towed with two wheels on the
towing the vehicle. different tire sizes on the front of ground. To properly tow these
the vehicle can cause severe vehicles, they should be placed on
damage to the transmission. a platform trailer with all four wheels
off of the ground or dinghy towed
Caution from the front.
If 105 km/h (65 mph) is exceeded
while towing the vehicle, it could
be damaged. Never exceed
105 km/h (65 mph) while towing
the vehicle.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Vehicle Care 303
Dolly Towing 5. Remove the key from the

(Front-Wheel-Drive ignition.
Vehicles Only) 6. Secure the vehicle to the dolly.
7. Release the parking brake.
Towing the Vehicle from
the Rear
Caution
Towing the vehicle from the rear
could damage it. Also, repairs
To tow a front-wheel-drive vehicle would not be covered by the
from the front with two wheels on vehicle warranty. Never have the
the ground: vehicle towed from the rear.
1. Put the front wheels on a dolly.
2. Move the shift lever to Do not tow the vehicle from the rear.
P (Park).
3. Set the parking brake.
4. Clamp the steering wheel in a
straight-ahead position with a
clamping device designed for
towing.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
304 Vehicle Care
Appearance Care Caution (Continued) Caution

Exterior Care your dealer. Follow all Do not power wash any
manufacturer directions regarding component under the hood that
Locks correct product usage, necessary has this e symbol.
Locks are lubricated at the factory. safety precautions, and
Use a de-icing agent only when appropriate disposal of any This could cause damage that
absolutely necessary, and have the vehicle care product. would not be covered by the
locks greased after using. See vehicle warranty.
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 324. If using an automatic car wash,
Caution follow the car wash instructions. The
Washing the Vehicle
Avoid using high-pressure windshield wiper and rear window
To preserve the vehicle's finish, wiper, if equipped, must be off.
wash it often and out of direct washes closer than 30 cm (12 in)
Remove any accessories that may
sunlight. to the surface of the vehicle. Use
be damaged or interfere with the car
of power washers exceeding
wash equipment.
8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result
Caution Rinse the vehicle well, before
in damage or removal of paint
and decals. washing and after, to remove all
Do not use petroleum-based,
cleaning agents completely. If they
acidic, or abrasive cleaning are allowed to dry on the surface,
agents as they can damage the they could stain.
vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic
parts. If damage occurs, it would Dry the finish with a soft, clean
not be covered by the vehicle chamois or an all-cotton towel to
warranty. Approved cleaning avoid surface scratches and water
products can be obtained from spotting.
(Continued)
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Vehicle Care 305
Finish Care The bright metal moldings on the

Caution vehicle are aluminum, chrome,
Application of aftermarket clearcoat
or stainless steel. To prevent
sealant/wax materials is not Machine compounding or damage always follow these
recommended. If painted surfaces aggressive polishing on a cleaning instructions:
are damaged, see your dealer to basecoat/clearcoat paint finish
have the damage assessed and may damage it. Use only . Be sure the molding is cool to
repaired. Foreign materials such as non-abrasive waxes and polishes the touch before applying any
calcium chloride and other salts, ice that are made for a basecoat/ cleaning solution.
melting agents, road oil and tar, tree clearcoat paint finish on the . Use only approved cleaning
sap, bird droppings, chemicals from vehicle. solutions for aluminum, chrome,
industrial chimneys, etc., can or stainless steel. Some
damage the vehicle's finish if they cleaners are highly acidic or
remain on painted surfaces. Wash To keep the paint finish looking new, contain alkaline substances and
the vehicle as soon as possible. keep the vehicle garaged or can damage the moldings.
If necessary, use non-abrasive covered whenever possible.
cleaners that are marked safe for . Always dilute a concentrated
Protecting Exterior Bright Metal cleaner according to the
painted surfaces to remove foreign
Moldings manufacturer’s instructions.
matter.
Occasional hand waxing or mild . Do not use cleaners that are not
Caution intended for automotive use.
polishing should be done to remove
residue from the paint finish. See Failure to clean and protect the . Use a nonabrasive wax on the
your dealer for approved cleaning bright metal moldings can result vehicle after washing to protect
products. in a hazy white finish or pitting. and extend the molding finish.
Do not apply waxes or polishes to This damage would not be
uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber, covered by the vehicle warranty.
decals, simulated wood, or flat paint
as damage can occur.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
306 Vehicle Care
Cleaning Exterior Lamps/ . Aftermarket appearance caps or Windshield and Wiper Blades
Lenses, Emblems, Decals, and covers while the lamps are
Clean the outside of the windshield
Stripes illuminated, due to excessive
with glass cleaner.
heat generated.
Use only lukewarm or cold water, a Clean rubber blades using a lint-free
soft cloth, and a car washing soap cloth or paper towel soaked with
to clean exterior lamps, lenses, Caution
windshield washer fluid or a mild
emblems, decals, and stripes. Failure to clean lamps properly detergent. Wash the windshield
Follow instructions under "Washing can cause damage to the lamp thoroughly when cleaning the
the Vehicle" previously in this blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and
cover that would not be covered
section. a buildup of vehicle wash/wax
by the vehicle warranty.
Lamp covers are made of plastic, treatments may cause wiper
and some have a UV protective streaking.
coating. Do not clean or wipe them Replace the wiper blades if they are
when dry. Caution worn or damaged. Damage can be
Do not use any of the following on caused by extreme dusty
Using wax on low gloss black
lamp covers: conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,
finish stripes can increase the
snow, and ice.
. Abrasive or caustic agents. gloss level and create a
. Washer fluids and other cleaning non-uniform finish. Clean low Weatherstrips
agents in higher concentrations gloss stripes with soap and Apply Dielectric silicone grease on
than suggested by the water only. weatherstrips to make them last
manufacturer. longer, seal better, and not stick or
. Solvents, alcohols, fuels, Air Intakes squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips at
or other harsh cleaners. least once a year. Hot, dry climates
Clear debris from the air intakes, may require more frequent
. Ice scrapers or other hard items. between the hood and windshield, application. Black marks from
when washing the vehicle. rubber material on painted surfaces
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Vehicle Care 307
can be removed by rubbing with a

clean cloth. See Recommended Caution Caution (Continued)
Fluids and Lubricants 0 324.
Chrome wheels and other chrome brushes. Damage could occur
Tires trim may be damaged if the and the repairs would not be
Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to vehicle is not washed after driving covered by the vehicle warranty.
clean the tires. on roads that have been sprayed
with magnesium, calcium,
Brake System
or sodium chloride. These
Caution Visually inspect brake lines and
chlorides are used on roads for
conditions such as ice and dust. hoses for proper hook-up, binding,
Using petroleum-based tire
Always wash the chrome with leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspect
dressing products on the vehicle
soap and water after exposure. disc brake pads for wear and rotors
may damage the paint finish and/ for surface condition. Inspect drum
or tires. When applying a tire brake linings/shoes for wear or
dressing, always wipe off any cracks. Inspect all other brake parts.
overspray from all painted Caution
surfaces on the vehicle. Steering, Suspension, and
To avoid surface damage, do not Chassis Components
Wheels and Trim — Aluminum use strong soaps, chemicals, Visually inspect steering,
or Chrome abrasive polishes, cleaners, suspension, and chassis
brushes, or cleaners that contain components for damaged, loose,
Use a soft, clean cloth with mild acid on aluminum or or missing parts or signs of wear at
soap and water to clean the wheels. chrome-plated wheels. Use only least once a year.
After rinsing thoroughly with clean approved cleaners. Also, never
water, dry with a soft, clean towel. Inspect power steering for proper
drive a vehicle with aluminum or attachment, connections, binding,
A wax may then be applied. chrome-plated wheels through an leaks, cracks, chafing, etc.
automatic car wash that uses
silicone carbide tire cleaning Visually check constant velocity joint
boots and axle seals for leaks.
(Continued)
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
308 Vehicle Care
Body Component Lubrication Sheet Metal Damage Interior Care

Lubricate all key lock cylinders, If the vehicle is damaged and To prevent dirt particle abrasions,
hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and the requires sheet metal repair or regularly clean the vehicle's interior.
steel fuel door hinges, unless the replacement, make sure the body Immediately remove any soils.
components are plastic. Applying repair shop applies anti-corrosion Newspapers or dark garments can
silicone grease on weatherstrips material to parts repaired or transfer color to the vehicle’s
with a clean cloth will make them replaced to restore corrosion interior.
last longer, seal better, and not stick protection.
or squeak. Use a soft bristle brush to remove
Original manufacturer replacement dust from knobs and crevices on the
Underbody Maintenance parts will provide the corrosion instrument cluster. Using a mild
protection while maintaining the soap solution, immediately remove
At least twice a year, spring and fall, vehicle warranty. hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect
use plain water to flush any
Finish Damage repellent from all interior surfaces or
corrosive materials from the
permanent damage may result.
underbody. Take care to thoroughly Quickly repair minor chips and
clean any areas where mud and Use cleaners specifically designed
scratches with touch-up materials
other debris can collect. for the surfaces being cleaned to
available from your dealer to avoid
prevent permanent damage. Apply
Do not directly power wash the corrosion. Larger areas of finish
all cleaners directly to the cleaning
transfer case and/or front/rear axle damage can be corrected in your
cloth. Do not spray cleaners on any
output seals. High pressure water dealer's body and paint shop.
switches or controls. Remove
can overcome the seals and
Chemical Paint Spotting cleaners quickly.
contaminate the fluid. Contaminated
fluid will decrease the life of the Airborne pollutants can fall upon Before using cleaners, read and
transfer case and/or axles and and attack painted vehicle surfaces follow all safety instructions on the
should be replaced. causing blotchy, ring-shaped label. While cleaning the interior,
discolorations, and small, irregular open the doors and windows to get
dark spots etched into the paint proper ventilation.
surface. See “Finish Care”
previously in this section.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Vehicle Care 309
To prevent damage, do not clean Interior Glass Coated Moldings

the interior using the following
To clean, use a terry cloth fabric Coated moldings should be cleaned.
cleaners or techniques:
dampened with water. Wipe droplets . When lightly soiled, wipe with a
. Never use a razor or any other left behind with a clean dry cloth. sponge or soft, lint-free cloth
sharp object to remove soil from If necessary, use a commercial dampened with water.
any interior surface. glass cleaner after cleaning with
plain water. . When heavily soiled, use warm
. Never use a brush with stiff
soapy water.
bristles.
. Never rub any surface Caution Fabric/Carpet/Suede
aggressively or with too much To prevent scratching, never use Start by vacuuming the surface
pressure. abrasive cleaners on automotive using a soft brush attachment. If a
. Do not use laundry detergents or glass. Abrasive cleaners or rotating vacuum brush attachment is
dishwashing soaps with aggressive cleaning may damage being used, only use it on the floor
degreasers. For liquid cleaners, the rear window defogger. carpet. Before cleaning, gently
use approximately 20 drops per remove as much of the soil as
3.8 L (1 gal) of water. possible:
A concentrated soap solution will Cleaning the windshield with water
. Gently blot liquids with a paper
create streaks and attract dirt. during the first three to six months
of ownership will reduce tendency towel. Continue blotting until no
Do not use solutions that contain more soil can be removed.
strong or caustic soap. to fog.
. For solid soils, remove as much
. Do not heavily saturate the Speaker Covers as possible prior to vacuuming.
upholstery when cleaning. Vacuum around a speaker cover To clean:
. Do not use solvents or cleaners gently, so that the speaker will not
containing solvents. be damaged. Clean spots with water 1. Saturate a clean, lint-free
and mild soap. colorfast cloth with water.
Microfiber cloth is
recommended to prevent lint
transfer to the fabric or carpet.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
310 Vehicle Care
2. Remove excess moisture by Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces Instrument Panel, Leather,
gently wringing until water does and Vehicle Information and Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces,
not drip from the cleaning cloth. Radio Displays Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, and
3. Start on the outside edge of the Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss Natural Open Pore Wood
soil and gently rub toward the surfaces or vehicle displays. First, Surfaces
center. Fold the cleaning cloth use a soft bristle brush to remove Use a soft microfiber cloth
to a clean area frequently to dirt that can scratch the surface. dampened with water to remove
prevent forcing the soil in to the Then gently clean by rubbing with a dust and loose dirt. For a more
fabric. microfiber cloth. Never use window thorough cleaning, use a soft
4. Continue gently rubbing the cleaners or solvents. Periodically microfiber cloth dampened with a
soiled area until there is no hand wash the microfiber cloth mild soap solution.
longer any color transfer from separately, using mild soap. Do not
the soil to the cleaning cloth. use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse
Caution
thoroughly and air dry before
5. If the soil is not completely
next use. Soaking or saturating leather,
removed, use a mild soap
solution followed only by plain especially perforated leather, as
water. Caution well as other interior surfaces,
may cause permanent damage.
If the soil is not completely Do not attach a device with a Wipe excess moisture from these
removed, it may be necessary to suction cup to the display. This
use a commercial upholstery surfaces after cleaning and allow
may cause damage and would them to dry naturally. Never use
cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small not be covered by the vehicle
hidden area for colorfastness before heat, steam, or spot removers. Do
warranty. not use cleaners that contain
using a commercial upholstery
cleaner or spot lifter. If ring silicone or wax-based products.
formation occurs, clean the entire Cleaners containing these
fabric or carpet. solvents can permanently change
After cleaning, use a paper towel to (Continued)
blot excess moisture.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Vehicle Care 311
Caution (Continued)
Cargo Cover and Floor Mats
Convenience Net
the appearance and feel of Wash with warm water and mild { Warning
leather or soft trim, and are not detergent. Do not use chlorine
recommended. bleach. Rinse with cold water, and If a floor mat is the wrong size or
then dry completely. is not properly installed, it can
interfere with the pedals.
Do not use cleaners that increase Care of Safety Belts Interference with the pedals can
gloss, especially on the instrument cause unintended acceleration
Keep belts clean and dry.
panel. Reflected glare can decrease
and/or increased stopping
visibility through the windshield
under certain conditions. { Warning distance which can cause a crash
and injury. Make sure the floor
Do not bleach or dye safety belt mat does not interfere with the
Caution webbing. It may severely weaken pedals.
Use of air fresheners may cause the webbing. In a crash, they
permanent damage to plastics might not be able to provide Use the following guidelines for
and painted surfaces. If an air adequate protection. Clean and proper floor mat usage.
freshener comes in contact with rinse safety belt webbing only
with mild soap and lukewarm . The original equipment floor
any plastic or painted surface in mats were designed for your
the vehicle, blot immediately and water. Allow the webbing to dry.
vehicle. If the floor mats need
clean with a soft cloth dampened replacing, it is recommended
with a mild soap solution. that GM certified floor mats be
Damage caused by air fresheners purchased. Non-GM floor mats
would not be covered by the may not fit properly and may
vehicle warranty. interfere with the accelerator or
brake pedal. Always check that
the floor mats do not interfere
with the pedals.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
312 Vehicle Care

. Do not use a floor mat if the Some vehicles have floor mats with Knob Retainer
vehicle is not equipped with a a button-type retainer.
floor mat retainer on the driver
side floor. Removing and Replacing the
Floor Mat
. Use the floor mat with the
correct side up. Do not turn 1. Pull up on the rear of the mat
it over. to unlock and remove.
. 2. Reinstall the floor mat by lining
Do not place anything on top of
the driver side floor mat. up the floor mat opening over
the carpet retainer and
. Use only a single floor mat on snapping into position.
the driver side.
3. Make sure the floor mat is
. Do not place one floor mat on properly secured. Verify the
top of another. floor mat does not interfere
with the pedals. Some vehicles have floor mats with
Button Retainer a knob retainer.
Removing and Replacing the
Floor Mat
1. Turn the knob until it is aligned
with the slot in the floor mat
grommet.
2. Pull up on the floor mat.
3. Center the slot in the floor mat
grommet with the knob on the
floor and set into position.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Vehicle Care 313
4. Turn the knob until it is

perpendicular to the slot in the
grommet to lock the mat in
place.
5. Make sure the floor mat is
properly secured. Verify the
floor mat does not interfere
with the pedals.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
314 Service and Maintenance
Service and General Information changes and tire rotations and

additional maintenance items like
Maintenance Your vehicle is an important
investment. This section describes
tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper
blades.
the required maintenance for the
General Information vehicle. Follow this schedule to help Caution
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 314 protect against major repair
expenses resulting from neglect or Damage caused by improper
Maintenance Schedule inadequate maintenance. It may maintenance can lead to costly
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 315 also help to maintain the value of repairs and may not be covered
the vehicle if it is sold. It is the by the vehicle warranty.
Special Application Services responsibility of the owner to have
Special Application Maintenance intervals, checks,
all required maintenance performed. inspections, recommended fluids,
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Your dealer has trained technicians and lubricants are important to
Additional Maintenance who can perform required keep the vehicle in good working
and Care maintenance using genuine condition.
Additional Maintenance replacement parts. They have
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 up-to-date tools and equipment for
fast and accurate diagnostics. Many The Tire Rotation and Required
Recommended Fluids, dealers have extended evening and Services are the responsibility of the
Lubricants, and Parts Saturday hours, courtesy vehicle owner. It is recommended to
Recommended Fluids and transportation, and online have your dealer perform these
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324 scheduling to assist with service services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.
Maintenance Replacement needs. Proper vehicle maintenance helps to
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 keep the vehicle in good working
Your dealer recognizes the condition, improves fuel economy,
Maintenance Records importance of providing and reduces vehicle emissions.
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 326 competitively priced maintenance
and repair services. With trained Because of the way people use
technicians, the dealer is the place vehicles, maintenance needs vary.
for routine maintenance such as oil There may need to be more
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Service and Maintenance 315
frequent checks and services. The . Used for taxi, police, or delivery
Additional Required Services - service.
Maintenance
Normal are for vehicles that: Refer to the information in the
Schedule
. Carry passengers and cargo Maintenance Schedule Additional Owner Checks and Services
within recommended limits on Required Services - Severe chart.
the Tire and Loading Information At Each Fuel Stop
label. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 195.
{ Warning . Check the engine oil level. See
Engine Oil 0 241.
. Are driven on reasonable road Performing maintenance work can
be dangerous and can cause Once a Month
surfaces within legal driving
limits. serious injury. Perform . Check the tire inflation
maintenance work only if the pressures. See Tire
. Use the recommended fuel. See
required information, proper tools, Pressure 0 275.
Fuel 0 225.
and equipment are available. . Inspect the tires for wear. See
Refer to the information in the If they are not, see your dealer to Tire Inspection 0 280.
Maintenance Schedule Additional have a trained technician do the
Required Services - Normal chart. . Check the windshield washer
work. See Doing Your Own
Service Work 0 238. fluid level. See Washer
The Additional Required Services - Fluid 0 253.
Severe are for vehicles that are:
. Mainly driven in heavy city traffic Engine Oil Change
in hot weather. When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL
. Mainly driven in hilly or SOON message displays, have the
mountainous terrain. engine oil and filter changed within
the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven
. Frequently towing a trailer. under the best conditions, the
. Used for high speed or engine oil life system may not
competitive driving. indicate the need for vehicle service
for up to a year.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
The engine oil and filter must be . Check engine coolant level. See . Visually inspect steering,
changed at least once a year and Engine Coolant 0 247. suspension, and chassis
the oil life system must be reset. . Check windshield washer fluid components for damaged, loose,
Your trained dealer technician can level. See Washer Fluid 0 253. or missing parts or signs of
perform this work. If the engine oil wear. See Exterior Care 0 304.
life system is reset accidentally, . Visually inspect windshield wiper
. Check restraint system
service the vehicle within 5 000 km/ blades for wear, cracking,
or contamination. See Exterior components. See Safety System
3,000 mi since the last service. Check 0 64.
Reset the oil life system when the Care 0 304. Replace worn or
oil is changed. See Engine Oil Life damaged wiper blades. See . Visually inspect fuel system for
System 0 244. Wiper Blade damage or leaks.
Replacement 0 257. . Visually inspect exhaust system
Tire Rotation and Required
. Check tire inflation pressures. and nearby heat shields for
Services Every 12 000 km/
See Tire Pressure 0 275. loose or damaged parts.
7,500 mi
. Inspect tire wear. See Tire . Lubricate body components. See
Rotate the tires, if recommended for Inspection 0 280. Exterior Care 0 304.
the vehicle, and perform the
following services. See Tire . Visually check for fluid leaks. . Check starter switch. See Starter
Rotation 0 280. . Inspect engine air cleaner filter. Switch Check 0 256.
. Check engine oil level and oil See Engine Air Cleaner/
life percentage. If needed, Filter 0 245.
change engine oil and filter, and . Inspect brake system. See
reset oil life system. See Engine Exterior Care 0 304.
Oil 0 241 and Engine Oil Life
System 0 244.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16

. Check automatic transmission
shift lock control function. See
Automatic Transmission Shift
Lock Control Function
Check 0 256.
. Check ignition transmission lock.
See Ignition Transmission Lock
Check 0 257.
. Check parking brake and
automatic transmission park
mechanism. See Park Brake and
P (Park) Mechanism
Check 0 257.
. Check accelerator pedal for
damage, high effort, or binding.
Replace if needed.
. Visually inspect gas strut for
signs of wear, cracks, or other
damage. Check the hold open
ability of the strut. See your
dealer if service is required.
. Inspect sunroof track and seal,
if equipped. See Sunroof 0 44.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi
2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi
2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Normal
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @
Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with
AWD. (4)
@
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @
Replace brake fluid. (7)
Footnotes — Maintenance or environmental allergens. (2) Visually check all fuel and vapor
Schedule Additional Required Passenger compartment air filter lines and hoses for proper
Services - Normal replacement may also be needed if attachment, connection, routing, and
(1) Or every two years, whichever there is reduced airflow, window condition.
comes first. More frequent fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer
passenger compartment air filter can help determine when to replace
replacement may be needed if the filter.
driving in areas with heavy traffic,
poor air quality, high dust levels,
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
(3) Or every four years, whichever

comes first. If driving in dusty
conditions, inspect the filter at each
oil change or more often as needed.
(4) Do not directly power wash the
transfer case and/or front/rear axle
output seals. High pressure water
can overcome the seals and
contaminate the transfer case fluid.
Contaminated fluid will decrease the
life of the transfer case and/or axles
and should be replaced.
(5) Or every five years, whichever
comes first. See Cooling
System 0 246.
(6) Or every 10 years, whichever
comes first. Inspect for fraying,
excessive cracking, or damage;
replace, if needed.
(7) Replace brake fluid every five
years. See Brake Fluid 0 254.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi
2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi
2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Severe
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @
Change automatic transmission fluid. @ @ @
Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with
AWD. (4)
@ @ @
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @
Replace brake fluid. (7)
Footnotes — Maintenance poor air quality, high dust levels, (2) Visually check all fuel and vapor
Schedule Additional Required or environmental allergens. lines and hoses for proper
Services - Severe Passenger compartment air filter attachment, connection, routing, and
(1) Or every two years, whichever replacement may also be needed if condition.
comes first. More frequent there is reduced airflow, window (3) Or every four years, whichever
passenger compartment air filter fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer comes first. If driving in dusty
replacement may be needed if can help determine when to replace conditions, inspect the filter at each
driving in areas with heavy traffic, the filter. oil change or more often as needed.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
(4) Do not directly power wash the Special Application Additional

transfer case and/or front/rear axle
output seals. High pressure water Services Maintenance and Care
can overcome the seals and . Severe Commercial Use Your vehicle is an important
contaminate the transfer case fluid.
Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis investment and caring for it properly
Contaminated fluid will decrease the
components every oil change. may help to avoid future costly
life of the transfer case and/or axles
. Have underbody flushing service repairs. To maintain vehicle
and should be replaced.
performed. See "Underbody performance, additional
(5) Or every five years, whichever maintenance services may be
Maintenance" in Exterior
comes first. See Cooling required.
Care 0 304.
System 0 246.
It is recommended that your dealer
(6) Or every 10 years, whichever perform these services — their
comes first. Inspect for fraying, trained dealer technicians know
excessive cracking, or damage; your vehicle best. Your dealer can
replace, if needed. also perform a thorough
(7) Replace brake fluid every five assessment with a multi-point
years. See Brake Fluid 0 254. inspection to recommend when your
vehicle may need attention.
The following list is intended to
explain the services and conditions
to look for that may indicate
services are required.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Battery . Signs of brake wear may include With a multi-point inspection, your
The 12-volt battery supplies power chirping, grinding, or squealing dealer can inspect the hoses and
to start the engine and operate any noises, or difficulty stopping. advise if replacement is needed.
additional electrical accessories. . Trained dealer technicians have Lamps
. To avoid break-down or failure to access to tools and equipment
to inspect the brakes and Properly working headlamps,
start the vehicle, maintain a taillamps, and brake lamps are
battery with full cranking power. recommend quality parts
engineered for the vehicle. important to see and be seen on
. Trained dealer technicians have the road.
the diagnostic equipment to test Fluids . Signs that the headlamps need
the battery and ensure that the Proper fluid levels and approved attention include dimming, failure
connections and cables are fluids protect the vehicle’s systems to light, cracking, or damage.
corrosion-free. and components. See The brake lamps need to be
Belts Recommended Fluids and checked periodically to ensure
Lubricants 0 324 for GM approved that they light when braking.
. Belts may need replacing if they fluids. . With a multi-point inspection,
squeak or show signs of
. Engine oil and windshield your dealer can check the lamps
cracking or splitting.
washer fluid levels should be and note any concerns.
. Trained dealer technicians have checked at every fuel fill.
access to tools and equipment Shocks and Struts
. Instrument cluster lights may
to inspect the belts and Shocks and struts help aid in control
recommend adjustment or come on to indicate that fluids
may be low and need to be for a smoother ride.
replacement when necessary.
filled. . Signs of wear may include
Brakes steering wheel vibration, bounce/
Hoses sway while braking, longer
Brakes stop the vehicle and are
crucial to safe driving. Hoses transport fluids and should stopping distance, or uneven
be regularly inspected to ensure tire wear.
that there are no cracks or leaks.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16

. As part of the multi-point Vehicle Care . Trained dealer technicians can
inspection, trained dealer To help keep the vehicle looking like inspect the windshield and
technicians can visually inspect new, vehicle care products are recommend proper replacement
the shocks and struts for signs available from your dealer. For if needed.
of leaking, blown seals, information on how to clean and
or damage, and can advise Wiper Blades
protect the vehicle’s interior and
when service is needed. exterior, see Interior Care 0 308 and Wiper blades need to be cleaned
Exterior Care 0 304. and kept in good condition to
Tires provide a clear view.
Tires need to be properly inflated, Wheel Alignment . Signs of wear include streaking,
rotated, and balanced. Maintaining Wheel alignment is critical for skipping across the windshield,
the tires can save money and fuel, ensuring that the tires deliver and worn or split rubber.
and can reduce the risk of tire optimal wear and performance.
failure. . Trained dealer technicians can
. Signs that the alignment may check the wiper blades and
. Signs that the tires need to be
need to be adjusted include replace them when needed.
replaced include three or more pulling, improper vehicle
visible treadwear indicators; cord handling, or unusual tire wear.
or fabric showing through the
rubber; cracks or cuts in the . Your dealer has the required
tread or sidewall; or a bulge or equipment to ensure proper
split in the tire. wheel alignment.
. Trained dealer technicians can Windshield
inspect and recommend the right For safety, appearance, and the
tires. Your dealer can also best viewing, keep the windshield
provide tire/wheel balancing clean and clear.
services to ensure smooth
vehicle operation at all speeds. . Signs of damage include
Your dealer sells and services scratches, cracks, and chips.
name brand tires.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1™ specification of the proper SAE viscosity
grade. ACDelco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is recommended. See Engine
Oil 0 241.
Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL ® Coolant.
See Engine Coolant 0 247.
Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299818, in
Canada 19299819).
Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection
requirements.
Hydraulic Power Steering System DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Automatic Transmission DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Carrier Assembly – Differential (Rear SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 88900401, in
Drive Module) and Transfer Case Canada 89021678).
(Power Transfer Unit)
Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, in
Latch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and Canada 89021674) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2,
Release Pawl Category LB or GC-LB.
Key Lock Cylinders, Hood and Door Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Hinges Canada 10953474).
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or
Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481).
Maintenance Replacement Parts

Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 15278634 A3083C
Engine Oil Filter 19330000 PF63E
Passenger Compartment Air Filter 20958479 CF179C
Spark Plugs 12622561 41-109
Wiper Blades
Front Driver – 63 cm (24.8 in) 20945799 —
Front Passenger – 53.0 cm (20.8 in) 20945800 —
Rear – 30.0 cm (11.8 in) 25820122 —
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Odometer
Date Serviced By Services Performed
Reading
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Technical Data 327
Technical Data Vehicle Identification Service Parts

Identification Label
Vehicle Identification This label, on the inside of the glove
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) box, has the following information:
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327 . Vehicle Identification
Service Parts Identification Number (VIN).
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327 . Model designation.
Vehicle Data . Paint information.
Capacities and
. Production options and special
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 329 equipment.
This legal identifier is in the front
Do not remove this label from the
corner of the instrument panel, on
vehicle.
the driver side of the vehicle. It can
be seen through the windshield from
outside. The Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) also appears on the
Vehicle Certification and Service
Parts labels and certificates of title
and registration.
Engine Identification
The eighth character in the VIN is
the engine code. This code
identifies the vehicle's engine,
specifications, and replacement
parts. See “Engine Specifications”
under Capacities and Specifications
0 328 for the vehicle's engine code.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
328 Technical Data
Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 324 for more information.
Capacities
Application Metric English
Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and
charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the
hood. See your dealer for more information.
Cooling System 11.3 L 11.9 qt
Engine Oil with Filter 5.7 L 6.0 qt
Fuel Tank 83.3 L 22.0 gal
Transfer Case Fluid 1.0 L 1.0 qt
Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 lb ft
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.
Engine Specifications
Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap
3.6L V6 Engine D Automatic 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–
0.043 in)
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Technical Data 329
Engine Drive Belt Routing

9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
330 Customer Information
Customer Reporting Safety Defects

Reporting Safety Defects to
Customer Information
Information the United States
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340 Customer Satisfaction
Reporting Safety Defects to Procedure
Customer Information the Canadian Your satisfaction and goodwill are
Customer Satisfaction Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341 important to your dealer and to
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 Reporting Safety Defects to Buick. Normally, any concerns with
Customer Assistance General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
the sales transaction or the
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 Vehicle Data Recording and operation of the vehicle will be
Customer Assistance for Text resolved by your dealer's sales or
Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 333
Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording and service departments. Sometimes,
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 333 however, despite the best intentions
GM Mobility Reimbursement Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 342 of all concerned, misunderstandings
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 can occur. If your concern has not
Roadside Assistance OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 343 been resolved to your satisfaction,
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 the following steps should be taken:
Scheduling Service
Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 STEP ONE : Discuss your concern
Courtesy Transportation with a member of dealership
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 management. Normally, concerns
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 337 can be quickly resolved at that level.
Service Publications Ordering If the matter has already been
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339 reviewed with the sales, service,
Radio Frequency or parts manager, contact the owner
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340 of your dealership or the general
manager.
STEP TWO : If after contacting a
member of dealership management,
it appears your concern cannot be
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Customer Information 331
resolved by your dealership without STEP THREE — U.S. Owners : You may contact the BBB Auto Line
further help, in the U.S., call Both General Motors and your Program using the toll-free
1-800-521-7300. In Canada, contact dealer are committed to making telephone number or write them at
General Motors of Canada sure you are completely satisfied the following address:
Customer Care Centre at with the new vehicle. However, BBB Auto Line Program
1-800-263-3777 (English) or if you continue to remain unsatisfied Council of Better Business Bureaus,
1-800-263-7854 (French). after following the procedure Inc.
We encourage you to call the outlined in Steps One and Two, you 3033 Wilson Boulevard
toll-free number in order to give the can file with the Better Business Suite 600
inquiry prompt attention. Have the Bureau (BBB) Auto Line® Program Arlington, VA 22201
following information available to to enforce your rights.
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
give the Customer Assistance The BBB Auto Line Program is an http://www.bbb.org/council/
representative: out-of-court program administered programs-services/
. Vehicle Identification by the Council of Better Business dispute-handling-and-resolution/
Number (VIN). This is available Bureaus to settle automotive bbb-auto-line
from the vehicle registration or disputes regarding vehicle repairs or
the interpretation of the New Vehicle This program is available in all
title, or the plate at the top left of 50 states and the District of
the instrument panel and visible Limited Warranty. Although you may
be required to resort to this informal Columbia. Eligibility is limited by
through the windshield. vehicle age, mileage, and other
dispute resolution program prior to
. Dealership name and location. filing a court action, use of the factors. General Motors reserves
. Vehicle delivery date and program is free of charge and your the right to change eligibility
present mileage. case will generally be heard within limitations and/or discontinue its
40 days. If you do not agree with the participation in this program.
When contacting Buick, remember decision given in your case, you
that your concern will likely be STEP THREE — Canadian
may reject it and proceed with any Owners : In the event that you do
resolved at a dealer's facility. That is other venue for relief available
why we suggest following Step One not feel your concerns have been
to you. addressed after following the
first.
procedure outlined in Steps One
and Two, General Motors of Canada
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Company wants you to be aware of Mediation/Arbitration Program From U.S. Virgin Islands:
its participation in a no-charge c/o Customer Care Centre 1-800-496-9994
Mediation/Arbitration program. General Motors of Canada
General Motors of Canada Company Canada
Company has committed to binding Mail Code: CA1-163-005
General Motors of Canada
arbitration of owner disputes 1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Company
involving factory-related vehicle Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
service claims. The program The inquiry should be accompanied CA1-163-005
provides for the review of the facts by the Vehicle Identification 1908 Colonel Sam Drive
involved by an impartial third party Number (VIN). Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
arbiter, and may include an informal
www.gm.ca
hearing before the arbiter. The
program is designed so that the Customer Assistance 1-800-263-3777 (English)
entire dispute settlement process, Offices 1-800-263-7854 (French)
from the time you file your complaint Buick encourages customers to call 1-800-263-3830 (For Text
to the final decision, should be the toll-free number for assistance. Telephone devices (TTYs))
completed in about 70 days. We However, if a customer wishes to Roadside Assistance:
believe our impartial program offers write or e-mail Buick, the letter 1-800-268-6800
advantages over courts in most should be addressed to:
jurisdictions because it is informal, All Overseas Locations
quick, and free of charge. United States and Puerto Rico Please contact the local General
For further information concerning Buick Customer Assistance Center Motors Business Unit.
eligibility in the Canadian Motor P.O. Box 33136
Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP), Detroit, MI 48232-5136
call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call www.Buick.com
the General Motors Customer Care
1-800-521-7300
Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English),
1-800-832-8425 (For Text
1-800-263-7854 (French),
Telephone devices (TTYs))
or write to:
Roadside Assistance:
1-800-252-1112
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Customer Assistance for G : View maintenance schedules, Buick Owner Centre (Canada)
Text Telephone (TTY) alerts, and OnStar onboard vehicle buickowner.ca
diagnostic information. Schedule Visit the Buick Owner Centre:
Users service appointments.
To assist customers who are deaf, . Chat live with online help
I : View and print dealer-recorded representatives.
hard of hearing, or speech-impaired service records and self-recorded
and who use Text Telephones service records. . Use the Vehicle Tools section.
(TTYs), Buick has TTY equipment .
available at its Customer Assistance D : Select a dealer and view Access third party enthusiast
locations, maps, phone numbers, sites and social media networks.
Center. Any TTY user can
communicate with Buick by dialing: and hours. . Locate owner resources such as
1-800-832-8425. TTY users in r : Track your vehicle’s warranty lease-end, financing, and
Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830. information. warranty information.
J : View active recalls by Vehicle . Retrieve your favorite articles,
Online Owner Center Identification Number (VIN). See quizzes, tips, and multimedia
Vehicle Identification Number galleries organized into the
Online Owner Experience
(VIN) 0 327. Featured Articles and Auto Care
(U.S.) my.buick.com Sections.
The Buick online owner experience H : View GM Card, SiriusXM
Satellite radio (if equipped), and . Download the owner manual for
allows interaction with Buick and your vehicle, quickly and easily.
keeps important vehicle-specific OnStar account information.
information in one place. F : Chat with online help . Find the Buick-recommended
representatives. maintenance services for your
Membership Benefits vehicle.
See my.buick.com to register your
E : Download owner manuals and vehicle.
view vehicle-specific how-to videos.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
GM Mobility Roadside Assistance Coverage

Reimbursement Program Program Services are provided for the
duration of the vehicle’s powertrain
For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call
warranty.
1-800-252-1112; (Text Telephone
(TTY): 1-888-889-2438). In the U.S., anyone driving the
vehicle is covered. In Canada, a
For Canadian-purchased vehicles,
person driving the vehicle without
call 1-800-268-6800.
permission from the owner is not
Service is available 24 hours a day, covered.
This program is available to 365 days a year.
Roadside Assistance is not a part of
qualified applicants for cost Calling for Assistance the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
reimbursement of eligible General Motors North America and
aftermarket adaptive equipment When calling Roadside Assistance, Buick reserve the right to make any
required for the vehicle, such as have the following information changes or discontinue the
hand controls or a wheelchair/ ready: Roadside Assistance program at
scooter lift for the vehicle. . Your name, home address, and any time without notification.
For more information on the limited home telephone number. General Motors North America and
offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or . Telephone number of your Buick reserve the right to limit
call the GM Mobility Assistance location. services or payment to an owner or
Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text driver if they decide the claims are
. Location of the vehicle.
Telephone (TTY) users, call made too often, or the same type of
1-800-833-9935. . Model, year, color, and license claim is made many times.
General Motors of Canada also has plate number of the vehicle.
Services Provided
a Mobility Program. Visit www.gm.ca . Odometer reading, Vehicle
or call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483) Identification Number (VIN), and . Emergency Fuel Delivery:
for details. TTY users call delivery date of the vehicle. Delivery of enough fuel for the
1-800-263-3830. vehicle to get to the nearest
. Description of the problem. service station.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16

. Lock-Out Service: Service to event, incidental expenses may Services Specific to
unlock the vehicle if you are be reimbursed within the Canadian-Purchased Vehicles
locked out. A remote unlock may Powertrain warranty period.
. Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement
be available if you have Items considered are reasonable
OnStar®. For security reasons, and customary hotel, meals, is up to 7 liters. Diesel fuel
the driver must present rental car, or a vehicle being delivery may be restricted.
identification before this service delivered back to the customer, Propane and other fuels are not
is given. up to 805 km (500 mi). provided through this service.
. . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle
Emergency Tow from a Public Services Not Included in
Road or Highway: Tow to the registration is required.
Roadside Assistance
nearest Buick dealer for . Trip Interruption Benefits and
warranty service, or if the vehicle . Impound towing caused by Assistance: Must be over
was in a crash and cannot be violation of any laws. 150 km from where your trip was
driven. Assistance is not given . Legal fines. started to qualify.
when the vehicle is stuck in Pre-authorization, original
. Mounting, dismounting,
sand, mud, or snow. detailed receipts, and a copy of
or changing of snow tires, the repair orders are required.
. Flat Tire Change: Service to chains, or other traction devices.
change a flat tire with the spare Once authorization has been
tire. The spare tire, if equipped, Service is not provided if a vehicle received, the Roadside
must be in good condition and is in an area that is not accessible Assistance advisor will help you
properly inflated. It is the owner's to the service vehicle or is not a make arrangements and explain
responsibility for the repair or regularly traveled or maintained how to receive payment.
replacement of the tire if it is not public road, which includes ice and . Alternative Service: If
covered by the warranty. winter roads. Off-road use is not assistance cannot be provided
covered. right away, the Roadside
. Battery Jump Start: Service to
jump start a dead battery. Assistance advisor may give
permission to get local
. Trip Interruption Benefits and emergency road service. You will
Assistance: If your trip is receive payment, up to $100,
interrupted due to a warranty after sending the original receipt
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
to Roadside Assistance. If your dealer requests you to bring furnished with each new vehicle
Mechanical failures may be the vehicle for service, you are provides detailed warranty coverage
covered, however any cost for urged to do so as early in the work information.
parts and labor for repairs not day as possible to allow for
covered by the warranty are the same-day repair. Transportation Options
owner responsibility. Warranty service can generally be
Courtesy Transportation completed while you wait. However,
Scheduling Service Program if you are unable to do so, your
Appointments dealer may offer the following
To enhance your ownership transportation options:
When the vehicle requires warranty experience, we and our participating
service, contact your dealer and dealers are proud to offer Courtesy Shuttle Service
request an appointment. By Transportation, a customer support This includes one-way or round-trip
scheduling a service appointment program for vehicles with the shuttle service within reasonable
and advising the service consultant Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty time and distance parameters of
of your transportation needs, your Coverage period in Canada), your dealer's area.
dealer can help minimize your extended powertrain, and/or
inconvenience. hybrid-specific warranties in both Public Transportation or Fuel
the U.S. and Canada. Reimbursement
If the vehicle cannot be scheduled
into the service department Several Courtesy Transportation If overnight warranty repairs are
immediately, keep driving it until it options are available to assist in needed, and public transportation is
can be scheduled for service, reducing inconvenience when used, the expense must be
unless, of course, the problem is warranty repairs are required. supported by original receipts and
safety related. If it is, please call within the maximum amount allowed
Courtesy Transportation is not a by GM for shuttle service. If U.S.
your dealership, let them know this, part of the New Vehicle Limited
and ask for instructions. customers arrange their own
Warranty. A separate booklet transportation, limited
entitled “Limited Warranty and reimbursement for reasonable fuel
Owner Assistance Information” expenses may be available. Claim
amounts should reflect actual costs
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
and be supported by original Additional Program Collision Parts

receipts. See your dealer for Information Genuine GM Collision parts are new
information.
All program options, such as shuttle parts made with the same materials
Courtesy Rental Vehicle service, may not be available at and construction methods as the
every dealer. Contact your dealer parts with which the vehicle was
For an overnight warranty repair, the
for specific availability. originally built. Genuine GM
dealer may provide an available
Collision parts are the best choice to
courtesy rental vehicle or provide for General Motors reserves the right to
ensure that the vehicle's designed
reimbursement of a rental vehicle. unilaterally modify, change,
appearance, durability, and safety
Reimbursement is limited and must or discontinue Courtesy
are preserved. The use of Genuine
be supported by original receipts as Transportation at any time and to
GM parts can help maintain the GM
well as a signed and completed resolve all questions of claim
New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
rental agreement and meet state/ eligibility pursuant to the terms and
provincial, local, and rental vehicle conditions described herein at its Recycled original equipment parts
provider requirements. sole discretion. may also be used for repair. These
Requirements vary and may include parts are typically removed from
minimum age requirements, Collision Damage Repair vehicles that were total losses in
insurance coverage, credit card, etc. prior crashes. In most cases, the
Additional fees such as fuel usage If the vehicle is involved in a parts being recycled are from
charges, taxes, levies, usage fees, collision and it is damaged, have the undamaged sections of the vehicle.
excessive mileage, or rental usage damage repaired by a qualified A recycled original equipment GM
beyond the completion of the repair technician using the proper part may be an acceptable choice to
are also your responsibility. equipment and quality replacement maintain the vehicle's originally
parts. Poorly performed collision designed appearance and safety
It may not be possible to provide a repairs diminish the vehicle resale performance; however, the history of
like vehicle as a courtesy rental. value, and safety performance can these parts is not known. Such parts
be compromised in subsequent are not covered by the GM New
collisions. Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any
related failures are not covered by
that warranty.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Aftermarket collision parts are also Insuring the Vehicle parts. Read the lease carefully, as
available. These are made by you may be charged at the end of
Protect your investment in the GM
companies other than GM and may the lease for poor quality repairs.
vehicle with comprehensive and
not have been tested for the vehicle.
collision insurance coverage. There If a Crash Occurs
As a result, these parts may fit
are significant differences in the
poorly, exhibit premature durability/ If there has been an injury, call
quality of coverage afforded by
corrosion problems, and may not emergency services for help. Do not
various insurance policy terms.
perform properly in subsequent leave the scene of a crash until all
Many insurance policies provide
collisions. Aftermarket parts are not matters have been taken care of.
reduced protection to the GM
covered by the GM New Vehicle Move the vehicle only if its position
vehicle by limiting compensation for
Limited Warranty, and any vehicle puts you in danger, or you are
damage repairs through the use of
failure related to such parts is not instructed to move it by a police
aftermarket collision parts. Some
covered by that warranty. officer.
insurance companies will not
Repair Facility specify aftermarket collision parts. Give only the necessary information
When purchasing insurance, we to police and other parties involved
GM also recommends that you recommend that you ensure that the in the crash.
choose a collision repair facility that vehicle will be repaired with GM
meets your needs before you ever For emergency towing see
original equipment collision parts. Roadside Assistance
need collision repairs. Your dealer If such insurance coverage is not
may have a collision repair center Program 0 334.
available from your current
with GM-trained technicians and insurance carrier, consider switching Gather the following information:
state-of-the-art equipment, or be to another insurance carrier.
able to recommend a collision repair . Driver name, address, and
center that has GM-trained If the vehicle is leased, the leasing telephone number.
technicians and comparable company may require you to have . Driver license number.
equipment. insurance that ensures repairs with
Genuine GM Original Equipment . Owner name, address, and
Manufacturer (OEM) parts or telephone number.
Genuine Manufacturer replacement . Vehicle license plate number.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16

. Vehicle make, model, and original GM parts. Remember, Service Publications
model year. recycled parts will not be covered by
the GM vehicle warranty.
Ordering Information
. Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN). Insurance pays the bill for the repair, Service Manuals
. Insurance company and policy but you must live with the repair. Service Manuals have the diagnosis
number. Depending on your policy limits, and repair information on the
your insurance company may engines, transmission, axle,
. General description of the initially value the repair using suspension, brakes, electrical,
damage to the other vehicle. aftermarket parts. Discuss this with steering, body, etc.
Choose a reputable repair facility the repair professional, and insist on
that uses quality replacement parts. Genuine GM parts. Remember, Owner Information
See “Collision Parts” earlier in this if the vehicle is leased, you may be Owner publications are written
section. obligated to have the vehicle specifically for owners and intended
repaired with Genuine GM parts, to provide basic operational
If the airbag has inflated, see What even if your insurance coverage
Will You See after an Airbag information about the vehicle. The
does not pay the full cost. Owner Manual includes the
Inflates? 0 70.
If another party's insurance Maintenance Schedule for all
Managing the Vehicle Damage company is paying for the repairs, models.
Repair Process you are not obligated to accept a In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,
repair valuation based on that Owner Manual, and Warranty
In the event that the vehicle requires
insurance company's collision policy Manual.
damage repairs, GM recommends
repair limits, as you have no
that you take an active role in its RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00 –
contractual limits with that company.
repair. If you have a pre-determined $40.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
In such cases, you can have control
repair facility of choice, take the shipping fees.
of the repair and parts choices as
vehicle there, or have it towed there.
long as the cost stays within Without Pouch: Owner Manual only.
Specify to the facility that any
reasonable limits.
required replacement collision parts RETAIL SELL PRICE:
be original equipment parts, either $25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
new Genuine GM parts or recycled shipping fees.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Current and Past Models Radio Frequency Reporting Safety

Service and Owner publications are Statement Defects
available for many current and past
This vehicle has systems that
model year GM vehicles.
operate on a radio frequency that Reporting Safety Defects
ORDER TOLL FREE: complies with Part 15/Part 18 of the
1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday Federal Communications
to the United States
8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time Commission (FCC) rules and with Government
For Credit Card Orders Only Industry Canada Standards If you believe that your vehicle
(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), see RSS-GEN/210/216/220/251/310,
has a defect which could cause
Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com. ICES‐001.
a crash or could cause injury or
Or write to: Operation is subject to the following death, you should immediately
two conditions: inform the National Highway
Helm, Incorporated
Attention: Customer Service 1. The device may not cause Traffic Safety Administration
47911 Halyard Drive harmful interference. (NHTSA) in addition to notifying
Plymouth, MI 48170 2. The device must accept any General Motors.
Prices are subject to change without interference received, including If NHTSA receives similar
notice and without incurring interference that may cause complaints, it may open an
obligation. Allow ample time for undesired operation of the
investigation, and if it finds that
delivery. device.
a safety defect exists in a group
All listed prices are quoted in U.S. Changes or modifications to any of of vehicles, it may order a recall
funds. Make checks payable in U.S. these systems by other than an and remedy campaign.
funds. authorized service facility could void
However, NHTSA cannot
authorization to use this equipment.
become involved in individual
problems between you, your
dealer, or General Motors.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
To contact NHTSA, you may call Transport Canada Vehicle Data

the Vehicle Safety Hotline Road Safety Branch
toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 80 rue Noel Recording and
1-800-424-9153); go to http:// Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1 Privacy
www.safercar.gov; or write to:
The vehicle has a number of
Administrator, NHTSA Reporting Safety Defects computers that record information
1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. to General Motors about the vehicle’s performance and
Washington, D.C. 20590 In addition to notifying NHTSA (or how it is driven. For example, the
Transport Canada) in a situation like vehicle uses computer modules to
You can also obtain other monitor and control engine and
information about motor vehicle this, notify General Motors.
transmission performance, to
safety from http:// Call 1-800-521-7300, or write: monitor the conditions for airbag
www.safercar.gov. Buick Customer Assistance Center deployment and deploy them in a
P.O. Box 33136 crash, and, if equipped, to provide
Reporting Safety Defects Detroit, MI 48232–5136 antilock braking to help the driver
to the Canadian control the vehicle. These modules
In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 may store data to help the dealer
Government (English) or 1-800-263-7854 technician service the vehicle.
(French), or write: Some modules may also store data
If you live in Canada, and you
believe that the vehicle has a General Motors of Canada about how the vehicle is operated,
safety defect, notify Transport Company such as rate of fuel consumption or
Canada immediately, and notify Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: average speed. These modules may
CA1-163-005 retain personal preferences, such as
General Motors of Canada radio presets, seat positions, and
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Company. Call Transport Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 temperature settings.
Canada at 1-800-333-0510 or
write to:
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Event Data Recorders These data can help provide a GM will not access these data or
better understanding of the share it with others except: with the
This vehicle is equipped with an circumstances in which crashes and consent of the vehicle owner or,
event data recorder (EDR). The injuries occur. if the vehicle is leased, with the
main purpose of an EDR is to consent of the lessee; in response
record, in certain crash or near Note
to an official request by police or
crash-like situations, such as an air EDR data are recorded by your similar government office; as part of
bag deployment or hitting a road vehicle only if a non-trivial crash GM's defense of litigation through
obstacle, data that will assist in situation occurs; no data are the discovery process; or, as
understanding how a vehicle’s recorded by the EDR under normal required by law. Data that GM
systems performed. The EDR is driving conditions and no personal collects or receives may also be
designed to record data related to data (e.g., name, gender, age, and used for GM research needs or may
vehicle dynamics and safety crash location) are recorded. be made available to others for
systems for a short period of time, However, other parties, such as law research purposes, where a need is
typically 30 seconds or less. The enforcement, could combine the shown and the data is not tied to a
EDR in this vehicle is designed to EDR data with the type of specific vehicle or vehicle owner.
record such data as: personally identifying data routinely
acquired during a crash
. How various systems in your
investigation. OnStar®
vehicle were operating;
To read data recorded by an EDR, If the vehicle is equipped with
. Whether or not the driver and
special equipment is required, and OnStar® and has an active
passenger safety belts were access to the vehicle or the EDR is subscription, additional data may be
buckled/fastened; needed. In addition to the vehicle collected through the OnStar
. How far (if at all) the driver was manufacturer, other parties, such as system. This includes information
depressing the accelerator and/ law enforcement, that have the about the vehicle’s operation;
or brake pedal; and, special equipment, can read the collisions involving the vehicle; the
information if they have access to use of the vehicle and its features;
. How fast the vehicle was and, in certain situations, the
traveling. the vehicle or the EDR.
location and approximate GPS
speed of the vehicle. Refer to the
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
OnStar Terms and Conditions and

Privacy Statement on the OnStar
website.
See OnStar Additional
Information 0 349.
Infotainment System
If the vehicle is equipped with a
navigation system as part of the
infotainment system, use of the
system may result in the storage of
destinations, addresses, telephone
numbers, and other trip information.
See the infotainment manual for
information on stored data and for
deletion instructions.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
344 OnStar
OnStar OnStar Overview Terms, Privacy Statement, and

Software Terms for more details
including system limitations at
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
OnStar Overview
www.onstar.ca (Canada).
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
The OnStar system status light is
OnStar Services next to the OnStar buttons. If the
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345 status light is:
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 = Voice Command Button . Solid Green: System is ready.
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 Q Blue OnStar Button . Flashing Green: On a call.
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
> Red Emergency Button . Red: Indicates a problem.
OnStar Additional Information
OnStar Additional This vehicle may be equipped with a . Off: System is active. Press Q
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349 comprehensive, in-vehicle system twice to speak with an OnStar
that can connect to an OnStar Advisor.
Advisor for Emergency, Security,
Navigation, Connections, and Press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR
Diagnostics Services. OnStar (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an
services may require a paid Advisor.
subscription and data plan. OnStar Press = to:
requires the vehicle battery and
electrical system, cellular service, . Make a call, end a call,
and GPS satellite signals to be or answer an incoming call.
available and operating. OnStar acts . Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling
as a link to existing emergency voice commands.
service providers. OnStar may
collect information about you and . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn
your vehicle, including location Navigation voice commands.
information. See OnStar User
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
OnStar 345
. Obtain and customize the Wi-Fi® OnStar Services Security
hotspot name or SSID and
password, if equipped. If equipped, OnStar provides these
Emergency services:
Press Q to connect to an . With Stolen Vehicle Assistance,
Emergency Services require an
Advisor to: active, OnStar service plan OnStar Advisors can use GPS to
. Verify account information or (excludes Basic Plan). With pinpoint the vehicle and help
update contact information. Automatic Crash Response, built-in authorities quickly recover it.
. Get driving directions. sensors can automatically alert a . With Remote Ignition Block™,
specially trained OnStar Advisor if equipped, OnStar can block
. Receive a Diagnostic check of who is immediately connected in to
the vehicle's key operating the engine from being restarted.
the vehicle to help.
systems. . With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown®,
Press > for a priority connection to if equipped, OnStar can work
. Receive Roadside Assistance. an OnStar Advisor who can contact with law enforcement to
. Manage Wi-Fi Settings, emergency service providers, direct gradually slow the vehicle down.
if equipped. them to your exact location, and
relay important information. Theft Alarm Notification
Press > to get a priority connection
With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially If equipped, if the doors are locked
to an OnStar Advisor available 24/
trained Advisors are available and the vehicle alarm sounds, a
7 to:
24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to notification by text, e-mail, or phone
. Get help for an emergency. provide a central point of contact, call will be sent. If the vehicle is
. Be a Good Samaritan or assistance, and information during a stolen, an OnStar Advisor can work
respond to an AMBER Alert. crisis. with authorities to recover the
vehicle.
. Get assistance in severe With Roadside Assistance, Advisors
weather or other crisis situations can locate a nearby service provider
and find evacuation routes. to help with a flat tire, a battery
jump, or an empty gas tank.
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
346 OnStar
Navigation 3. Say “Yes.” System responds: Send Destination to Vehicle

“OK, request completed, thank Subscribers can have directions
OnStar navigation requires a you, goodbye.”
specific OnStar service plan. sent to the vehicle’s navigation
Route Preview screen, if equipped.
Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn
directions or have them sent to the 1. Press =. System responds: Press Q, then ask the Advisor to
vehicle’s navigation screen, “OnStar ready,” then a tone. download directions to the vehicle’s
if equipped. navigation system, if equipped. After
2. Say “Route preview.” System the call ends, the navigation screen
Turn-by-Turn Navigation responds with the next three will provide prompts to begin driving
maneuvers. directions. Routes that are sent to
1. Press Q to connect to an the navigation screen can only be
Repeat
Advisor. canceled through the navigation
2. Request directions to be 1. Press =. System responds: system.
downloaded to the vehicle. “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
3. Follow the voice-guided 2. Say “Repeat.” System www.onstar.ca (Canada).
commands. responds with the last direction
given, then responds with Connections
Using Voice Commands “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
During a Planned Route The following OnStar services help
Get My Destination with staying connected.
Cancel Route
1. Press =. System responds: For coverage maps, see
1. Press =. System responds: “OnStar ready,” then a tone. www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
“OnStar ready,” then a tone. www.onstar.ca (Canada).
2. Say “Get my destination.”
2. Say “Cancel route.” System System responds with the Ensuring Security
responds: “Do you want to address and distance to the . Change the default passwords
cancel directions?” destination, then responds with
for the Wi-Fi hotspot and
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
RemoteLink mobile application.
Make these passwords different
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
OnStar 347
from each other and use a 2. The Wi-Fi settings will display . Remotely start/stop the vehicle,
combination of letters, numbers, the Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID), if factory-equipped.
and symbols to increase the password, and on some . Lock/unlock doors, if equipped
security. vehicles, the connection type with automatic locks.
. Change the default name of the (no Internet connection, 3G,
4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality . Activate the horn and lamps.
SSID (Service Set Identifier).
This is your network’s name that (poor, good, excellent). . Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oil
is visible to other wireless 3. To change the SSID or life, or tire pressure,
devices. Choose a unique name password, press Q or call if factory-equipped with the Tire
and avoid family names or Pressure Monitor System.
1-888-4ONSTAR to connect
vehicle descriptions. with an Advisor. . Send directions to the vehicle.
®
OnStar Wi-Fi Hotspot (If After initial set-up, your vehicle’s . Locate the vehicle on a map
Equipped) Wi-Fi hotspot will connect (U.S. market only).
The vehicle may have a built-in automatically to your mobile . Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot
Wi-Fi hotspot that provides access devices. Manage data usage by on/off, manage settings, and
to the Internet and web content at turning Wi-Fi on or off on your monitor data consumption,
4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobile mobile device, using the if equipped.
devices can be connected. A data RemoteLink mobile app, or by
plan is required. Use the in-vehicle contacting an OnStar Advisor. For OnStar RemoteLink information
controls only when it is safe to and compatibility, see
OnStar RemoteLink® Mobile App www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
do so. (If Equipped) www.onstar.ca (Canada).
1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot Download the OnStar RemoteLink
information, press =, wait for Remote Services
mobile app to select Apple® iOS,
the prompt, then say “Wi-Fi Android™, BlackBerry®, Contact an OnStar Advisor to
settings.” On some vehicles, or Windows® mobile devices. unlock the doors or sound the horn
touch Wi-Fi Settings on the OnStar Subscribers can access the and flash the lamps.
screen. following services from a mobile
device:
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
348 OnStar
OnStar AtYourService 2. Say “Call.” System responds: Diagnostics

“Call. Please say the name or
OnStar Advisors can provide offers Advanced Diagnostics provides a
number to call.”
from restaurants and retailers on status of the vehicle’s key systems
your route, help locate hotels, 3. Say “911” without pausing. with a monthly e-mail, or by
or book a room. These services System responds: “911.”
pressing Q. If equipped, Diagnostic
vary by market. 4. Say “Call.” System responds: Alerts can be received in real-time
OnStar Hands-Free Calling “OK, dialing 911.” via e-mail or text. The Proactive
Alerts feature (if available) can help
Make and receive calls with the Retrieve My Number
predict and alert of potential
built-in wireless calling service,
which requires available minutes. 1. Press =. System responds: upcoming maintenance issues with
“OnStar ready.” select components on the vehicle,
Make a Call before they become a problem.
2. Say “My number.” System
1. Press =. System responds: responds: “Your OnStar OnStar can also monitor and report
Hands-Free Calling number is,” tire pressure, if the vehicle is
“OnStar ready.”
then says the number. equipped with a Tire Pressure
2. Say “Call.” System responds: Monitoring System.
“Call. Please say the name or End a Call
number to call.”
Press =. System responds: “Call
3. Say the entire number without ended.”
pausing, including a “1” and the
area code. System responds: Verify Minutes and Expiration
“OK, calling.”
Press = and say “Minutes” then
Calling 911 Emergency “Verify” to check how many minutes
remain and their expiration date.
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready.”
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
OnStar 349
Reactivation for Subsequent . Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.

OnStar Additional
Owners Press Q to speak with an
Information .
Press Q and follow the prompts to Advisor.
In-Vehicle Audio Messages speak to an Advisor as soon as OnStar services cannot work unless
Audio messages may play important possible. The Advisor will update the vehicle is in a place where
information at the following times: vehicle records and explain OnStar OnStar has an agreement with a
service options. wireless service provider for service
. Prior to vehicle purchase.
How OnStar Service Works in that area. The wireless service
Press Q to set up an account. provider must also have coverage,
. With the OnStar Basic Plan, Automatic Crash Response, network capacity, reception, and
every 60 days. Emergency Services, Crisis Assist, technology compatible with OnStar
Stolen Vehicle Assistance, services. Service involving location
. After change in ownership and Advanced Vehicle Diagnostics, information about the vehicle cannot
at 90 days. Remote Services, Roadside work unless GPS signals are
Transferring Service Assistance, Turn-by-Turn available, unobstructed, and
Navigation, and Hands-Free Calling compatible with the OnStar
Press Q to request account transfer are available on most vehicles. Not hardware. OnStar services may not
eligibility information. The Advisor all OnStar services are available work if the OnStar equipment is not
can cancel or change account everywhere or on all vehicles. For properly installed or it has not been
information. more information, a full description properly maintained. If equipment or
of OnStar services, system software is added, connected,
Selling/Transferring the limitations, and OnStar User Terms, or modified, OnStar services may
Vehicle Privacy Statement, and Software not work. Other problems beyond
Call 1-888-4ONSTAR Terms: the control of OnStar — such as
(1-888-466-7827) immediately to . Call 1-888-4ONSTAR hills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather,
terminate your OnStar services if (1-888-466-7827). electrical system design and
the vehicle is disposed of, sold, architecture of the vehicle, damage
. See www.onstar.com (U.S.).
transferred, or if the lease ends.
. See www.onstar.ca (Canada).
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
350 OnStar
to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless access to all OnStar services, Potential Issues
phone network congestion or except Virtual Advisor and OnStar
OnStar cannot perform Remote
jamming — may prevent service. Turn-by-Turn Navigation.
Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle
See Radio Frequency OnStar Personal Identification Assistance after the vehicle has
Statement 0 340. Number (PIN) been off continuously for 10 days
without an ignition cycle. If the
Services for People with A PIN is needed to access some vehicle has not been started for
Disabilities OnStar services. The PIN will need five days, OnStar can contact
Advisors provide services to help to be changed the first time when Roadside Assistance or a locksmith
Subscribers with physical disabilities speaking with an Advisor. To to help gain access to the vehicle.
and medical conditions. change the OnStar PIN, contact an
OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or Global Positioning
Press Q to help: calling 1-888-4ONSTAR. System (GPS)
. Locate a gas station with an . Obstruction of the GPS can
Warranty
attendant to pump gas. occur in a large city with tall
OnStar equipment may be buildings; in parking garages;
. Find a hotel, restaurant, etc., warranted as part of the vehicle around airports; in tunnels and
that meets accessibility needs. warranty. underpasses; or in an area with
. Provide directions to the closest very dense trees. If GPS signals
hospital or pharmacy in urgent Languages are not available, the OnStar
situations. The vehicle can be programmed to system should still operate to
respond in multiple languages. call OnStar. However, OnStar
TTY Users
Press Q and ask for an Advisor. could have difficulty identifying
OnStar has the ability to Advisors are available in English, the exact location.
communicate to deaf, Spanish, and French. Available . In emergency situations, OnStar
hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired languages may vary by country. can use the last stored GPS
customers while in the vehicle. The location to send to emergency
available dealer-installed TTY responders.
system can provide in-vehicle
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
OnStar 351
A temporary loss of GPS can cause to function properly. These systems settings. These updates or changes
loss of the ability to send a may not operate if the battery is may also collect personal
Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The discharged or disconnected. information. Such collection is
Advisor may give a verbal route or described in the OnStar privacy
may ask for a call back after the Add-on Electrical Equipment statement or separately disclosed at
vehicle is driven into an open area. The OnStar system is integrated the time of installation. These
into the electrical architecture of the updates or changes may also cause
Cellular and GPS Antennas vehicle. Do not add any electrical a system to automatically
Cellular reception is required for equipment. See Add-On Electrical communicate with GM servers to
OnStar to send remote signals to Equipment 0 235. Added electrical collect information about vehicle
the vehicle. Do not place items over equipment may interfere with the system status, identify whether
or near the antenna to prevent operation of the OnStar system and updates or changes are available,
blocking cellular and GPS signal cause it to not operate. or deliver updates or changes. An
reception. active OnStar agreement constitutes
Vehicle Software Updates consent to these software updates
Unable to Connect to OnStar OnStar or GM may remotely deliver or changes and agreement that
Message software updates or changes to the either OnStar or GM may remotely
If there is limited cellular coverage vehicle without further notice or deliver them to the vehicle.
or the cellular network has reached consent. These updates or changes
Privacy
maximum capacity, this message may enhance or maintain safety,
may come on. Press Q to try the security, or the operation of the The complete OnStar Privacy
vehicle or the vehicle systems. Statement may be found at
call again or try again after driving a
Software updates or changes may www.onstar.com (U.S.),
few miles into another cellular area.
affect or erase data or settings that or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We
Vehicle and Power Issues are stored in the vehicle, such as recommend that you review it. If you
OnStar Hands-Free Calling name have any questions, call
OnStar services require a vehicle 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)
tags, saved navigation destinations,
electrical system, wireless service,
and GPS satellite technologies to be
or pre-set radio stations. Neither or press Q to speak with an
OnStar nor GM is responsible for Advisor. Users of wireless
available and operating for features
any affected or erased data or communications are cautioned that
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
352 OnStar
the privacy of any information sent hereby granted, provided that the or other dealings in this Software
via wireless cellular communications above copyright notice and this without prior written authorization of
cannot be assured. Third parties permission notice appear in all the copyright holder.
may unlawfully intercept or access copies.
transmissions and private unzip:
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED
communications without consent. “AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the
ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR Info-ZIP copyright and license. The
OnStar - Software definitive version of this document
Acknowledgements IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES should be available at ftp://
Certain OnStar components include OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/
libcurl and unzip software and other FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE license.html indefinitely.
third party software. Below are the AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All
notices and licenses associated with THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO rights reserved.
libcurl and unzip and for other third EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
party software please see http:// For the purposes of this copyright
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE and license, “Info-ZIP” is defined as
www.lg.com/global/support/ LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
opensource/index and https:// the following set of individuals:
DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
www.onstar.com/us/en/support/ WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,
getdocuments.html CONTRACT, TORT OR Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,
OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed
libcurl:
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris
COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,
NOTICE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,
Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel THE SOFTWARE. Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,
Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>. Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden,
Except as contained in this notice, Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller,
All rights reserved. the name of a copyright holder shall Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,
not be used in advertising or George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai
Permission to use, copy, modify, otherwise to promote the sale, use
and distribute this software for any Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,
purpose with or without fee is Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
OnStar 353
Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta, to this condition is redistribution of Info-ZIP. Such altered
Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren, of a standard UnZipSFX binary versions are further prohibited
Rich Wales, Mike White. (including SFXWiz) as part of a from misrepresentative use of
This software is provided “as is,” self-extracting archive; that is the Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail
without warranty of any kind, permitted without inclusion of addresses or of the
express or implied. In no event shall this license, as long as the Info-ZIP URL(s).
Info-ZIP or its contributors be held normal SFX banner has not 4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use
liable for any direct, indirect, been removed from the binary the names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”
incidental, special or consequential or disabled. “UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”
damages arising out of the use of or 3. Altered versions–including, but “Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”
inability to use this software. not limited to, ports to new and “MacZip” for its own
Permission is granted to anyone to operating systems, existing source and binary releases.
use this software for any purpose, ports with new graphical
including commercial applications, interfaces, and dynamic,
and to alter it and redistribute it shared, or static library
freely, subject to the following versions–must be plainly
restrictions: marked as such and must not
be misrepresented as being
1. Redistributions of source code the original source. Such
must retain the above copyright altered versions also must not
notice, definition, disclaimer, be misrepresented as being
and this list of conditions. Info-ZIP releases–including,
2. Redistributions in binary form but not limited to, labeling of
(compiled executables) must the altered versions with the
reproduce the above copyright names “Info-ZIP” (or any
notice, definition, disclaimer, variation thereof, including, but
and this list of conditions in not limited to, different
documentation and/or other capitalizations), “Pocket
materials provided with the UnZip,” “WiZ” or “MacZip”
distribution. The sole exception without the explicit permission
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
354 Index
Airbag System (cont'd)

Index A
Accessories and What Will You See after an
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 When Should an Airbag
Adaptive Forward Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Lighting (AFL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . 67
Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 235 Airbags
Additional Information Adding Equipment to the
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Additional Maintenance Passenger Status Indicator . . . .114
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
Adjustments Servicing Airbag-Equipped
Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Agreements System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Trademarks and License . . . . . 178 Alarm
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 245 Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Air Conditioning . . . . . .179, 184, 185 Alert
Air Filter, Passenger Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . . 221
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . .210, 256
Airbag System AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Antenna
How Does an Airbag Multi-band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 210
Passenger Sensing System . . . . 72 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
What Makes an Airbag Appearance Care
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Index 355
Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Battery (cont'd) C

Assistance Program, Voltage and Charging Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 California
Audio Battery - North America . . . .255, 297 Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . 155 Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 257 Perchlorate Materials
Audio Players Bluetooth Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 California
MP3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Brake Proposition
Automatic System Warning Light . . . . . . . . .118 65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .237, 255, 297
Dimming Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 Camera
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Rear Vision (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . 2
Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Capacities and
Automatic Transmission Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Carbon Monoxide
Shift Lock Control Function Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 199 Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Auxiliary Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 Cargo
Avoiding Untrusted Media Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 High Intensity Discharge Management System . . . . . . . . . . . 99
(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
B
License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . 259 Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 2
Battery
Taillamps, Turn Signal, and CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Stoplamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . . 98
Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 115
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
356 Index
Check Control Customer Information

Ignition Transmission Lock . . . 257 Traction and Electronic Service Publications
Malfunction Indicator Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Ordering Information . . . . . . . . 339
Engine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Customer Satisfaction
Child Restraints Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Infants and Young Children . . . . . 80 Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
D
Lower Anchors and Tethers Coolant
Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 337
for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 2
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Engine Temperature Gauge . . .112
Data Collection
Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92, 94 Engine Temperature
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 343
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179, 184, 185
Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 342
Cleaning Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Daytime Running Lamps/
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Automatic Headlamp
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308 Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Climate Control Systems Courtesy Transportation
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Dual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Delayed Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . 151
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184, 185 Cover
Delayed Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Cargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Delayed Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 337 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Devices
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 296 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Compartments Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Diagnostics
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Connections Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 Text Telephone (TTY)
Door
Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Index 357
Door (cont'd) E Engine (cont'd)

Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Electrical Equipment, Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Electrical System Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 329 Engine Compartment Fuse Overheated Protection
Drive Systems Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Operating Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . 210, 256 Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 261 Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Driver Information Instrument Panel Fuse Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 206
Driving Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Characteristics and Emergency Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345 Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Engine Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 342
Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
For Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . 25 Check and Service Engine Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 146
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 193 Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 F
If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 195 Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 240 Features
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Coolant Temperature Filter,
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112 Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Coolant Temperature Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 149
Dual Automatic Climate Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Cooling System Messages . . . 129 Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 329 Fluid
Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 244
Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
358 Index
Fluid (cont'd) G Headlamps (cont'd)

Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Garage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Daytime Running Lamps/
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Automatic Headlamp
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Gauges System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Forward Collision Alert Engine Coolant Delayed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
(FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Frequency Statement Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 High Intensity Discharge
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 (HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Front Seats Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 121
Heated and Cooled . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 147
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113 Heated and Cooled Front
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Warning Lights and Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Filling a Portable Fuel General Information Heater
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Service and Maintenance . . . . . 314 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179, 184, 185
Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 High Voltage Devices and
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Requirements, California . . . . . 225 GM Mobility Reimbursement High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 193
Fuses Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . 212
Engine Compartment Fuse
H Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 149
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 261 How to Wear Safety Belts
Headlamps
Instrument Panel Fuse Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Adaptive Forward
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179, 184, 185
Lighting (AFL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Index 359
I L Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 270 Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
Ignition Transmission Lock Lamps Antilock Brake System
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 (ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Brake System Warning . . . . . . . .118
Indicator Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Infants and Young Children, Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . . .116 Engine Coolant
Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Temperature Warning . . . . . . . 120
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . 120
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . 343 Lane Departure Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Instrument Panel Lane Departure Warning High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 147
Storage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Lane Departure Warning . . . . . . .119
Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 41 Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . .113
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 LATCH System Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Replacing Parts after a StabiliTrak® Indicator . . . . . . . . . .119
J
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Jump Starting - North
LATCH, Lower Anchors and Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Locks
K Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . . . 130 Lighting Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Keyless Entry Adaptive Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . . 29 Delayed Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Delayed Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Parade Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
360 Index
Lower Anchors and Tethers Messages (cont'd) N

for Children (LATCH Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Navigation
System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Object Detection System . . . . . 131 New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . . 132
M O
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Maintenance Object Detection System
Service Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Maintenance and Care Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 Off-Road
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 315 Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Recommended Fluids and Oil
Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 116 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 244
Mirrors
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Media Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Automatic Dimming
Avoiding Untrusted Devices . . 164 Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . 78
Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Messages OnStar System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 OnStar® Additional
Park Tilt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Battery Voltage and Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 OnStar® Connections . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . 41
Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 OnStar® Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Monitor System, Tire
Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 OnStar® Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Engine Cooling System . . . . . . . 129 OnStar® Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
MP3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 OnStar® Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Multi-band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 OnStar® Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Index 361
Operating Mode Passenger Compartment Air R

Overheated Engine Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Radio Frequency Statement . . . . 340
Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 72 Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Operation Perchlorate Materials Radios
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 156 Requirements, California . . . . . . 237 AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Ordering Personalization Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Service Publications . . . . . . . . . . 339 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Outlets Phone Rear Climate Control
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184, 185
Overheated Engine Power Rear Seat Audio (RSA)
Protection Operating Mode . . . . 251 Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 216
Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . 105
P
Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 203 Rearview Mirrors
Parade Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Park
Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Recommended Fluids and
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Pregnancy, Using Safety Belts . . . 63 Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Privacy Records
Parking
Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 341 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211
Program Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 300
Brake and P (Park)
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . 336 Reimbursement Program,
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 257
Proposition GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 205
65 Warning, Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
California . . . . . . . . . . . .237, 255, 297 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
362 Index
Replacement Parts Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 329 Seats (cont'd)

Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Running the Vehicle While Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 77 Third Row Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
S
Replacing LATCH System Securing Child Restraints . . . . 92, 94
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Security
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Replacing Safety Belt System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
How to Wear Safety Belts
Reporting Safety Defects OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 341 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341 Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340 Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . . 65
Restraints Accessories and
Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . 63
Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Safety Defects Reporting
Retained Accessory Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 238
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 341
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Ride Control Systems Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 326
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Maintenance, General
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Roads Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Parts Identification Label . . . . . 327
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Roadside Assistance Publications Ordering
Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 336
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Seats
Roof Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 336
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . . 49
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Services
Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Special Application . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . 48
Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Index 363
Shift Lock Control Function Storage Areas (cont'd) Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267

Check, Automatic Cargo Management System . . . . 99 All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Shifting Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . 221 Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Signals, Turn and Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . 97 Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Spare Tire Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Special Application Services . . . . 321 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Specifications and Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328 System Pressure Monitor Operation . . 277
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Forward Collision Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 276
StabiliTrak Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Indicator Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154, 343 Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Start Assist, Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Rear Seat Audio (RSA) . . . . . . . 169 Terminology and Definitions . . 272
Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Roof Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Uniform Tire Quality
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
T
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Wheel Alignment and Tire
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Taillamps
Fluid, Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 286
Turn Signal and Stoplamps . . . 259
Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 When It Is Time for New
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 333
Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . 38
Storage Areas Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Third-Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
364 Index
Towing V W
Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . . 228 Vehicle Warning
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . .118
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 228 Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 300 Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . . 223
Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Identification Number (VIN) . . . 327 Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Traction Control/Electronic Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Warnings
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Trademarks and License Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . . 135 Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Trailer Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Wheels
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Alignment and Tire Balance . . 285
Transmission Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 119 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Vehicle Care When It Is Time for New
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Transportation Program, Vehicle Data Recording and Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . 84
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341 Wi-Fi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Turn and Lane-Change Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Voltage Devices and Wiring . . . . 260 Windshield
U
Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 284 Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Universal Remote System . . . . . . 142 Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
9955666) - 2017 - crc - 8/4/16
Index 365
Winter
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 257
Wipers
Rear Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Wiring, High Voltage Devices . . . 260

2k17enclave2ndPrint

Uploaded by

2k17enclave2ndPrint

Uploaded by

2k17_Buick_Enclave_23216841B.

Introduction This manual describes features that

A circle with a slash through it is a 9 : Airbag Readiness Light

In Brief Vehicle Features

1. Air Vents 0 186. Lane Departure Warning Instrument Panel Illumination

8. Hazard Warning 15. Driver Information Center (DIC)

Traction Control System (TCS) 18. Steering Wheel

Initial Drive Press L again to cancel the panic

Remote Keyless Entry 1. Press and release Q on the

Press L and release to locate the Canceling a Remote Start

Windows Seat Adjustment

. Press l on the inside edge of

The second row seat can be folded

3. Disconnect the rear safety belt Heated and Cooled Front

5. Pull up on the release lever on

The passenger airbag status Folding Mirrors Steering Wheel

If equipped, the control is on the AMBIENT OFF (If Equipped) :

Climate Controls Transmission

1. Driver and Passenger Side 8. Fan Control To use this feature:

Vehicle Features Radio(s)

PUSH /O : Press to turn the system PUSH/SEL : Turn to manually find a

Satellite Radio Portable Audio Devices The Bluetooth-enabled mobile

c/x : Press to reject an incoming Cruise Control [ : Press to disengage cruise

Lane Departure Rear Vision Parking Assist

To use the outlets, remove the Sunroof Express-open/Express-close :

Vent : Press and hold the front of

Keys, Doors, and Windows 27

Keys, Doors, and Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

28 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 29

If locked out of the vehicle, call . If the transmitter is still not

30 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 31

32 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 33

34 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Lockout Protection { Warning

Keys, Doors, and Windows 35

36 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 37

38 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 39

40 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Exterior Mirrors Power Mirrors Folding Mirrors

Keys, Doors, and Windows 41

Resetting the Power Folding Automatic Dimming Interior Mirrors

42 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Windows pulsing sound when either rear

The vehicle aerodynamics are

Keys, Doors, and Windows 43

Express-Up/Express-Down 3. Pull up and hold the window Rear Window Lockout

44 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Sun Visors Roof Vent : Press and hold the front of

Keys, Doors, and Windows 45

Dirt and debris may collect on the

46 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Replacing Safety Belt System

Seats and Restraints 47

48 Seats and Restraints

1. Seat Adjustment Control

Seats and Restraints 49

Lumbar Adjustment Power Lumbar Reclining Seatbacks

If equipped, press and hold the front

50 Seats and Restraints

If available, the controls on the

Seats and Restraints 51

52 Seats and Restraints

If equipped, the buttons are on the Remote Start Heated Seats

Seats and Restraints 53

Rear Seats Warning (Continued)

54 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 55

Third Row Seats To fold the third row seatback:

Folding the Seatback

5. Pull up on the release lever on

56 Seats and Restraints